SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

Eros International PLC – ‘F-1/A’ on 7/7/14

On:  Monday, 7/7/14, at 4:30pm ET   ·   Private-to-Public:  Document/Exhibit  –  Release Delayed   ·   Accession #:  1171520-14-489   ·   File #:  333-196857

Previous ‘F-1’:  ‘F-1/A’ on 7/1/14   ·   Latest ‘F-1’:  This Filing

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of                Filer                Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size              Issuer               Agent

 7/07/14  Eros International PLC            F-1/A¶                 5:16M                                    Elec Publishing Svcs Inc

Pre-Effective Amendment to Registration Statement by a Foreign Private Issuer   —   Form F-1
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: F-1/A       Pre-Effective Amendment to Registration Statement   HTML   1.53M 
                by a Foreign Private Issuer                                      
 5: CORRESP   ¶ Comment-Response or Other Letter to the SEC         HTML     11K 
 2: EX-5.1      Legal Opinion                                       HTML     19K 
 3: EX-23.2     Consent of Independent Registered Public            HTML      6K 
                Accounting Firm                                                  
 4: EX-23.3     Consent of Independent Registered Public            HTML      6K 
                Accounting Firm                                                  


‘F-1/A’   —   Pre-Effective Amendment to Registration Statement by a Foreign Private Issuer


This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



  Eros International Plc  

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 7 , 2014

Registration Number  333-196857

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

_______________________________

Amendment No. 2 to

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

_______________________________

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Isle of Man 7822 Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 

550 County Avenue
Secaucus, New Jersey 07094

(201) 558-9021

(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s of principal executive offices)

Ken Naz

550 County Avenue
Secaucus, New Jersey 07094

(201) 558-9021

(Name, address and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Peter Wardle
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
333 South Grand Avenue
Los Angeles, CA  90071
(213) 229-7000
John-Paul Motley
Steven L. Grossman
O’Melveny & Myers LLP
1999 Avenue of the Stars, 7th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90067
(310) 553-6700

_______________________________

 

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

(Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public)

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered Amount to be
Registered (1)
Proposed Minimum
Offering Price (2)
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (2)
Amount of
Registration Fee
A Ordinary Shares, GBP 0.30 par value 8,050,000 $15.51 $124,855,500 $16,081.39(3)
(1)Includes 1,050,000 shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase. See “Underwriting.”
(2)Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based on the average of the high and low prices of an A ordinary share on the New York Stock Exchange on June 13, 2014, which was $15.51.
(3)Previously paid.

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.

 C: 
 
 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling shareholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated July 7 , 2014

P R O S P E C T U S

 

7,000,000 Shares

 

 Eros International Plc

 

Eros International Plc

A Ordinary Shares

_________________

 

We are selling 6,675,000 of our A ordinary shares and certain selling shareholders are selling 325,000 of our A ordinary shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of A ordinary shares to be offered by the selling shareholders.

 

Our A ordinary shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol ‘‘EROS.’’ On July 3 , 2014, the last sale price of the A ordinary shares as reported on the New York Stock Exchange was $ 15.40 per share.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under federal securities laws and may elect to comply with reduced public company reporting requirements. 

 

Investing in the A ordinary shares involves risks that are described in the ‘‘Risk Factors’’ section beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

_________________

 

  Per Share Total
Public offering price $ $
Underwriting discount $ $
Proceeds, before expenses, to us $ $
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders $ $

 

The underwriters will receive compensation in addition to the underwriting discount. See “Underwriting.”

 

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional 525,000 A ordinary shares from us, and up to an additional 525,000 A ordinary shares from a selling shareholder, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these ssecurities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The shares will be ready for delivery on or about                     , 2014.

_________________

Joint Book Running Managers
BofA Merrill Lynch Jefferies
Wells Fargo Securities   Macquarie Capital
Co-Manager
  EM Securities  

_________________

 

The date of this prospectus is                  , 2014.

 

 C: 
 
 

 

 

 C: 
 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
EXCHANGE RATES ii
INDUSTRY DATA ii
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ii
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY 1
RISK FACTORS 12
USE OF PROCEEDS 32
DIVIDEND POLICY 33
CAPITALIZATION 34
DILUTION 35
EXCHANGE RATES 36
MARKET INFORMATION 38
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES 39
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 40
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 43
INDUSTRY 60
BUSINESS 67
REGULATION 84
MANAGEMENT 88
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 93
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS 99
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 101
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL 104
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE 115
MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS 116
UNDERWRITING 121
LEGAL MATTERS 126
EXPERTS 126
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 126
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION 126
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1

 

We have not authorized anyone, including the selling shareholders, to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. The information in this prospectus is only accurate as of the date of the prospectus.

 

 

 C: 
 C: i
 

 

EXCHANGE RATES

 

This prospectus contains translations of certain Indian Rupee, or INR, and British pound sterling, or sterling, amounts into U.S. dollars, or $, at specified rates solely for your convenience. A significant portion of our revenues are denominated in Indian Rupees and certain contracts are or may be denominated in foreign currencies, including the British pound sterling. We report our financial results in U.S. dollars. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates at the date of the applicable statement of financial position. For the purposes of consolidation, all income and expenses are translated at the average rate of exchange during the period covered by the applicable statement of income and assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate ruling on the date of the applicable statement of financial position.

 

Except for figures presented in or based on the audited and unaudited financial statements contained in this prospectus or as otherwise stated in this prospectus, all translations from Indian Rupees or British pounds sterling to U.S. dollars are based on the noon buying rates of INR 59.17 per $1.00 and GBP 0.60 per $1.00 in the City of New York for cable transfers of Indian Rupees and British pounds sterling, respectively, based on the rates certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on June 6, 2014. No representation is made that the Indian Rupee or British pound sterling amounts represent U.S. dollar amounts or have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such rates, any other rates or at all.

 

INDUSTRY DATA

 

We derive certain industry data set forth in this prospectus from third party sources, including Business Monitor International, or BMI, the McKinsey Global Institute, PricewaterhouseCoopers, or PWC, Euromonitor International, Edelweiss, Rentrak and other publicly available information. References to BoxOfficeIndia.com and bollywoodhungama.com refer to third party websites that report box office receipts for Hindi films using various sources and contacts, other than producers or distributors, who do not generally publicly report such data in India. Websites such as these do not control, represent, or endorse the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of any of the information available on their sites. References to the FICCI Report 2014 refer to the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI)-KPMG Indian Media and Entertainment Report 2014 (reporting through calendar year 2013) and references to the FICCI Report 2013 refer to the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI)-KPMG Indian Media and Entertainment Industry Report 2013 (reporting through calendar year 2012) and references to the FICCI Report 2011 refer to the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI)-KPMG Indian Media and Entertainment Industry Report 2011 (reporting through calendar year 2011). The data may have been re-classified by us for the purpose of presentation. Neither we nor any other person connected with the offering has verified the third party information provided in this prospectus. Although we cannot guarantee the accuracy, completeness, reliability or underlying assumptions of the information contained in industry sources and publications and have not undertaken any independent verification of such sources and publications, the information contained therein is consistent with our understanding of the Indian media and entertainment industry, and we believe, and this prospectus assumes, that the information contained therein is reliable and accurate.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are identified by terms and phrases such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “feel,” “contemplate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “expect,” “continue,” “should,” “could,” “may,” “plan,” “project,” “predict,” “will,” “future,” “goal,” “objective” and similar expressions and include references to assumptions and relate to our future prospects, developments and business strategies. Similarly, statements that describe our strategies, objectives, plans or goals are also forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the relevant statement. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

·our dependence on our relationships with theater operators and other industry participants to exploit our film content;
·our ability to successfully and cost-effectively source film content;
·delays, cost overruns, cancellation or abandonment of the completion or release of our films;
·our ability to predict the popularity of our films, or changing consumer tastes;
·our ability to maintain existing rights, and to acquire new rights, to film content;

 

 C: 
ii
 
·our dependence on the Indian box office success of our Hindi and high budget Tamil and Telugu films;
·our ability to recoup the full amount of box office revenues to which we are entitled due to underreporting of box office receipts by theater operators;
·fluctuation in the value of the Indian Rupee against foreign currencies;
·the monetary and fiscal policies of India and globally, inflation, deflation, unanticipated turbulence in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices or other rates or prices;
·the impact of our HBO Asia collaboration;
·anonymous letters to regulators or business associates making allegations regarding our business practices, accounting practices and/or officers and directors;
·our ability to compete in the Indian film industry;
·the impact of a new amendment to accounting standards for revenue-based amortization methods;
·our ability to protect our intellectual property;
·our ability to successfully respond to technological changes;
·contingent liabilities that may materialize, including our exposure to liabilities on account of unfavorable judgments/decisions in relation to legal proceedings involving us or our subsidiaries and certain of our directors and officers; and
·regulatory changes in the Indian film industry and our ability to respond to them.

 

We undertake no obligation to revise the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus to reflect any future events or circumstances, except as required by law. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences are discussed in this prospectus under the caption “Risk Factors” as well as elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 C: 
iii
 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

The following summary should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information and financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our A ordinary shares. For a more complete understanding of this offering, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section, before investing in our A ordinary shares.

 

Unless otherwise indicated or required by the context, as used in this prospectus, the terms “Eros,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to Eros International Plc and all its subsidiaries that are consolidated under International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Our fiscal year ends on March 31 of each year. When we refer to a fiscal year, such as fiscal 2014, we are referring to the fiscal year ended on March 31 of that year. The “Founders Group” refers to Beech Investments Limited, Olympus Foundation, Arjan Lulla, Kishore Lulla, Vijay Ahuja and Sunil Lulla.

 

“High budget” films refer to Hindi films with direct production costs in excess of $8.5 million and Tamil as well as Telugu films with direct production costs in excess of $7.0 million, in each case translated at the historical average exchange rate for the applicable fiscal year. “Low budget” films refer to both Hindi, Tamil, and Telugu films with less than $1.0 million in direct production costs, in each case translated at the historical average exchange rate for the applicable fiscal year. “Medium budget” films refer to Hindi, Tamil, and Telugu films within the remaining range of direct production costs. With respect to low budget films, references to “film releases” refer to theatrical releases or, for films that we did not theatrically release, to our initial DVD, digital or other non-theatrical exhibition.

 

Overview

 

Eros International Plc is a leading global company in the Indian film entertainment industry, which co-produces, acquires and distributes Indian language films in multiple formats worldwide. Our success is built on the relationships we have cultivated over the past 30 years with leading talent, production companies, exhibitors and other key participants in our industry. Leveraging these relationships, we have aggregated rights to over 2,300 films in our library, plus approximately 700 additional films for which we hold digital rights only, including recent and classic titles that span different genres, budgets and languages, and we have distributed a portfolio of over 220 new films over the last three completed fiscal years. New film distribution across theatrical, television and digital channels along with library monetization provide us with diversified revenue streams.

 

Our goal is to co-produce, acquire and distribute Indian films that have a wide audience appeal. We have released internationally or globally Hindi language films which were among the top grossing films in India in 2013. In the fiscal years ending in 2014, 2013 and 2012, we released 23, 16 and 11 Hindi language films globally, respectively. These Hindi films form the core of our annual film slate and constitute a significant portion of our revenues and associated content costs. The balance of our typical annual slate for these years of over 60 other films was comprised of Tamil and other regional language films.

 

Our distribution capabilities enable us to target a majority of the 1.2 billion people in India, our primary market for Hindi language films, where, according to bollywoodhungama.com, we released four out of the top ten grossing Hindi films in India in 2013 and two of the top ten grossing Hindi language films in India in 2012. Further, according to BoxOfficeIndia.com, we released four out of the top ten grossing Hindi language films in India in 2011. Our distribution capabilities further enable us to target consumers in over 50 countries internationally, including markets with large South Asian populations, such as the United States and the United Kingdom, where according to Rentrak, we had a market share of over 40% of all theatrically released Indian language films in 2012 based on gross collections in each of these two markets. Other international markets that exhibit significant demand for subtitled or dubbed Indian-themed entertainment include Europe and Southeast Asia. Depending on the film, the distribution rights we acquire may be global, international or India only. Recently, as demand for regional film and other media has increased in India, our brand recognition in Hindi films has helped us to grow our non-Hindi film business by targeting regional audiences in India and beyond. With our distribution network for Hindi and Tamil films and additional distribution support through our majority owned subsidiary, Ayngaran International Limited, or Ayngaran, we believe we are well positioned to expand our offering of non-Hindi content.

 

 C: 
 C: 1
 

We distribute our film content globally across the following distribution channels: theatrical, which includes multiplex chains and stand-alone theaters; television syndication, which includes satellite television broadcasting, cable television and terrestrial television; and digital, which includes primarily internet protocol television, or IPTV, video on demand, or VOD, and internet channels. Eros Now, our on-demand entertainment portal accessible via internet-enabled devices, was launched in 2012 and now has a selection of over 1,000 movies and over 6,500 music videos available. We expect that Eros Now eventually will include our full film library, as well as further third party content.

 

Our total revenues for fiscal 2014 increased to $235.5 million from $215.3 million for fiscal 2013, EBITDA increased to $58.9 million for fiscal 2014 from $48.8 million for fiscal 2013, and our net income increased to $37.1 million for fiscal 2014 from $33.7 million for fiscal 2013.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe the following competitive strengths position us as a leading global company in the Indian film entertainment industry.

 

Leading co-producer and acquirer of new Indian film content, with an extensive film library.

 

As one of the leading participants in the Indian film entertainment industry we believe our size, scale and market position will continue contributing to our growth in India and internationally. We have established our size and scale by aggregating a film library of over 2,300 films plus approximately 700 additional films for which we hold digital rights only, and releasing over 220 new films over the last three years. We have demonstrated our leading market position by releasing, internationally or globally, Hindi language films which were among the top grossing films in India in 2013, 2012 and 2011. We believe that we have strong relationships with the Indian creative community and a reputation for quality productions.

 

We believe that these factors, along with our worldwide distribution platform, will enable us to continue to attract talent and film projects of a quality that we believe is one of the best in our industry, and build what we believe is a strong film slate for fiscal 2015 with some of the leading actors and production houses with whom we have previously delivered our biggest hits. We believe that the combined strength of our new releases and our extensive film library positions us well to build new strategic relationships.

 

Established, worldwide, multi-channel distribution network.

 

We distribute our films to the Indian population in India, the South Asian diaspora worldwide and to non-Indian consumers who view Indian films that are subtitled or dubbed in local languages. Internationally, our distribution network extends to over 50 countries, such as the United States, the United Kingdom and throughout the Middle East, where we distribute films to Indian expatriate populations, and to Germany, Poland, Russia, Romania, Indonesia, Malaysia, Taiwan, Japan, South Korea, China and Arabic speaking countries, where we release Indian films that are subtitled or dubbed in local languages. Through this global distribution network, we distribute Indian entertainment content over the following primary distribution channels — theatrical, television syndication and digital platforms. Our primarily internal distribution network allows us greater control, transparency and flexibility over the regions in which we distribute our films which we believe will result in higher profit margins as a result of the direct exploitation of our films without the payment of significant commissions to sub-distributors.

 

Diversified revenue streams and pre-sale strategies mitigate risk and promote cash flow generation.

 

Our business is driven by three major revenue streams:

·theatrical distribution;
·television syndication; and
·digital distribution and ancillary products and services.

 

 

 C: 
2
 

In fiscal 2014, theatrical distribution accounted for nearly 46% of revenues, and television syndication and digital distribution and ancillary products and services accounted for 34% and 20%, respectively, reflecting our diversified revenue base that reduces our dependence on any single distribution channel. We bundle library titles with new releases to maximize cash flows and we also utilize a pre-sale strategy to mitigate new production project risks by obtaining contractual commitments to recover a portion of our capitalized film costs through the licensing of television, music and other distribution rights prior to a film’s completion. For example, for the three high budget Hindi films that we released in fiscal 2014, we had contractual revenue commitments in place prior to their release that allowed us to recoup 48%, 50% and 73% of our direct production costs for those films. In the case of the high budget Telugu film that we released in fiscal 2014, we recouped over 100% of our direct production costs through contractual commitments prior to the film’s release. While we released no high budget Tamil films in fiscal 2014, in the case of high budget Tamil films that we released in fiscal 2013, we recouped 100% of our direct production costs through contractual commitments prior to the release of those films.

 

In addition, we further seek to reduce risk to our business by building a diverse film slate, with a mix of films by budget, region and genre that reduces our reliance on “hit films.” This broad-based approach also enables us to bundle old and new titles for our television and digital distribution channels to generate additional revenues long after a film’s theatrical release period is completed. We believe our multi-pronged approach to exploiting content through theatrical, television syndication and digital distribution channels, our pre-sale strategies and our portfolio approach to content sourcing and exploitation mitigates our dependence on any one revenue stream and promotes cash flow generation.

 

Strong and experienced management team.

 

Our management team has substantial industry knowledge and expertise, with a majority of our executive officers and executive directors having been involved in the film, media and entertainment industries for 20 or more years, and has served as a key driver of our strength in content sourcing. In particular, several members of our management team have established personal relationships with leading talent, production companies, exhibitors and other key participants in the Indian film industry, which have been critical to our success. Through their relationships and expertise, our management team has also built our global distribution network, which has allowed us to effectively exploit our content globally.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our strategy is driven by the scale and variety of our content and the global exploitation of that content through diversified channels. Specifically, we intend to pursue the following strategies:

 

Co-produce, acquire and distribute high quality content to augment our library.

 

We will continue to leverage the longstanding relationships with creative talent, production houses and other key industry participants that we have built since our founding to source a wide variety of content. Our focus will be on investing in future slates comprised of a diverse portfolio mix ranging from high budget global theatrical releases to lower budget movies with targeted audiences. We intend to maintain our focus on high and medium budget films and augment our library, with quality content for exploitation through our distribution channels and explore new bundling strategies to monetize existing content.

 

Capitalize on positive industry trends in the Indian market.

 

Propelled by the economic expansion within India and the corresponding increase in consumer discretionary spending, the FICCI Report 2014 projects that the dynamic Indian media and entertainment industry will grow at a 14.2% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, from $15.5 billion in 2013 to $30.2 billion by 2018, and that the Indian film industry will grow from $2.1 billion in 2013 to $3.7 billion in 2018. India is one of the largest film markets in the world. According to FICCI Report 2014, average ticket prices at leading multiplexes increased by 12%-17% from 2011-2013. The average ticket price at high-end multiplexes was $4.00, $2.20 at multiplexes overall and $1.60 at single screens in 2013.

 

The Indian television market is one of the largest in the world, reaching an estimated 161 million television, or TV households in 2013, of which over 139 million were cable households. FICCI Report 2014 projects that the Indian television industry will grow from $7.0 billion in 2013 to $15.0 billion in 2018. The growing size of the TV industry has led television satellite networks to provide an increasing number of channels, resulting in competition for quality feature films for home viewing in order to attract increased advertising and subscription revenues.

 

 C: 
3
 

Broadband and mobile platforms present growing digital avenues to exploit content. According to FICCI Report 2014, the number of internet users in India reached 214 million in 2013 and is projected to reach 494 million by 2018. Smartphone usage is projected to rapidly increase from 66 million active internet enabled smart phones in 2013 to 334 million in 2018. The $160 million Indian music industry is projected to grow to $300 million by 2018, although music publishing activities accounted for less than 1% of our fiscal 2013 net revenues. While these projections generally align with management’s expectations for industry growth, there is no guarantee that such future growth will occur.

 

We will take advantage of the opportunities presented by these trends within India to monetize our library and distribute new films through existing and emerging platforms, including by exploring new content options for expanding our digital strategy such as filming exclusive short form content for consumption through emerging channels such as mobile and internet streaming devices.

 

Further extend the distribution of our content outside of India to new audiences.

We currently distribute our content to consumers in more than 50 countries, including in markets where this significant demand for subtitled and dubbed Indian themed entertainment, such as Europe and South East Asia, as well as to markets where there is significant concentration of South Asian expatriates, such as the Middle East, the United States and the United Kingdom. We intend to promote and distribute our films in additional countries, and further expand in countries where we already distribute, when we believe that demand for Indian filmed entertainment exists or the potential for such demand exists. For example, we have entered into arrangements with local distributors in Taiwan, Japan, South Korea, and China to distribute dubbed or subtitled Eros films through theatrical release, television broadcast or DVD release. Additionally, we believe that the general population growth in India experienced over recent years will eventually lead to increasing migration of Indians to other regions, resulting in increased demand for our films internationally.

Increase our distribution of content through digital platforms globally.

We intend to continue to distribute our content on existing and emerging digital platforms, which includes primarily internet protocol television, or IPTV, video on demand, or VOD, and internet channels. We also have an ad-supported YouTube portal site on Google that hosts an extensive collection of clips of our content and has generated 2.0 billion aggregate views and more than 2.3 million free subscribers. In North America, we have an agreement with International Networks, a subsidiary of Comcast, to provide a subscription video on demand, or SVOD, service called “Bollywood Hits On Demand” that is currently carried on Comcast, Cox Communications, Rogers Communication, Cablevision and Time Warner Cable. In August 2012, we expanded our digital presence with the launch of our on-demand entertainment portal Eros Now, through which we leverage our film and music libraries by providing ad-supported and subscription-based streaming of film and music content via internet-enabled devices.

Furthermore, through a collaboration with HBO Asia, two premium television channels, HBO Defined and HBO Hits, were launched on the DISH and Airtel DTH digital platforms in February 2013, on Hathway and GTPL digital cable platforms in August 2013, and on Tata Sky DTH in December 2013. We are currently generating no revenue from the HBO Asia collaboration and do not anticipate any revenues from this collaboration until the second quarter of fiscal 2015. We expect to provide approximately 110 titles per year, including ten to twelve new release titles or first run films, and a combination of exclusive and non-exclusive library titles, to the two HBO channels to complement Hollywood film and television content from HBO Asia. Both channels are advertising-free and available as standard and high definition channels. HBO Asia and Eros will both provide content in the first window after theatrical release to these two channels. We intend to pursue similar models utilizing our extensive film library to gain access to similar partners throughout the world. We believe new offerings and emerging distribution channels such as DTH satellite, VOD, mobile and internet streaming services will also provide us with significant growth opportunities and potentially generate recurring subscription revenues.

 

Expand our regional Indian content offerings.

 

We will utilize our resources, international reputation and distribution network to continue expanding our non-Hindi content offerings to reach the substantial Indian population whose main language is not Hindi. While Hindi films retain a broad appeal across India, the diversity of languages within India allows us to treat regional language markets as distinct markets where particular regional language films have a strong following. In fiscal 2014 we increased our Tamil global releases to eight films as compared to three films in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2014, none of our four high budget films were Tamil films, while one high budget film was a Telugu film. We have a high budget Tamil film and a high budget Telugu film planned for fiscal 2015 in addition to our high budget Hindi films. In addition to Tamil and Telugu, we plan to expand our content for selected regional languages such as Marathi and Punjabi. We intend to use our existing distribution network across India to distribute regional language films to specific territories. Where opportunities are available and where we have the rights, we also intend to exploit re-make rights to some of our popular Hindi movies into non-Hindi language content targeted towards these regional audiences.

 

 C: 
4
 

Summary Risk Factors

 

An investment in our A ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks summarized below, the risks described under “Risk Factors” and the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase any of our A ordinary shares:

·any disputes or failure to enter into agreements with multiplex or theater operators could have a material adverse effect on our ability or willingness to release our films as scheduled;
·any failure to source film content will have a material and adverse impact on our business;
·delays, cost overruns, cancellation or abandonment of the completion or release of films may have an adverse effect on our business;
·the popularity and commercial success of our films are subject to numerous factors beyond our control;
·the success of our business depends on our ability to consistently create and distribute filmed entertainment that meets the changing preferences of the broad consumer market both within India and internationally;
·our ability to exploit our content is limited to the rights that we own or are able to continue to license from third parties;
·we depend on the Indian box office success of our Hindi and high budget Tamil and Telugu films for a significant portion of our revenues;
·we may not be paid the full amount of box office revenues to which we are entitled as a result of underreporting of box office receipts by theater operators;
·fluctuation in the value of the Indian Rupee against foreign currencies, such as the 10.4% decline in the value of the Indian Rupee in the two-month period from July 1, 2013 to August 30, 2013, could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and ability to service our debt;
·the monetary and fiscal policies of India and globally, inflation, deflation, unanticipated turbulence in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices or other rates or prices could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition;
·the impact of our HBO Asia collaboration;
·anonymous letters to regulators or business associates making allegations regarding our business practices, accounting practices and/or officers and directors, regardless of merit, could have a resultant material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could negatively impact the market price of our A ordinary shares;
·piracy of our content, including digital and internet piracy, may adversely impact our revenues and business;
·you may be subject to Indian taxes on income arising through the sale of our A ordinary shares;
·our board of directors may determine that you meet the criteria of a “prohibited person” and subject your shares to forced divestiture;
·our Indian subsidiary is publicly listed and we may lose our ability to control its activities; and
·the Founders Group, including our Chairman Kishore Lulla, will continue to hold a substantial interest after the offering and through our dual class ordinary share structure will continue to have the ability to exercise a controlling influence over our business, which will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

 

Company Information

 

Eros International Plc is a company limited by shares incorporated in the Isle of Man, company number 007466V. We maintain our registered office at Fort Anne, Douglas, Isle of Man IM15PD, and our principal executive office in the U.S. is at 550 County Avenue, Secaucus, New Jersey 07094, and our telephone number is +1(201) 558-9021. We maintain a website at www.erosplc.com. Information contained in our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus. You should only rely on the information contained in this prospectus when making a decision as to whether or not to invest in our A ordinary shares.

 C: 
5
 

Our Corporate Structure

 

We are a company which was incorporated in the Isle of Man in 2006. We conduct our global operations through our Indian and international subsidiaries, including our majority-owned subsidiary Eros International Media Limited, or Eros India, a public company incorporated in India and listed on the BSE Limited and National Stock Exchange of India Limited, or the Indian Stock Exchanges. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Ken Naz, located at 550 County Avenue, Secaucus, New Jersey.

 

Beech Investments Limited, or Beech Investments, Olympus Foundation, Arjan Lulla, Kishore Lulla, Vijay Ahuja and Sunil Lulla are referred to herein as the “Founders Group.” The Founders Group holds approximately 55% of our issued share capital, which comprise all of our B ordinary shares. Beech Investments, a company incorporated in the Isle of Man, is owned by discretionary trusts that include Eros founder Arjan Lulla and Eros directors Kishore Lulla, Vijay Ahuja and Sunil Lulla as potential beneficiaries.

 

The following diagram summarizes the corporate structure of our consolidated group of companies as of May 31, 2014:

 

 

  (a) Eros India holds at least 99% of each of its Indian subsidiaries other than Big Screen Entertainment Private Limited (India).
  (b) Eros Digital Private Limited (India) holds the remaining 0.35% of Eros India’s Indian subsidiary Eros International Films Private Limited.
  (c) Ayngaran International Limited (Isle of Man) holds 51% of Ayngaran Anak Media Private Limited and 100% of each of its other subsidiaries.

 

 C: 
6
 

Recent Developments

 

Our revenue for the quarter ended June 30, 2014 is preliminarily estimated to be between $42.8 million and $ 47.3 million, which would represent an increase of between 4.4% and 15.3% from revenue of $41.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2013. This increase in revenue was primarily attributable to the mix of films released in the period compared to the same period last year. We released 9 films in the quarter ended June 30, 2014. Of these films, one was a high budget, three were medium budget and five were low budget.

 

The above financial data is preliminary, based upon our estimates and subject to completion of our financial closing procedures. Moreover, this data is not complete and has been prepared on the basis of currently available information by, and are the responsibility of, management. Because we base our ranges on the consolidated estimated financial results from several subsidiaries around the world, our actual revenue within the ranges provided above may change as we receive finalized financial results from each of these subsidiaries during the closing process. We are not able to provide an estimated range for other financial results for the quarter ended June 30, 2014 as we have not yet determined certain line items used to calculate such results beyond those used to calculate revenues. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not audited or reviewed, and does not express an opinion with respect to, this data. This summary is not a comprehensive statement of our financial results for this quarter or fiscal year and our actual results may differ materially from these estimates due to the completion of our financial closing procedures, final adjustments and other developments that may arise between now and the time the financial results for this period are finalized.

 

 

 C: 
7
 

The Offering

 

Issuer   Eros International Plc, incorporated in the Isle of Man.
     
A ordinary shares offered by us   6,675,000 shares.
     
A ordinary shares offered by the selling shareholders   325,000 shares.
     
Additional shares   We and a selling shareholder have each granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 525,000 A ordinary shares (1,050,000 total) at the offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions.
     
A ordinary shares outstanding after this offering   30,194,340 shares (or 30,719,340 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).
     
B ordinary shares outstanding after this offering    25,555,220 shares. B ordinary shares are entitled to ten votes each on all matters upon which the A ordinary shares are entitled to vote. B ordinary shares will convert automatically, on a one-for-one basis, if such shares are transferred to a person other than a permitted holder under our articles of association, into A ordinary shares. See “Description of Share Capital” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our A Ordinary Shares and This Offering.”
     
Use of proceeds   We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund new co-productions and acquisitions, including library content, and to grow our digital and other distribution channels. The selling shareholders will receive all net proceeds from the sale of the A ordinary shares to be sold by them in this offering, and we will not receive any of these proceeds. See “Use of Proceeds.”
     
Dividend policy   We have not declared any dividend since our incorporation in 2006, and all profits have been retained and utilized to grow our business. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.”
     
Risk factors   See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our A ordinary shares.
     
NYSE symbol   EROS

 

Unless otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus assumes or reflects:

·no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares;
·the exclusion of 1,484,648 shares reserved for future issuance under our share-based compensation plans as of June 17, 2014; and
·the exclusion of 62,438 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding share options granted under our share-based compensation plans and otherwise as of June 17, 2014.

 

 C: 
8
 

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

 

The following table sets forth our summary historical consolidated financial data for the periods and at the dates indicated. The summary historical consolidated income statement and other consolidated financial data for the three years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the summary historical consolidated statement of financial position data for the two years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated income statement and other consolidated financial data for the two years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 and the summary historical consolidated statement of financial position data for the three years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements.

 

You should read the summary consolidated financial data presented on the following pages in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus as well as our “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2014   2013   2012   2011   2010 
INCOME STATEMENT DATA  (in thousands, except net income per share) 
Revenue  $235,470   $215,346   $206,474   $164,613   $149,729 
Cost of sales   (132,933)   (134,002)   (117,044)   (88,017)   (81,710)
Gross profit   102,537    81,344    89,430    76,596    68,019 
Administrative costs   (42,680)   (26,308)   (27,992)   (20,518)   (16,157)
Operating profit   59,857    55,036    61,438    56,078    51,862 
Net finance costs   (7,517)   (1,469)   (1,009)   (1,584)   (2,309)
Other gains/(losses)   (2,353)   (7,989)   (6,790)   1,293    (6)
Profit before tax   49,987    45,578    53,639    55,787    49,547 
Income tax expense   (12,843)   (11,913)   (10,059)   (8,237)   (7,152)
Net income (1)  $37,144   $33,665   $43,580   $47,550   $42,395 
                          
Net income per share:                         
Basic  $0.66   $0.69   $0.96   $1.16   $1.11 
Diluted  $0.65   $0.69   $0.94   $1.14   $1.08 
                          
Weighted average number of ordinary shares:                         
Basic   45,590    39,439    39,076    38,711    38,611 
Diluted    45,607     39,456    39,138    38,773    38,673 
                          
OTHER DATA                         
EBITDA (2)   $58,871   $48,765   $56,201   $58,574   $53,194 
Adjusted EBITDA(2)  $80,285   $56,320   $66,984   $59,501   $53,509 

 

 

 C: 
9
 

 

   As of March 31, 
   2014   2013   2012   2011   2010 
   (in thousands) 
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATA                    
Intangible assets – content  $577,704   $535,304   $473,092   $421,901   $349,228 
Cash and cash equivalents   145,449    107,642    145,422    126,167    87,613 
Trade and other receivables   123,705    93,327    78,650    57,659    54,795 
Total assets   906,011    798,657    765,966    669,841    545,577 
Trade and other payables   31,611    28,979    27,239    23,197    28,397 
Short-term borrowings   92,879    79,902    68,527    49,611    40,478 
Current liabilities   128,580    110,727    105,134    77,816    74,366 
Long-term borrowings   165,254    165,898    180,768    149,310    151,441 
Non-current liabilities   199,390    201,754    206,584    166,650    164,022 
Total liabilities   327,970    312,481    311,718    244,466    238,388 
Total equity   578,041    486,176    454,248    425,375    307,189 

_______________

(1)  References to “net income” in this prospectus correspond to “profit for the period” or “profit for the year” line items in our consolidated financial statement appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
  (2) We use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental financial measures. EBITDA is defined by us as net income before interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of capitalized film content and debt issuance costs). Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted for impairments of available-for-sale financial assets, profit/loss on held for trading liabilities (including profit/loss on derivatives), transaction costs related to equity transactions, and share based payments. EBITDA, as used and defined by us, may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures employed by other companies and is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income, net income, cash flows from operating investing and financing activities, or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide no information regarding a company’s capital structure, borrowings, interest costs, capital expenditures and working capital movement or tax position.
   

However, our management team believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful to an investor in evaluating our results of operations because these measures:

·are widely used by investors to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items excluded from the calculation of such term, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon accounting methods and book value of assets, capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired, among other factors;
·help investors to evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the effect of our capital structure from our operating structure; and
·are used by our management team for various other purposes in presentations to our board of directors as a basis for strategic planning and forecasting.

 

There are significant limitations to using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of performance, including the inability to analyze the effect of certain recurring and non-recurring items that materially affect our net income, the lack of comparability of results of operations of different companies and the different methods of calculating EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.

 

 

 

 C: 
10
 

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of our net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2014   2013   2012   2011   2010 
   (in thousands) 
Net income   37,144    33,665    43,580    47,550    42,395 
Income tax expense   12,843    11,913    10,059    8,237    7,152 
Net finance costs   7,517    1,469    1,009    1,584    2,309 
Depreciation   789    1,003    1,275    928    1,030 
Amortization(a)   578    715    278    275    308 
EBITDA   58,871    48,765    56,201    58,574    53,194 
Impairment of available-for-sale financial assets           1,230         
Transaction costs relating to equity transactions   8,169                6 
Profit/(loss) on derivatives   (5,176)   5,667    4,264         
Share based payments(b)   18,421    1,888    5,289    927    309 
Adjusted EBITDA   80,285    56,320    66,984    59,501    53,509 

_______________

(a) Includes only amortization of intangible assets other than intangible content assets.

 

(b) Consists of compensation costs recognized with respect to all outstanding plans and all other equity settled instruments.

 

 

 C: 
11
 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our A ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and all of the other information in this prospectus before deciding to purchase our A ordinary shares. Our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our A ordinary shares could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. It is not possible for us to assess the impact of all factors on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations, or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We depend on our relationships with theater operators and other industry participants to exploit our film content. Any disputes with multiplex operators in India could have a material adverse effect on our ability or willingness to release our films as scheduled.

 

We generate revenues from the exploitation of Indian film content in various distribution channels through agreements with commercial theater operators, in particular multiplex operators, and with retailers, television operators, telecommunications companies and others. Our failure to maintain these relationships, or to establish and capitalize on new relationships, could harm our business or prevent our business from growing, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We have had disputes with multiplex operators in India that required us to delay our film releases and disrupted our marketing schedule for future films. These disputes were subsequently settled pursuant to settlement agreements that expired in June 2011. We now enter into agreements on a film-by-film and exhibitor-by-exhibitor basis instead of entering into long-term agreements. To date, our film-by-film agreements have been on commercial terms that are no less favorable than the terms of the prior settlement agreements; however, we cannot guarantee such terms can always be obtained. Accordingly, without a long-term commitment from multiplex operators, we may be at risk of losing a substantial portion of our revenues derived from our theatrical business. We may also have similar future disruptions in our relationship with multiplex operators, the operators of single-screen theaters or other industry participants, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Further, the theater industry in India is rapidly growing and evolving and we cannot assure you that we will be able to establish relationships with new commercial theater operators.

 

We may fail to source adequate film content on favorable terms or at all through acquisitions or co-productions, which could have a material and adverse impact on our business.

 

We generate revenues by exploiting Indian film content that we primarily co-produce or acquire from third parties, and then distribute through various channels. Our ability to successfully enter into co-productions and to acquire content depends on our ability to maintain existing relationships, and form new ones, with talent and other industry participants.

 

The pool of quality talent in India is limited and as a result, there is significant competition to secure the services of certain actors, directors, composers and producers, among others. Competition can increase the cost of such talent, and hence the cost of film content. These costs may continue to increase, making it more difficult for us to access content cost-effectively and reducing our ability to sustain our margins and maximize revenues from distribution and exploitation. Further, we may be unable to successfully maintain our long-standing relationships with certain industry participants and continue to have access to content and/or creative talent and may be unable to establish similar relationships with new leading creative talent. If any such relationship is adversely affected, or we are unable to form new relationships or our access to quality Indian film content otherwise deteriorates, or if any party fails to perform under its agreements or arrangements with us, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

 C: 
12
 

Delays, cost overruns, cancellation or abandonment of the completion or release of films may have an adverse effect on our business.

 

There are substantial financial risks relating to film production, completion and release. Actual film costs may exceed their budgets and factors such as labor disputes, unavailability of a star performer, equipment shortages, disputes with production teams or adverse weather conditions may cause cost overruns and delay or hamper film completion. When a film we have contracted to acquire from a third party experiences delays or fails to be completed, we may not recover advance monies paid for the proposed acquisition. When we enter into co-productions, we are typically responsible for paying all production costs in accordance with an agreed upon budget and while we typically cap budgets in our contracts with our co-producer, given the importance of ongoing relationships in our industry, longer-term commercial considerations may in certain circumstances override strict contractual rights and we may feel obliged to fund cost over-runs where there is no contractual obligation requiring us to do so. To date, we have completed only one sole production, and this is not our preferred choice for sourcing content. Production delays, failure to complete projects or cost overruns could result in us not recovering our costs and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The popularity and commercial success of our films are subject to numerous factors, over which we may have limited or no control.

 

The popularity and commercial success of our films depends on many factors including, but not limited to, the key talent involved, the timing of release, the promotion and marketing of the film, the quality and acceptance of other competing programs released into the marketplace at or near the same time, the availability of alternative forms of entertainment, general economic conditions, the genre and specific subject matter of the film, its critical acclaim and the breadth, timing and format of its initial release. We cannot predict the impact of such factors on any film, and many are factors that are beyond our control. As a result of these factors and many others, our films may not be as successful as we anticipate, and as a result, our results of operations may suffer.

 

The success of our business depends on our ability to consistently create and distribute filmed entertainment that meets the changing preferences of the broad consumer market both within India and internationally.

 

Changing consumer tastes affect our ability to predict which films will be popular with audiences in India and internationally. As we invest in a portfolio of films across a wide variety of genres, stars and directors, it is highly likely that at least some of the films in which we invest will not appeal to Indian or international audiences. Further, where we sell rights prior to release of a film, any failure to accurately predict the likely commercial success of a film may cause us to underestimate the value of such rights. If we are unable to co-produce and acquire rights to films that appeal to Indian and international film audiences or to accurately judge audience acceptance of our film content, the costs of such films could exceed revenues generated and anticipated profits may not be realized. Our failure to realize anticipated profits could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our ability to exploit our content is limited to the rights that we acquire from third parties or otherwise own.

 

We have acquired over 90% of our film content through contracts with third parties, which are primarily fixed-term contracts that may be subject to expiration or early termination. Upon expiration or termination of these arrangements, content may be unavailable to us on acceptable terms or at all, including with respect to technical matters such as encryption, territorial limitation and copy protection. In addition, if any of our competitors offer better terms, we will be required to spend more money or grant better terms, or both, to acquire or extend the rights we previously held. If we are unable to renew the rights to our film library on commercially favorable terms and to continue exploiting the existing films in our library or other content, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Based on our agreements in effect as of March 31, 2014, if we do not otherwise extend or renew our existing rights, we anticipate the rights we currently license in Hindi and regional languages, excluding our Kannada digital rights library, will expire as summarized in the table below.

 C: 
13
 
Term Expiration Dates  Hindi
Film Rights
  Regional
Film Rights(1)
   (approximate percentage of films whose
licensed rights expire in the
period indicated)
Prior to January 1, 2016   19%   2%
2016-2020   35    4 
2021-2025   25    20 
2026-2030   3     
2031-2045   4    1 
Perpetual(2)   14    73 

 

(1) Excludes the Kannada digital rights library.
(2) Subject to limitations imposed by Indian copyright law, which restricts the term to 60 years from the beginning of the calendar year following the year in which the film is published.

 

In addition, we typically only own certain rights for the exploitation of content, which limits our ability to exploit content in certain media formats. In particular, we do not own the audio music rights to the majority of the films in our library and to certain new releases. See “Business — Our Film Library” for detail regarding our rights. To the extent we do not own the music or other media rights in respect of a particular film, we may only exploit content through those channels to which we do own rights, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to generate revenue from a film and recover our costs from acquiring or producing content.

 

We depend on the Indian box office success of our Hindi and high budget Tamil and Telugu films from which we derive a significant portion of our revenues.

 

In India, a relatively high percentage of a film’s overall revenues are derived from theater box office sales and, in particular, from such sales in the first week of a film’s release. Indian domestic box office receipts are also an indicator of a film’s expected success in other Indian and international distribution channels. As such, poor box office receipts in India for our films, even for those films for which we obtain only international distribution rights, could have a significant adverse impact on our results of operations in both the year of release of the relevant films and in the future for revenues expected to be earned through other distribution channels. In particular, we depend on the Indian box office success of our Hindi films and high budget Tamil and Telugu films.

 

We may not be paid the full amount of box office revenues to which we are entitled.

 

We derive revenues from theatrical exhibition of our films by collecting a specified percentage of box office receipts from multiplex and single screen theater operators. The Indian film industry continues to lack full exhibitor transparency. There is limited independent monitoring of such data in India or the Middle East, unlike the monitoring services provided by Rentrak in the United Kingdom and the United States. We therefore rely on theater operators and our sub-distributors to report relevant information to us in an accurate and timely manner. While some multiplex and single-screen operators have moved to a digital distribution model that provides greater clarity on the number of screenings given to our films, other multiplex operators and single-screen operators retain the traditional print model. We expect that our films will continue to be exhibited primarily on screens that either do not have computerized tracking systems for box office receipts or screening information, or in relation to which we do not have access to audit compliance data. Because we do not have a reliable system to determine if our box office receipts are underreported, box office receipts and sub-distribution revenues may be inadvertently or purposefully misreported or delayed, which could prevent us from being compensated appropriately for exhibition of our films. If we are not properly compensated, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

 

Our entry into premium television broadcasting with our HBO Asia collaboration may adversely affect our existing television licensing revenues.

 

Our collaboration with HBO Asia requires us to provide them with new release films for the first television window after theatrical release of such films and also a number of library films. While our arrangement with HBO allows us to license our titles to other television networks after they have premiered on the HBO channels, we may not be able to maximize the revenue potential from these films and realize their full market value from other broadcasters once these films have premiered on the HBO channels. Titles that we make available to the HBO channels as premieres may have lesser value to television networks because of their earlier availability on HBO channels, which could reduce the revenue we derive through television syndication, which may adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

 

 C: 
14
 

A downturn in the Indian and international economies or instability in financial markets, including a decreased growth rate and increased Indian price inflation, could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Global economic conditions may negatively impact consumer spending. Prolonged negative trends in the global or local economies can adversely affect consumer spending and demand for our films and may shift consumer demand away from the entertainment we offer. According to the RBI’s Second Bi-Monthly Review of Monetary Policy Statement, 2014-2015, GDP growth rate of India is projected to pick up from below 5% in 2013-2014 to 5.5% in 2014-2015. The Central Statistics Office has estimated that the growth rate in GDP in the 12 month period ended March 31, 2014 was 4.7% over the corresponding period of the previous year (Source: Press release dated May 30, 2014 on “Quarterly Estimates of Gross Domestic Product 2013-14” released by the Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, Government of India).

 

A decline in attendance at theaters may reduce the revenues we generate from this channel, from which a significant proportion of our revenues are derived. If the general economic downturn continues to affect the countries in which we distribute our films, discretionary consumer spending may be adversely affected, which would have an adverse impact on demand for our theater, television and digital distribution channels. Economic instability and the continuing weak economy in India may negatively impact the Indian box office success of our Hindi and Tamil films, on which we depend for a significant portion of our revenues.

 

Further, a sustained decline in economic conditions could result in closure or downsizing by, or otherwise adversely impact, industry participants on whom we rely for content sourcing and distribution. Any decline in demand for our content could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, global financial uncertainty has negatively affected the Indian financial markets.

 

Continued financial disruptions may limit our ability to obtain financing for our films. For example, any adverse revisions to India’s credit ratings for domestic and international debt by domestic or international rating agencies may adversely impact our ability to raise additional financing and the interest rates and other commercial terms at which such additional financing is available. Any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. India has recently experienced fluctuating wholesale price inflation compared to historical levels. An increase in inflation in India could cause a rise in the price of wages, particularly for Indian film talent, or any other expenses that we incur. If this trend continues, we may be unable to accurately estimate or control our costs of production. Because it is unlikely we would be able to pass all of our increased costs on to our customers, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Fluctuation in the value of the Indian Rupee against foreign currencies could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and ability to service our debt.

 

While a significant portion of our revenues are denominated in Indian Rupees, certain contracts for our film content are or may be denominated in foreign currencies. Additionally, we report our financial results in U.S. dollars and most of our debt is denominated in U.S. dollars. We expect that the continued volatility in the value of the Indian Rupee against foreign currency will continue to have an impact on our business. The Indian Rupee experienced an approximately 6.7% drop in value as compared to the U.S. dollar in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2014 the drop was 10.7%. In August 2013, the Indian Rupee had dropped as much as 19 .9% relative to the U.S. dollar from the beginning of 2013. Since the end of fiscal 2014 to the end of May 2014, the Indian Rupee has experienced a 1.5% improvement. Changes in the growth of the Indian economy and the continued volatility of the Indian Rupee may adversely affect our business.

 

Further, at the end of fiscal 2014, $195 million, or 76% of our debt, was denominated in U.S. dollars, and we may not generate sufficient revenue in U.S. dollars to service all of our U.S. dollar-denominated debt. Consequently, we may be required to use revenues generated in Indian Rupees to service our

 

U.S. dollar-denominated debt. Any devaluation or depreciation in the value of the Indian Rupee, compared to the U.S. dollar, could adversely affect our ability to service our debt. See “Exchange Rates” for historical exchange rates between Indian Rupees and U.S. dollars.

 

Although we have not historically done so, we may, from time to time, seek to reduce the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on our operating results by purchasing derivative instruments such as foreign exchange forward contracts to cover our intercompany indebtedness or outstanding receivables. However, we may not be able to purchase contracts to insulate ourselves adequately from foreign currency exchange risks. In addition, any such contracts may not perform effectively as a hedging mechanism. See “Exchange Rates” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

 

 C: 
15
 

We face increasing competition with other films for movie screens, and our inability to obtain sufficient distribution of our films could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

A substantial majority of the theater screens in India are typically committed at any one time to a limited number of films, and we compete directly against other producers and distributors of Indian films in each of our distribution channels. If the number of films released in the market as a whole increases it could create excess supply in the market, in particular at peak theater release times such as school and national holidays and during festivals, which would make it more difficult for our films to succeed.

 

Where we are unable to ensure a wide release for our films, or where we are unable to provide theater operators with sufficient prints of our films to allow them to maximize screenings in the first week of a film’s release, it may have an adverse impact on our revenues. Further, failure to release during peak periods, or the inability to book sufficient screens, could cause us to miss potentially higher gross box-office receipts and/or affect subsequent revenue streams, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We face increasing competition from other forms of entertainment, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We also compete with all other sources of entertainment and information delivery, including television, the internet and sporting events such as the Indian Premier League, for cricket. Technological advancements such as VOD, mobile and internet streaming and downloading have increased the number of entertainment and information delivery choices available to consumers and have intensified the challenges posed by audience fragmentation. The increasing number of choices available to audiences could negatively impact consumer demand for our films, and there can be no assurance that occupancy rates at theaters or demand for our other distribution channels will not fall.

 

Competition within the Indian film industry is growing rapidly, and certain of our competitors are larger, have greater financial resources and are more diversified.

 

The Indian film industry’s rapid growth is changing the competitive landscape, increasing competition for content, talent and release dates. Growth in the Indian film industry has attracted new Indian and foreign industry participants and competitors, including standalone operators, such as Reliance Entertainment, as well as others aligned with internationally diversified film companies, such as Sony Pictures, Viacom Inc., The Walt Disney Company and Warner Bros., many of which are substantially larger and have greater financial resources, including competitors that own their own theaters and/or television networks. These larger competitors may have the ability to spend additional funds on production of new films, which may require us to increase our production budgets beyond what we originally anticipated in order to compete effectively. In addition, these competitors may use their financial resources to gain increased access to movie screens and enter into exclusive content arrangements with key talent in the Indian film industry. Unlike some of these major competitors that are part of larger diversified corporate groups, we derive substantially all of our revenue from our film entertainment business. If our films fail to perform to our expectations we are likely to face a greater adverse impact than would a more diversified competitor. In addition, other larger entertainment distribution companies may have larger budgets to exploit growing technological trends. If we are unable to compete with these companies effectively, our business prospects, results of operations and financial condition could suffer. With generally increasing budgets of Hindi, Tamil and Telugu films, we may not have the resources to distribute the same level of films as competitors with greater financial strength.

 

Piracy of our content, including digital and internet piracy, may adversely impact our revenues and business.

 

Our business depends in part on the adequacy, enforceability and maintenance of intellectual property rights in the entertainment products and services we create. Motion picture piracy is extensive in many parts of the world and is made easier by technological advances and the conversion of motion pictures into digital formats. This trend facilitates the creation, transmission and sharing of high quality unauthorized copies of motion pictures in theatrical release on DVDs, CDs and Blu-ray discs, from pay-per-view through set top boxes and other devices and through unlicensed broadcasts on free television and the internet.

 

Although DVD and CD sales represent a relatively small portion of Indian film and music industry revenues, the proliferation of unauthorized copies of these products results in lost revenue and significantly reduced pricing power, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, unauthorized copying and piracy are prevalent in countries outside of the United States, Canada and Western Europe, including India, whose legal systems may make it difficult for us to enforce our intellectual property rights and in which consumer awareness of the individual and industry consequences of piracy is lower. With broadband connectivity improving and 3G internet penetration increasing in India, digital piracy of our content is an increasing risk.

 

 C: 
16
 

In addition, the prevalence of third-party hosting sites and a large number of links to potentially pirated content make it difficult to effectively monitor and prevent digital piracy of our content. Existing copyright and trademark laws in India afford only limited practical protection and the lack of internet-specific legislation relating to trademark and copyright protection creates a further challenge for us to protect our content delivered through such media. According to FICCI Report 2013, it is estimated that the Indian film industry loses as much as $1.1 billion annually due to piracy. Additionally, we may seek to implement elaborate and costly security and anti-piracy measures, which could result in significant expenses and revenue losses. Even the highest levels of security and anti-piracy measures may fail to prevent piracy.

 

We may be unable to adequately protect or continue to use our intellectual property. Failure to protect such intellectual property may negatively impact our business.

 

We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks and similar intellectual property rights to protect our name and branded products. The success of our business, in part, depends on our continued ability to use this intellectual property in order to increase awareness of the Eros name. We attempt to protect these intellectual property rights through available copyright and trademark laws. Despite these precautions, existing copyright and trademark laws afford only limited practical protection in certain countries, and the actions taken by us may be inadequate to prevent imitation by others of the Eros name and other Eros intellectual property. In addition, if the applicable laws in these countries are drafted or interpreted in ways that limit the extent or duration of our rights, or if existing laws are changed, our ability to generate revenue from our intellectual property may decrease, or the cost of obtaining and maintaining rights may increase.

 

Further, many existing laws governing property ownership, copyright and other intellectual property issues were adopted before the advent of the internet and do not address the unique issues associated with the internet, personal entertainment devices and related technologies, and new interpretations of these laws in response to emerging digital platforms may increase our digital distribution costs, require us to change business practices relating to digital distribution or otherwise harm our business. We also distribute our branded products in some countries in which there is no copyright or trademark protection. As a result, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy and distribute our branded products or certain portions or applications of our branded products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. If we fail to register the appropriate copyrights, trademarks or our other efforts to protect relevant intellectual property prove to be inadequate, the value of the Eros name could be harmed, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

We may be unable to continue to use the domain names that we use in our business, or prevent third parties from acquiring and using domain names that infringe on, are similar to or otherwise decrease the value of our brand or our trademarks or service marks.

 

We have registered several domain names for websites that we use in our business, such as erosplc.com and erosentertainment.com, and although our Indian subsidiaries currently own over 50 registered trademarks, we have not obtained a registered trademark for any of our domain names. If we lose the ability to use a domain name, whether due to trademark claims, failure to renew the applicable registration or any other cause, we may be forced to market our products under a new domain name, which could cause us to lose users of our websites, or to incur significant expense in order to purchase rights to such a domain name. In addition, our competitors and others could attempt to capitalize on our brand recognition by using domain names similar to ours. Domain names similar to ours have been registered in the United States, India and elsewhere.

 

We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring and using domain names that infringe on, are similar to or otherwise decrease the value of our brand, trademarks or service marks. Protecting and enforcing our rights in our domain names may require litigation, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention.

 

 C: 
17
 

Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Regardless of the validity or the success of the assertion of any claims, we could incur significant costs and diversion of resources in enforcing our intellectual property rights or in defending against such claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Our services and products could infringe upon the intellectual property rights of third parties.

 

Other parties, including our competitors, may hold or obtain patents, trademarks, copyright protection or other proprietary rights with respect to their previously developed films, characters, stories, themes and concepts or other entertainment, technology and software or other intellectual property of which we are unaware. In addition, the creative talent that we hire or use in our productions may not own all or any of the intellectual property that they represent they do, which may instead be held by third parties. Consequently, the film content that we produce and distribute or the software and technology we use may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, and we frequently have infringement claims asserted against us. Any claims or litigation, justified or not, could be time-consuming and costly, harm our reputation, require us to enter into royalty or licensing arrangements that may not be available on acceptable terms or at all or require us to undertake creative changes to our film content or source alternative content, software or technology. Where it is not possible to do so, claims may prevent us from producing and/or distributing certain film content and/or using certain technology or software in our operations. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our ability to remain competitive may be adversely affected by rapid technological changes and by an inability to access such technology.

 

The Indian film entertainment industry continues to undergo significant technological developments, including the ongoing transition from film to digital media. We may be unsuccessful in adopting new digital distribution methods or may lose market share to our competitors if the methods that we adopt are not as technologically sound, user-friendly, widely accessible or appealing to consumers as those adopted by our competitors. For example, our recently launched on-demand entertainment portal accessible via internet-enabled devices, Eros Now, is still in the initial phase of its rollout and may not achieve the desired growth rate. Further, advances in technologies or alternative methods of product delivery or storage, or changes in consumer behavior driven by these or other technologies, could have a negative effect on our home entertainment market in India. If we fail to successfully exploit digital and other emerging technologies, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are currently migrating to an SAP ERP system, which could substantially disrupt our business, and our failure to successfully integrate our IT systems across our international operations could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

 

We are currently in the process of migrating to an SAP ERP system to replace several of our existing IT systems. We have completed this accounting migration in India, but the process is ongoing in the rest of the world and the implementation has been delayed.

 

Also we have not yet integrated supporting modules into the SAP ERP system, such as a module to manage our film library. This integration and migration may lead to unforeseen complications and expenses, and our failure to efficiently integrate and migrate our IT systems could substantially disrupt our business. We will implement further modules within SAP ERP once the initial worldwide integration has been completed. The SAP ERP system will be implemented globally in our different office locations and will need to accommodate our multilingual operations, resulting in further difficulties in such implementation. Our failure to successfully integrate our IT systems across our international operations could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention, which could harm our business and competitive position.

 

The music industry is highly competitive and many of our competitors in the music industry focus more exclusively on music distribution and have greater resources than we have.

 

The music industry, including the market for music licensing and related services in the film and broadcast industry, is intensely competitive. Many companies focus exclusively on music distribution and have greater resources and a larger depth and breadth of library, distribution capabilities and current repertoire than we do. We expect competition to persist and to intensify as the markets for Indian music continue to develop and as additional competitors enter the Indian music industry. To remain competitive, we may be forced to reduce our prices and increase costs.

 

 C: 
18
 

Our business and activities are regulated by the Competition Act.

 

The Competition Act, 2002, or the Competition Act, prohibits practices that could have an appreciable adverse effect on competition in India. Under the Competition Act, any arrangement, understanding or action, whether formal or informal, which causes or is likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect on competition in India is void and may result in substantial penalties and compensation to be paid to persons shown to have suffered losses. Any agreement among competitors which directly or indirectly determines purchase or sale prices, results in bid rigging or collusive bidding, limits or controls production, supply, markets, technical development, investment or the provision of services, or shares the market or source of production or provision of services in any manner, including by way of allocation of geographical area or types of goods or services or number of customers in the market, is presumed to have an appreciable adverse effect on competition. Further, the Competition Act prohibits the abuse of a dominant position by any enterprise either directly or indirectly, including by way of unfair or discriminatory pricing or conditions in the sale of goods or services, using a dominant position in one relevant market to enter into, or protect, another relevant market, and denial of market access, and such practices are subject to substantial penalties and may also be subject to compensation for losses and orders to divide the enterprise.

 

If we or any member of our group, including Eros India, are affected, directly or indirectly, by the application or interpretation of any provision of the Competition Act, or any enforcement proceedings initiated by, or claims made to the Competition Commission of India or any other relevant authority, our business, results of operations and reputation may be materially and adversely affected. For a discussion of Competition Commission actions, see “Business Litigation”.

 

Acquisitions, mergers and amalgamations which exceed certain revenue and asset thresholds require prior approval by the Competition Commission of India. Any such acquisitions, mergers or amalgamations which have an appreciable adverse effect on competition in India are prohibited and void. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain approval for such future transactions on satisfactory terms, or at all.

 

Our financial condition and results of operations fluctuate from period to period due to film release schedules and other factors and may not be indicative of results for future periods.

 

Our financial condition and results of operations for any period fluctuate due to film release schedules in that period, none of which we can predict with reasonable certainty. Theater attendance in India has traditionally been highest during school holidays, national holidays and during festivals, and we typically aim to release big-budget films at these times. This timing of releases also takes account of competitor film releases, Indian Premier League cricket matches and the timing dictated by the film production process. As a result, our quarterly results can vary from one year to the next, and the results of one quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the next or any future quarter. Additionally, the distribution window for the theatrical release of films, and the window between the theatrical release and distribution in other channels, have each been compressing in recent years and may continue to change. Further shortening of these periods could adversely impact our revenues if consumers opt to view a film on one distribution platform over another, resulting in the cannibalizing of revenues across distribution platforms. Additionally, because our revenue and operating results are seasonal in nature due to the impact of the timing of new releases, our revenue and operating results may fluctuate from period to period, and which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

Our accounting practices and management judgments may accentuate fluctuations in our annual and quarterly operating results and may not be comparable to other film entertainment companies.

 

For first release film content, we use a stepped method of amortization and a first twelve months amortization rate based on management’s judgment taking into account historic and expected performance, typically amortizing 50% of the capitalized cost together with print and advertising costs for high budget films released during or after fiscal 2014, and 40% of the capitalized cost together with print and advertising costs for all other films, in the first 12 months of their initial commercial exploitation, and then the balance evenly over the lesser of the term of the rights held by us and nine years. Management determined to adjust the first-year amortization rate for high budget films because of the high contribution of theatrical revenue. Similar management judgment taking into account historic and expected performance is used to apply a stepped method of amortization on a quarterly basis within the first 12 months, within the overall parameters of the annual amortization.

 

Typically 25% of capitalized cost together with print and advertising costs for high budget films released during or after fiscal 2014, and 20% of capitalized cost together with print and advertising costs for all other films, is amortized in the initial quarter of their commercial exploitation. In fiscal 2009 and fiscal years prior to 2009, the balance of capitalized film content costs were amortized evenly over a maximum of four years rather than nine. Because management exercises its judgment regarding amortization amounts, our amortization practices may not be comparable to other film entertainment companies. In the case of film content that we acquire after its initial exploitation, commonly referred to as library, amortization is spread evenly over the lesser of ten years after our acquisition or our license period. At least annually, we review film and content rights for indications of impairment in accordance with IAS 36: Impairment of Assets, an International Accounting Standard, or IAS.

 C: 
19
 

The pattern and amount by which we report amortization of our film content may be significantly impacted by a new amendment to accounting standards for revenue-based amortization methods.

 

In May 2014, the IASB published an amendment to IAS 38 Intangible Assets (“IAS 38”), which establishes the principle for the basis of amortization of intangible assets as being the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits of an asset.  The IASB clarified that the use of revenue-based methods to calculate the amortization of an asset is not generally considered appropriate because revenue generated by an activity that includes the use of an asset generally reflects factors other than the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in the asset.  The IASB also clarified that revenue is generally presumed to be an inappropriate basis for measuring the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in an intangible asset, but the presumption can be rebutted in certain limited circumstances.  The amendment to IAS 38 will be effective for our fiscal 2017.

 

Because the amendment to IAS 38 has only recently been published, we cannot yet predict how it will impact our amortization policy for our films and the timing and amounts in which we will recognize our amortization expense under the new standard.  The amendment to IAS 38 affects all IFRS reporting companies that currently amortize their intangible assets based on expectations for revenue over the income generating life of the asset, and we are not aware of any such media companies that have yet determined the impact of the amendment on their results of operations. The amendment to IAS 38 may also require us to gather additional information from third party sources, that we do not presently do, to implement an appropriate policy and monitor amortization going forward. When the amendment becomes effective, it may have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements and results of operations because our current amortization policies are revenue-based. 

 

If we fail to achieve or maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results or prevent fraud may be adversely affected.

 

When we cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, we will become subject to additional requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, will require that we include a report from management on our internal control over financial reporting in our Annual Report on Form 20-F beginning as early as our annual report for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2015. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. However, because we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, these attestation requirements may not apply to us for up to five years after November 18, 2013, the date of our initial public offering in the U.S., unless we cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company.” Our management may conclude that our internal controls are not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may disagree and may decline to attest to our management’s assessment or may issue an adverse opinion. If we identify additional control deficiencies as a result of the assessment process in the future, we may be unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting, which are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to help prevent fraud. As a result, our failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which in turn could harm our business and negatively impact the market price of our A ordinary shares. In preparing the consolidated financial statements for our fiscal 2014 annual report, a significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting was identified regarding the accuracy of checks received pending deposit with banks. We believe we have since remedied such significant deficiency.

 

Our revenue is subject to significant variation based on the timing of certain licenses and contracts we enter into that may account for a large portion of our revenue in the period in which it is completed, which could adversely affect our operating results.

 

From time to time, we license film content rights to a group of films pursuant to a single license that constitutes a large portion of our revenue for the fiscal year in which the revenue from the license is recognized. In fiscal 2012, 11.8% of our revenue came from one customer in our television syndication channel, Dhrishti Creations Pvt. Limited, an aggregator of television rights. In fiscal 2014 and 2013, however, we did not depend on any single customer for more than 10% of our revenue.

 

The timing and size of similar licenses subjects our revenue to uncertainties and variability from period to period, which could adversely affect our operating results. We expect that we will continue to enter into licenses with customers that may represent a significant concentration of our revenues for the applicable period and we cannot guarantee that these revenues will recur.

 

We have entered into certain related party transactions and may continue to rely on our founders for certain key development and support activities.

 

We have entered, and may continue to enter, into transactions with related parties. We also rely on the Founders Group, which consists of Beech Investments, Arjan Lulla, Kishore Lulla, Vijay Ahuja and Sunil Lulla and associates and enterprises controlled by certain of our directors and key management personnel for certain key development and support activities. While we believe that the Founders Group’s interests are aligned with our own, such transactions may not have been entered into on an arm’s-length basis, and we may have achieved more favorable terms had such transactions been entered into with unrelated parties. If future transactions with related parties are not entered into on an arm’s-length basis, our business may be materially harmed.

 

Further, because certain members of the Founders Group are controlling shareholders of, or have significant influence on, both us and our related parties, conflicts of interest may arise in relation to dealings between us and our related parties and may not be resolved in our favor. For further information, see “Certain Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.”

 

 C: 
20
 

We may encounter operational and other problems relating to the operations of our subsidiaries, including as a result of restrictions in our current shareholder agreements.

 

We operate several of our businesses through subsidiaries. Our financial condition and results of operations significantly depend on the performance of our subsidiaries and the income we receive from them.

 

Our business may be adversely affected if our ability to exercise effective control over our non-wholly owned subsidiaries is diminished in any way. Although we control these subsidiaries through direct or indirect ownership of a majority equity interest or the ability to appoint the majority of the directors on the boards of such companies, unanimous board approval is required for major decisions relating to certain of these subsidiaries. To the extent there are disagreements between us and our various minority shareholders regarding the business and operations of our non-wholly owned subsidiaries, we may be unable to resolve them in a manner that will be satisfactory to us. Our minority shareholders may:

·be unable or unwilling to fulfill their obligations, whether of a financial nature or otherwise;
·have economic or business interests or goals that are inconsistent with ours;
·take actions contrary to our instructions, policies or objectives;
·take actions that are not acceptable to regulatory authorities;
·have financial difficulties; or
·have disputes with us.

 

Any of these actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Additionally, we have entered into shareholder agreements with the minority shareholders of two of our non-wholly-owned subsidiaries, Big Screen Entertainment and Ayngaran, and may enter into similar agreements. These agreements contain various restrictions on our rights in relation to these entities, including restrictions in relation to the transfer of shares, rights of first refusal, reserved board matters and non-solicitation of employees by us. We may also face operational limitations due to restrictive covenants in such shareholders agreements. In addition, under the terms of our shareholder agreement in relation to Big Screen Entertainment, disputes between partners are required to be submitted to arbitration in Mumbai, India. These restrictions in our current shareholder agreements, and any restrictions of a similar or more onerous nature in any new or amended agreements into which we may enter, may limit our control of the relevant subsidiary or our ability to achieve our business objectives, as well as limiting our ability to realize value from our equity interests, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Some of the parties to the shareholder agreements are companies that have duties to their own shareholders, and the interests of these shareholders with respect to the operation of Big Screen Entertainment and Ayngaran may not be aligned with your interests. As a result, although we own a majority of the ownership interest in each of Big Screen Entertainment and Ayngaran, taking actions that require approval of the minority shareholders (or their representative directors), such as entering into related party transactions, selling material assets and entering into material contracts, may be more difficult to accomplish.

 

We depend on the services of senior management.

 

We have, over time, built a strong team of experienced professionals on whom we depend to oversee the operations and growth of our businesses. We believe that our success substantially depends on the experience and expertise of, and the longstanding relationships with key talent and other industry participants built by, our senior management. Any loss of our senior management, any conflict of interest that may arise for such management or the inability to recruit further senior managers could impede our growth by impairing our day-to-day operations and hindering development of our business and our ability to develop, maintain and expand relationships, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In recent years, we have experienced additions to our senior management team, and our success depends in part on our ability to successfully integrate these new employees into our organization. Since 2012, we have hired several members of senior management and have added new directors. We anticipate the need to hire additional members in senior management in connection with the expansion of our digital business. While some of our senior management have entered into employment agreements that contain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions, these agreements may not be enforceable in the Isle of Man, India or the United Kingdom, whose laws govern these agreements or where our members of senior management reside. Even if enforceable, these non-competition and non-solicitation provisions are for limited time periods.

 

 C: 
21
 

Some viewers or civil society organizations may find our film content objectionable.

 

Some viewers or civil society organizations in India or other countries may object to film content produced or distributed by us based on religious, political, ideological or any other positions held by such viewers. This applies in particular, to content that is graphic in nature, including violent or romantic scenes and films that are politically oriented or targeted at a segment of the film audience. Viewers or civil society organizations, including interest groups, political parties, religious or other organizations may assert legal claims, seek to ban the exhibition of our films, protest against us or our films or object in a variety of other ways. For instance, in relation to the film Goliyon ki Rasleela-Ram-Leela, certain civil and criminal proceedings had been initiated in various local courts in India in and around 2013, including arrest warrants against Mr. Kishore Lulla and others involved in the making of this film, alleging that this film disrespected religious sensibilities. Any of the foregoing could harm our reputation and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. The film content that we produce and distribute could result in claims being asserted, prosecuted or threatened against us based on a variety of grounds, including defamation, offending religious sentiments, invasion of privacy, negligence, obscenity or facilitating illegal activities, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Our films are required to be certified in India by the Central Board of Film Certification.

 

Pursuant to the Indian Cinematograph Act, 1952, or the Cinematograph Act, films must be certified for adult viewing or general viewing in India by the Central Board of Film Certification, or CBFC, which looks at factors such as the interest of sovereignty, integrity and security of the relevant country, friendly relations with foreign states, public order and morality. There may be similar requirements in the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia, among other jurisdictions. We may be unable to obtain the desired certification for each of our films and we may have to modify the title, content, characters, storylines, themes or concepts of a given film in order to obtain any certification or a desired certification for broadcast release that will facilitate distribution and exploitation of the film. Any modification or receipt of an undesirable certification could reduce the appeal of any affected film to our target audience and reduce our revenues from that film, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Litigation and negative claims about us or the Indian film entertainment industry generally could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, our relationship with distributors and co-producers and our business operations.

 

We and certain of our directors and officers are subject to various legal proceedings in India. In addition, there have been certain public allegations made against the Indian film entertainment industry generally, as well as against certain of the entities and individuals currently active in the industry about purported links to organized crime and other negative associations. As our success in the Indian film industry partially depends on our ability to maintain our brand image and corporate reputation, in particular in relation to our dealings with creative talent, co-producers, distributors and exhibitors, any such proceedings or allegations, public or private, whether or not routine or justified, could tarnish our reputation and cause creative talent, co-producers, distributors and exhibitors not to work with us.

 

In addition, the nature of our business and our reliance on intellectual property and other proprietary rights subjects us to the risk of significant litigation. Litigation, or even the threat of litigation, can be expensive, lengthy and disruptive to normal business operations, and the results of litigation are inherently uncertain and may result in adverse rulings or decisions. We may enter into settlements or be subject to judgments that may, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Anonymous letters to regulators or business associates making allegations regarding our business practices, accounting practices and/or officers and directors could have a resultant material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation and could negatively impact the market price for our A ordinary shares.

 

In the past, when we have publicly filed a prospectus relating to a proposed transaction in either United Kingdom, India or the United States, we have received anonymous letters sent either to us, a banker, and/or the regulator, making allegations about our business practices and/or officers and directors. Every time we have received such a letter we have undertaken what we believe to be a reasonably prudent review, such as extensive due diligence to investigate the allegations, and where necessary our board of directors has engaged third party professional firms to report to them directly and cleared the matter from a corporate governance point of view. Having conducted these investigations, in each instance we found the allegations were without merit.

 

However, if we receive similar letters, it could result in a diversion of management resources, time and energy, potential costs to defend ourselves, a decline in the market price for our A ordinary shares, increased share price volatility, an increased directors and officers liability insurance premiums and could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition and results of operations, and ability to access the capital markets.

 

 C: 
22
 

Our performance in India is linked to the stability of its policies, including taxation policy, and the political situation.

 

The role of Indian central and state governments in the Indian economy has been and remains significant. Since 1991, India’s government has pursued policies of economic liberalization, including significantly relaxing restrictions on the private sector. The rate of economic liberalization could change, and specific laws and policies affecting companies in the media and entertainment sector, foreign investment, currency exchange rates and other matters affecting investment in our securities could change as well. A new government was elected in India in the recently concluded parliamentary elections in May 2014 and a significant change in India’s economic liberalization and deregulation policies, in particular, policies in relation to the film industry, could disrupt business and economic conditions in India and thereby affect our business.
 

Taxes generally are levied on a state-by-state basis for the Indian film industry. Recently, there has been interest in rationalizing the industry’s taxes by instituting a uniform set of entertainment taxes administered by the Indian government. Such changes may increase our tax rate, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, in certain states, theater multiplexes have enjoyed entertainment tax benefits that may be disrupted or discontinued if India moves to a uniform entertainment tax system. This could slow the construction of new multiplexes, which we believe is a key driver for domestic theatrical revenue. Separately, there are certain deductions available to film producers for expenditures on production of feature films released during a given year. These tax benefits may be discontinued and impact current and deferred tax liabilities. In addition, the government of India has issued and may continue to issue tariff orders setting ceiling prices for distribution of content on cable television service charges in India.

 

Such tariff orders could place pricing pressures on cable television service providers and broadcasters, which may, among other things, restrict the ability and willingness of cable television broadcasters in India to pay for content acquisition, including for our films. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Other proposed changes in the Indian law and policy environment include the following:

 

A majority of the provisions and rules under the Companies Act, 2013 (the “New Companies Act”) have recently come into effect, resulting in the corresponding provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 ceasing to have effect. The New Companies Act has brought into effect significant changes to the Indian company law framework. For further information, see “Regulation”.

 

The Government of India has proposed three major reforms in Indian tax laws, namely the goods and services tax or GST, the direct taxes code or DTC, and the General Anti Avoidance Rules or GAAR. The Government of India has not specified any timeline for the implementation of the GST and the DTC. The GST would replace the indirect taxes on goods and services, such as central excise duty, service tax, customs duty, central sales tax, state value added tax, surcharge and excise, currently being collected by the central and state governments in India. The DTC aims to reduce distortions in tax structure, introduce moderate levels of taxation, expand the tax base, facilitate voluntary compliance, and provide greater tax clarity and stability to investors in Indian projects and companies, as well as clarifying taxation provisions for international transactions. It aims to consolidate and amend laws relating to all direct taxes, such as income tax, dividend distribution tax and wealth tax, and facilitate voluntary compliance. The GAAR provisions were introduced through the Finance Act, 2012, to come into effect from 1 April 2016. The GAAR provisions intend to restrict “impermissible avoidance arrangements”, which would be any arrangement, the main purpose or one of the main purposes of which is to obtain a tax benefit and which satisfy at least one of the following tests: (i) creates rights, or obligations, not ordinarily created between persons dealing at arm’s length; (ii) results, directly or indirectly, in misuse or abuse of provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961; (iii) lacks, or is deemed to lack, commercial substance, in whole or in part; or (iv) is entered into or carried out by means, or in a manner, not ordinarily employed for bona fide purposes. If GAAR provisions are invoked, Indian tax authorities would have wide powers, including denial of tax benefit or a benefit under a tax treaty. As the taxation system is intended to undergo significant overhaul, its consequent effects on us cannot be determined at present and there can be no assurance that such effects would not adversely affect our business and future financial performance.

 

Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in or applications or interpretations of existing, or the promulgation of new, laws, rules and regulations applicable to us and our business. Such unfavorable changes could decrease demand for our products, increase costs and/or subject us to additional liabilities.

 

 C: 
23
 

 

Natural disasters, epidemics, terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war could adversely affect the financial markets, result in a loss of business confidence and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Numerous countries, including India, have recently experienced community disturbances, strikes, terrorist attacks, riots, epidemics and natural disasters. These acts and occurrences may result in a loss of business confidence and could cause a temporary suspension of our operations if, for example, local authorities closed theaters and could have an adverse effect on the financial markets and economies of India and other countries. Such closures have previously and could in the future impact our ability to exhibit our films and have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, travel restrictions as a result of such events may interrupt our marketing and distribution efforts and have an adverse impact on our ability to operate effectively.

 

Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to satisfy future claims against us.

 

While we believe that we have adequately insured our operations and property in a way that we believe is customary in the Indian film entertainment industry and in amounts that we believe to be commercially appropriate, we may become subject to liabilities against which we are not adequately insured or against which we cannot be insured, including losses suffered that are not easily quantifiable and cause severe damage to our reputation. Film bonding, which is a customary practice for U.S. film companies, is rarely used in India. Even if a claim is made under an existing insurance policy, due to exclusions and limitations on coverage, we may not be able to successfully assert our claim for any liability or loss under such insurance policy. In addition, in the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance of the types or in the amounts that we deem necessary or adequate or at premiums that we consider appropriate. The occurrence of an event for which we are not adequately or sufficiently insured, the successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, the successful assertion of claims against our co-producers, or changes in our insurance policies could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our Indian subsidiary, Eros India, from which we derive a substantial portion of our revenues, is publicly listed and we may lose our ability to control its activities.

 

Our Indian subsidiary, Eros India, from which we derive a substantial portion of our revenues, is publicly listed on the Indian stock exchanges. As such, under Indian law, minority stockholders have certain rights and protections against oppression and mismanagement. Further, we own approximately 74.83% of this entity. Over time, we may lose control over its activities and, consequently, lose our ability to consolidate its revenues.

 

Eros India is subject to the provisions of the New Companies Act which significantly changed the Indian company law framework. Also, the Securities and Exchange Board of India (the “SEBI”), the securities market regulator in India, introduced changes to the listing agreement that may subject us to enhanced compliance requirements and increase our compliance costs.

 

A majority of the provisions and rules under the New Companies Act have recently come into effect, resulting in the corresponding provisions of the Indian Companies Act, 1956 ceasing to have effect. The New Companies Act has brought into effect significant changes to the Indian company law framework, such as in the provisions related to issue of capital (including provisions in relation to issue of securities on a private placement basis), disclosures in offer documents, corporate governance norms, accounting policies and audit matters, related party transactions, introduction of a provision allowing the initiation of class action suits in India against companies by shareholders (pending notification by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs of India) or depositors, a restriction on investment by an Indian company through more than two layers of subsidiary investment companies (subject to certain permitted exceptions), prohibitions on loans to directors, insider trading and restrictions on directors and key managerial personnel from engaging in forward dealing. Eros India may also need to spend, in each financial year, at least 2% of the average net profits during the three immediately preceding financial years towards corporate social responsibility activities and disclose its corporate social responsibility policies and activities on its website. Further, the New Companies Act imposes greater monetary and other liability on Eros India and the directors of Eros India for any non-compliance. To ensure compliance with the requirements of the New Companies Act, Eros India may need to allocate additional resources, which may increase our regulatory compliance costs and divert management attention.

 

The New Companies Act has introduced certain additional requirements which do not have corresponding equivalents under the Companies Act, 1956. Accordingly, Eros India may face challenges in interpreting and complying with such provisions due to limited jurisprudence on them. In the event, our interpretation of such provisions of the New Companies Act differs from, or contradicts with, any judicial pronouncements or clarifications issued by the Government in the future, Eros India may face regulatory actions or we may be required to undertake remedial steps. Additionally, some of the provisions of the New Companies Act overlap with other existing laws and regulations (such as the corporate governance norms and insider trading regulations issued by the SEBI). Recently, the SEBI issued revised corporate governance guidelines which are effective from October 1, 2014.

 

 C: 
24
 

 

Pursuant to the revised guidelines, Eros India will be required to, inter alia, maintain at least one woman director on its board, establish a vigilance mechanism for directors and employees and reconstitute certain committees in accordance with the revised guidelines. Eros India may face difficulties in complying with any such overlapping requirements. Further, the impact of provisions of the New Companies Act or the revised SEBI corporate governance norms, cannot currently be determined. Any increase in compliance requirements or in compliance costs may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

Dividend distributions by our subsidiaries are subject to certain limitations under local laws, including Indian and Dubai law and other contractual restrictions.

 

As a holding company, we rely on funds from our subsidiaries to satisfy our obligations. Dividend payments by our subsidiaries, including Eros India and Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC, or Eros Worldwide, are subject to certain limitations under local laws. For example, under Indian law, dividends other than in cash are not permitted and cash dividends are only permitted to be paid out of distributable profits. Dubai law imposes similar limitations on dividend payments. An Indian company paying dividends is also liable to pay dividend distribution tax at an effective rate of 17%, including cess (additional Indian education tax) and surcharges. In addition, the Shareholders Agreement of Ayngaran, limits the ability of that entity to pay dividends without shareholder approval.

 

The Relationship Agreement with our subsidiaries may not reflect market standard terms that would have resulted from arm’s length negotiations among unaffiliated third parties and may include terms that may not be obtained from future negotiations with unaffiliated third parties.

 

The 2009 Relationship Agreement among Eros India, Eros Worldwide and us, or the Relationship Agreement, exclusively assigns to Eros Worldwide certain intellectual property rights and all distribution rights for Indian films (other than Tamil films) held by Eros India or any of its subsidiaries other than Ayngaran and its subsidiaries, or the Eros India Group, in all territories other than India, Nepal and Bhutan, the rights for which are retained by Eros India and its subsidiaries. In return, Eros Worldwide provides a lump sum minimum guarantee fee for each assigned film to the Eros India Group plus certain additional contingent amounts.

 

The Relationship Agreement may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arm’s-length negotiations among unaffiliated third parties, and our future operating results may be negatively affected if we do not receive terms as favorable in future negotiations with unaffiliated third parties. Further, as we do not own 100% of Eros India, we may lose control over its activities and, consequently, our ability to ensure its continued performance under the Relationship Agreement.

 

Although our tax and transfer pricing methodology are audited annually by our Indian auditors as part of our statutory audits, the transfer pricing arrangements in the Relationship Agreement are not binding on the applicable taxing authorities, and may be subject to scrutiny by such taxing authorities. Accordingly, there may be material and adverse tax consequences if the applicable taxing authorities challenge these arrangements, and they may adjust our income and expenses for tax purposes for both present and prior tax years, and assess interest on the adjusted but unpaid taxes.

 

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our operations, including our ability to perform our obligations, fund working capital and pay dividends.

 

As of March 31, 2014, we had $258.1 million of borrowings outstanding. We may also be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness. Our indebtedness could have important consequences to you, including the following:

·we could have difficulty satisfying our debt obligations, and if we fail to comply with these requirements, an event of default could result;
·we may be required to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to required payments on indebtedness, thereby reducing the cash flow available to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate activities or to pay dividends;
·covenants relating to our indebtedness may restrict our ability to make distributions to our shareholders;
·covenants relating to our indebtedness may limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate activities, which may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
·lenders are able to require us to repay certain secured loans to each of Eros India and Eros International Limited prior to their maturity, which as of March 31, 2014, represented $71.5 million of the outstanding indebtedness of Eros India and $21.0 million of the outstanding indebtedness of Eros International Limited;
·certain Eros India loan agreements are currently being considered for their annual renewal, and until these renewals are obtained, the lenders under these loan agreements may at any time require repayment of amounts outstanding, which as of March 31, 2014, totaled $6.7 million of the $71.5 million outstanding under the aforementioned Eros India indebtedness;

 

 C: 
25
 
·we may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
·we may be placed at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with less debt; and
·we may have difficulty repaying or refinancing our obligations under our senior credit facilities on their respective maturity dates

 

If any of these consequences occur, our financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends could be adversely affected. This, in turn, could negatively affect the market price of our ordinary shares, and we may need to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that any refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds that may be realized from those sales, or that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all.

 

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness that may not be successful.

 

Based on interest rates as of March 31, 2014, and assuming no additional borrowings or principal payments on our revolving credit facilities until their maturities, we would need approximately $103.9 million over the next year, and $176.4 million over the next five years, to meet our principal and interest payments under our debt agreements.  Our ability to satisfy our debt obligations will depend upon, among other things:

·our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control;
·our ability to refinance our debt as it becomes due, which will be affected by the cost and availability of credit; and
·our future ability to borrow under our revolving credit facilities, the availability of which depends on, among other things, our compliance with the covenants in our revolving credit facilities.

 

There can be no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that we will be able to refinance debt as it comes due or draw under our revolving credit facilities in an amount sufficient to fund our liquidity needs. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to service our indebtedness, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, or seek additional capital. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow, refinance our debt on favorable terms or sell additional debt or equity securities or our assets, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and on our ability to make payments on our indebtedness.

 

We face risks relating to the international distribution of our films and related products.

 

We derive a significant percentage of our net revenues from customers located outside of India. We derived 50.0% of our fiscal 2014 net revenue from the exploitation of our films in territories outside of India. We do not track revenues by geographical region other than (as required under International Financial Reporting Standards) based on where the customer who entered into a contract with us is based and not necessarily the country where the rights have been exploited or licensed. As a result, revenue by customer location may not be reflective of the potential of any given market. As a result of changes in the location, our revenues by customer location may vary year to year, independent of changes in the locations where the rights of our films are exploited.

 

Our business is subject to risks inherent in international trade, many of which are beyond our control. These risks include:

·fluctuating foreign exchange rates;
·laws and policies affecting trade, investment and taxes, including laws and policies relating to the repatriation of funds and withholding taxes and changes in these laws;
·differing cultural tastes and attitudes, including varied censorship laws;
·differing degrees of protection for intellectual property;
·financial instability and increased market concentration of buyers in other markets;
·the increased difficulty of collecting trade receivables across multiple jurisdictions;
·the instability of other economies and governments; and
·war and acts of terrorism.

 

Events or developments related to these and other risks associated with international trade could adversely affect our revenues from non-Indian sources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 C: 
26
 

We may pursue acquisition opportunities, which could subject us to considerable business and financial risk.

 

We evaluate potential acquisitions of complementary businesses on an ongoing basis and may from time to time pursue acquisition opportunities, such as our June 2014 execution of a term sheet to acquire a majority stake in Universal Power Systems Private Limited (doing business as Techzone). However, this acquisition is subject to certain conditions precedent apart from customary legal, regulatory and financial requirements. We may not be successful in identifying acquisition opportunities, assessing the value, strengths and weaknesses of these opportunities or consummating acquisitions on acceptable terms. Future acquisitions may result in near term dilution to earnings, including potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities or issuances of debt. Acquisitions may expose us to particular business and financial risks that include, but are not limited to:

·diverting of financial and management resources from existing operations;
·incurring indebtedness and assuming additional liabilities, known and unknown, including liabilities relating to the use of intellectual property we acquire;
·incurring significant additional capital expenditures, transaction and operating expenses and non-recurring acquisition-related charges;
·experiencing an adverse impact on our earnings from the amortization or impairment of acquired goodwill and other intangible assets;
·failing to successfully integrate the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses;
·entering new markets or marketing new products with which we are not entirely familiar; and
·failing to retain key personnel of, vendors to and clients of the acquired businesses.

 

If we are unable to address the risks associated with acquisitions, or if we encounter expenses, difficulties, complications or delays frequently encountered in connection with the integration of acquired entities and the expansion of operations, we may fail to achieve acquisition synergies and may be required to focus resources on integration of operations rather than on our primary business activities. In addition, future acquisitions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our A ordinary shares, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses, or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition.

 

Risks Related to our A Ordinary Shares and this Offering

 

Our A ordinary share price may be highly volatile after the offering and, as a result, shareholders could lose a significant portion or all of their investment or we could become subject to securities class action litigation.

 

Prior to November 12, 2013, our ordinary shares had been admitted on AIM since 2006. The trading price of our ordinary shares on AIM was highly volatile. For example, the highest price that our ordinary shares traded in the period beginning November 12, 2012 and ending November 12, 2013 was $4.48 and the lowest price was $2.96, prior to giving effect to the one-for-three reverse stock split effectuated on November 12, 2013. Since the listing of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE, the highest closing price of the A ordinary shares, in the period beginning November 12, 2013 and ending June 12, 2014, was $16.73 and the lowest price was $8.60. The market price of the A ordinary shares on the NYSE may fluctuate as a result of several factors, including the following:

·variations in our quarterly operating results;
·volatility in our industry, the industries of our customers and the global securities markets;
·risks relating to our business and industry, including those discussed above;
·strategic actions by us or our competitors;
·adverse judgments or settlements obligating us to pay damages;
·actual or expected changes in our growth rates or our competitors’ growth rates;
·investor perception of us, the industry in which we operate, the investment opportunity associated with the A ordinary shares and our future performance;
·adverse media reports about us or our directors and officers;
·addition or departure of our executive officers;
·changes in financial estimates or publication of research reports by analysts regarding our A ordinary shares, other comparable companies or our industry generally;
·trading volume of our A ordinary shares;
·sales of our ordinary shares by us or our shareholders;
·domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance; or
·the release or expiration of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding A ordinary shares.

 

 C: 
27
 

Furthermore, the stock markets recently have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions or interest rate changes may cause the market price of ordinary shares to decline.

 

In addition, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may become the target of this type of litigation. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

 

Additional equity issuances will dilute your holdings, and sales by the Founders Group could adversely affect the market price of our A ordinary shares.

 

Sales of a large number of our ordinary shares by the Founders Group, as defined in “Prospectus Summary — Our Corporate Structure” could adversely affect the market price of our A ordinary shares. Similarly, the perception that any such primary or secondary sale may occur could adversely affect the market price of our A ordinary shares. Any future issuance of our A ordinary shares by us may dilute the holdings of our existing shareholders, causing the market price of our A ordinary shares to decline. In addition, any perception by potential investors that such issuances or sales might occur could also affect the trading price of our A ordinary shares.

 

The Founders Group, which includes our Chairman, Kishore Lulla, will continue to hold a substantial interest after the offering and through the voting rights afforded to our B ordinary shares and held by the Founders Group, will continue to have the ability to exercise a controlling influence over our business, which will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

 

Our B ordinary shares have ten votes per share and our A ordinary shares, which are trading on the NYSE, have one vote per share. As of March 31, 2014, the Founders Group collectively owned 54.7% of our issued share capital in the form of 1,282,949 A ordinary shares, representing 0.5% of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares, and 25,555,220 B ordinary shares, representing all of our B ordinary shares and approximately 91.6% of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares. Immediately upon the consummation of this offering, the Founders Group will beneficially own approximately 48.1% of our issued share capital in the form of 1,282,949 A ordinary shares, representing 0.4% of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares, and 25,555,220 B ordinary shares, representing approximately 89.4% of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the Founders Group will beneficially own approximately 46.8% of our issued share capital in the form of 757,949 A ordinary shares, representing 0.3% of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares, and 25,555,220 B ordinary shares, representing approximately 89.3% of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares.

 

Due to the disparate voting powers attached to our two classes of ordinary shares, the Founders Group continue to have significant influence over management and affairs and over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including our management and policies and the election of our directors and senior management, the approval of lending and investment policies, revenue budgets, capital expenditure, dividend policy, significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets and strategic acquisitions, for the foreseeable future. In addition, because of this dual class structure, the Founders Group will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval until they come to own less than 10% of the outstanding ordinary shares, when all B ordinary shares held by the Founders Group will automatically convert into A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. This concentrated control could delay, defer or prevent a change in control of our company, impede a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving our company, or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer, initiating a potential merger or takeover or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company even though other holders of A ordinary shares may view a change in control as beneficial. Many of our directors and senior management also serve as directors of, or are employed by, our affiliated companies, and we cannot guarantee that any conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor. As a result of these factors, members of the Founders Group may influence our material policies in a manner that could conflict with the interests of our shareholders. As a result, the market price of our A ordinary shares could be adversely affected.

 

We will continue to incur increased costs as a result of being a U.S. public company.

 

We recently became a U.S. public company, completing our U.S. initial public offering of A ordinary shares in November 2013. As a U.S. public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur previously, particularly after we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company.” We will incur costs associated with our U.S. public company reporting requirements. We also anticipate that we will incur costs associated with recently adopted corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act as well as new rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the NYSE. These rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. These new rules and regulations have made it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers.

 

 C: 
28
 

As a foreign private issuer, we are subject to different U.S. securities laws and NYSE governance standards than domestic U.S. issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our A ordinary shares, and you may not receive corporate and company information and disclosure that you are accustomed to receiving or in a manner in which you are accustomed to receiving it.

 

As a foreign private issuer, the rules governing the information that we disclose differ from those governing U.S. corporations pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Although we intend to report quarterly financial results and report certain material events, we are not required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or provide current reports on Form 8-K disclosing significant events within four days of their occurrence and our quarterly or current reports may contain less information than required under U.S. filings. In addition, we are exempt from the Section 14 proxy rules, and proxy statements that we distribute will not be subject to review by the SEC. Our exemption from Section 16 rules regarding sales of ordinary shares by insiders means that you will have less data in this regard than shareholders of U.S. companies that are subject to the Securities Exchange Act. As a result, you may not have all the data that you are accustomed to having when making investment decisions. For example, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder with respect to their purchases and sales of our A ordinary shares. The periodic disclosure required of foreign private issuers is more limited than that required of domestic U.S. issuers and there may therefore be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published by or about U.S. public companies. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from complying with certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE applicable to a U.S. issuer, including the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors , and the majority of our board is not currently independent . W e are , however, in compliance with other NYSE corporate governance requirements imposed on U.S. issuers, although our charter does not require that we meet these requirements. As the corporate governance standards applicable to us are different than those applicable to domestic U.S. issuers, you may not have the same protections afforded under U.S. law and the NYSE rules as shareholders of companies that do not have such exemptions. It is also possible that the significant ownership interest of the Founders Group could adversely affect investor perception of our corporate governance.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” and if we decide to comply only with reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our A ordinary shares could be less attractive to investors and our share price may be more volatile.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and, for as long as we continue to be an “emerging growth company,” we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of (1) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering, November 12, 2013, (2) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue is $1 billion or more, (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (4) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. We cannot predict if investors will find our A ordinary shares less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our A ordinary shares less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our A ordinary shares and our share price may be more volatile.

 

You may be subject to Indian taxes on income arising through the sale of our A ordinary shares.

 

The Indian Income Tax Act, 1961 has been amended to provide that income arising directly or indirectly through the sale of a capital asset, including shares of a company incorporated outside of India, will be subject to tax in India, if such shares derive, directly or indirectly their value substantially from assets located in India, whether or not the seller of such shares has a residence, place of business, business connection, or any other presence in India, if, on the specified date, the value of such assets (i) represents 20% of the fair market value of all assets owned by the company or entity, or (ii) exceeds the specified amount. Further, the amendment does not deal with the interplay between this provision of Indian tax law and the existing double tax avoidance treaties that India has entered into with countries such as the U.S., United Kingdom and Canada. If the Indian tax authorities determine that our A ordinary shares derive their value substantially from assets located in India and the provisions of any relevant double tax avoidance treaty are deemed to be inapplicable in this context, you may be subject to Indian income taxes on the income arising, directly or indirectly, through the sale of our A ordinary shares. For additional information, see “Material Tax Considerations.”

 

 C: 
29
 

We are an Isle of Man company and, because judicial precedent regarding the rights of shareholders is more limited under Isle of Man law than under U.S. law, you may have less protection of your shareholder rights than you would under U.S. law.

 

Our constitution is set out in our memorandum and articles of association, and we are subject to the Isle of Man Companies Act 2006, as amended, (commonly known as the 2006 Act) — see “Material Isle of Man Regulations — Companies Regime” below, and Isle of Man common law. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Isle of Man law are to an extent governed by the common law of the Isle of Man. The common law of the Isle of Man is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Isle of Man as well as from English common law, which has persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the Isle of Man. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Isle of Man law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Isle of Man has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. In addition, some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Isle of Man. Furthermore, shareholders of Isle of Man companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States. As a result, shareholders may have more difficulties in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as shareholders of a U.S. company.

 

Our board of directors may determine that a shareholder meets the criteria of a “prohibited person” and subject such shareholder’s shares to forced divestiture.

 

Our articles of association permit our board of directors to determine that any person owning shares (directly or beneficially) constitutes a “prohibited person” and is not qualified to own shares if such person is in breach of any law or requirement of any country and, as determined solely by our board of directors, such ownership would cause a pecuniary or tax disadvantage to us, another shareholder or holders of our other securities. If our board of directors determines that a shareholder meets the above criteria of a “prohibited person,” they may direct such shareholder to transfer all A ordinary shares such shareholder owns to another person. Under the provisions of our articles of association, such a determination by our board of directors would be conclusive and binding on such shareholder. If our board of directors directs such shareholder to transfer all A ordinary shares such shareholder owns, such shareholder may recognize taxable gain or loss on the transfer. See “Material Tax Considerations” for a more detailed description of the tax consequences of a sale or exchange or other taxable disposition of A ordinary shares.

 

Judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

 

We are an Isle of Man company but substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. A substantial part of our current operations are conducted in India. In addition, all of our directors and substantially all of our executive officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States and we believe that a substantial portion of the assets of these persons may be located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons. It may also be difficult for you to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors. Moreover, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Isle of Man or India would recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether such Isle of Man or Indian courts would be competent to hear original actions brought in the Isle of Man or in India against us or such persons predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable or inaccurate research about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our ordinary shares depends, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We may be unable to sustain coverage by well-regarded securities and industry analysts. If either none or only a limited number of securities or industry analysts maintain coverage of our company, or if these securities or industry analysts are not widely respected within the general investment community, the trading price for our ordinary shares would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our ordinary shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our ordinary shares could decrease, which might cause our share price and trading volume to decline.

 

 

 C: 
30
 

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our ordinary shares. Our ability to pay dividends in the future will depend upon satisfaction of the 2006 Act solvency test, future earnings, financial condition, cash flows, working capital requirements and capital expenditures.

 

We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay dividends on our ordinary shares. The amount of our future dividend payments, if any, will depend upon our satisfaction of the solvency test contained in the 2006 Act, our future earnings, financial condition, cash flows, working capital requirements and capital expenditures. The 2006 Act provides that a company satisfies the solvency test if: (i) it is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of the company’s business: and (ii) the value of the company’s assets exceeds the value of its liabilities. There can be no assurance that we will be able to pay dividends. Additionally, we may be restricted by the terms of any future debt financing in relation to the payment of dividends.

 

We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, under United States tax law, which could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

 

Based upon the past and projected composition of our income and valuation of our assets, we do not believe we will be a PFIC for our taxable year ending December 31, 2014, and we do not expect to become one in the future, although there can be no assurance in this regard. The determination of whether or not we are a PFIC for any taxable year is made on an annual basis and will depend on the composition of our income and assets from time to time. Specifically, we will be classified as a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes if either:

·75% or more of our gross income in a taxable year is passive income, or
·50% or more of the average quarterly value of our gross assets in a taxable year is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income.

 

The calculation of the value of our assets will be based, in part, on the then market value of our A ordinary shares, which is subject to change. We cannot assure you that we were not a PFIC for the 2013 taxable year or that we will not be a PFIC for this or any future taxable year. Moreover, the determination of our PFIC status is based on an annual determination that cannot be made until the close of a taxable year and involves extensive factual investigation. This investigation includes ascertaining the fair market value of all of our assets on a quarterly basis and the character of each item of income we earn, which cannot be completed until the close of a taxable year, and, therefore, our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status. If we were to be or become classified as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Material Tax Considerations”) may be subject to burdensome reporting requirements and may incur significantly increased United States income tax on gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of the shares and on the receipt of distributions on the shares to the extent such gain or distribution is treated as an “excess distribution” under the United States federal income tax rules. Further, if we were a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder held our shares, we would continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder held our shares. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares if we are or become classified as a PFIC. See “Material Tax Considerations” for a more detailed description of the PFIC rules.

 

 C: 
31
 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $ 96.2 million, or $ 103.8 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, after deducting underwriter discounts and estimated expenses, based on an assumed public offering price of $ 15.40 per share, the last reported sale price of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE on July 3 , 2014. We currently intend to use approximately $ 60.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to fund new co-productions and acquisitions of Hindi and regional film library content and film-related content, approximately $ 15.0 million to grow our digital distribution channel, and approximately $ 21.2 million to maintain and further strengthen our other distribution channels. These amounts are estimates only and are subject to change as we currently do not have firm agreements for using the net proceeds. Pending the uses described herein, we will invest the net proceeds in short term, investment grade, interest bearing securities. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $ 15.40 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ 6.3 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of A ordinary shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ 14.6 million, assuming the assumed public offering price remains the same and after deducting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The selling shareholders will receive all net proceeds from the sale of the A ordinary shares to be sold in this offering by them, and we will not receive any of these proceeds. We will, however, bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of shares by the selling shareholders.

 

 

 C: 
32
 

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have not declared any dividend since our incorporation in 2006, and all profits have been retained and utilized to grow our business. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

In the event we pay dividends in the future, however, our paying agent in the United States will be Computershare Investor Services.

 

The amount of our future dividend payments, if any, will depend upon our satisfaction of the solvency test contained in the 2006 Act, our future earnings, financial condition, cash flows, working capital requirements and capital expenditures. The 2006 Act provides that a company satisfies the solvency test if it is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of the company’s business and where the value of the company’s assets exceeds the value of its liabilities. There can be no assurance that we will be able to pay dividends. Additionally, we may be restricted by the terms of any future debt financing in relation to the payment of dividends.

 

Under our articles of association, all dividends and interest are paid to shareholders whose names are on the register on the date on which such dividend is declared, the date on which such interest is payable or on such other date as we or our board of directors may determine. There are currently no additional procedures required for shareholders not resident in the Isle of Man to claim dividends.

 

 C: 
33
 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2014. Our capitalization is presented:

  · on an actual basis; and
  · as adjusted to reflect the the issuance and the receipt of net proceeds from the sale of 6,675,000 A ordinary shares by us in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $ 15.40 per share, the last reported sale price of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE on July 3 , 2014, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

You should read this table along with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   March 31, 2014
   Actual  As Adjusted
   (in thousands, except share data)
Cash and cash equivalents  $145,449   $ 241,604  
Indebtedness:          
Secured revolving credit facilities  $15,695   $15,695 
Secured asset and term loans   30,023    30,023 
Overdrafts   33,507    33,507 
Commercial paper   13,320    13,320 
Revolving facilities   158,750    158,750 
Other   8,554    8,554 
Total indebtedness   259,849    259,849 
A ordinary shares, at par value of GBP 0.30 per share; authorized share capital of 57,778,113 shares and issued share capital of 23,519,340 shares, actual; authorized share capital of 57,778,113 shares and issued share capital of 30,194,340 shares, as adjusted   12,615    15,978 
B ordinary shares, par value of GBP 0.30 per share; authorized share capital of 25,555,220 shares and issued share capital of 25,555,220 shares, actual and as adjusted   13,707    13,707 
Total shareholders’ equity   578,041     674,196  
Total capitalization  $837,890   $ 934,045  

 

 C: 
34
 

DILUTION

 

If you purchase our A ordinary shares, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution. Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of our A ordinary shares to be sold in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value or deficit per share of our A ordinary shares after the offering. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, divided by the number of our A and B ordinary shares in issue on a pro forma basis to give effect to the offering, as of that date. The adjusted net tangible book value or deficit per share presented below is equal to the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, divided by the number of our A and B ordinary shares in issue. For purposes of this “Dilution” section only, we define tangible assets to exclude, among other things, accounts receivable and deferred and current tax assets. After giving effect to the foregoing and our sale of 6,675,000 A ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed offering price of $ 15.40 per share, the last reported sale price of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE on July 3 , 2014, our as adjusted net tangible book deficit as of March 31, 2014 would have been $ 45,294 ,000, or $0. 81 per ordinary share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $2. 07 per share to the existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $ 16.21 per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed public offering price per share         $ 15.40  
Net tangible book deficit per A and B ordinary share at March 31, 2014   $ (2.88 )       
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering     2. 07        
Adjusted net tangible book deficit per A and B ordinary share         $ (0. 81 )
Dilution per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering         $ 16.21  

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price per share would (decrease) increase our as adjusted net tangible book deficiency by approximately $6.3 million, or $0.11 per A and B ordinary share, and would increase (decrease) dilution to investors in this offering by $0.88 per A and B ordinary share, assuming that the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would (decrease) increase our as adjusted net tangible book deficit by approximately $ 14.6 million, or $0.28 per share, and would decrease (increase) dilution to investors in this offering by $0. 28 per share, assuming the public offering price per share remains the same.

 

Our as adjusted net tangible book value after the consummation of this offering, and the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering in this offering, will change from the amounts shown above if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us.

 

The following table summarizes, on the same as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2014, the total number of A and B ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the existing shareholders and by investors purchasing A ordinary shares from us in this offering:

 

   Shares Purchased   Total Consideration   Average Price 
   Number   Percent   Amount   Percent   Per Share 
Existing shareholders   49,074,560    88.0%  $249,655,000     70.8 %  $5.09 
Investors purchasing A ordinary shares in this offering   6,675,000    12.0     102,795,000      29.2    $ 15.40  
Total   55,749,560    100.0%  $ 352,450,000     100.0%  $6. 31  

  

 C: 
35
 

 

EXCHANGE RATES

 

Our functional and reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates at the date of the applicable statement of financial position. For the purposes of consolidation, all income and expenses are translated at the average rate of exchange during the period covered by the applicable statement of income and assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate ruling on the date of the applicable statement of financial position.

 

Solely for your convenience, this prospectus contains translations of certain Indian Rupee and British Pound sterling amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. Except for figures presented in or based on the audited and unaudited financial statements contained in this prospectus or as otherwise stated in this prospectus, all translations from Indian Rupees or British pounds sterling to U.S. dollars are based on the noon buying rates of INR 59.17 per $1.00 and GBP 0.60 per $1.00 in the City of New York for cable transfers of Indian Rupees and British pounds sterling, respectively, based on the rates certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on June 6, 2014. No representation is made that the Indian Rupee or British pound sterling amounts represent U.S. dollar amounts or have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such rates, any other rates or at all. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—A downturn in the Indian and international economies or instability in financial markets, including a decreased growth rate and increased Indian price inflation, could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.” Any discrepancies in any table between totals and sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding.

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information concerning the exchange rates between Indian Rupees and U.S. dollars based on the noon buying rate in the City of New York for cable transfers of Indian Rupees as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. These rates are provided solely for your convenience and are not necessarily the exchange rates that were used in this prospectus or will be used in the preparation of periodic reports or any other information to be provided to you.

 

    Period End   Average(1)   High   Low
Fiscal Year Ended:                                
2010     INR  44.95       INR  47.18       INR  50.48       INR  44.94  
2011     44.54       45.46       47.49       43.90  
2012     50.89       48.01       53.71       44.00  
2013     54.52       54.36       57.13       50.64  
2014     60.35       60.35       68.80       53.65  
2015 (through June 6, 2014)     59.17       59.77       61.17       58.30  
                                 
Quarter Ended March 31:                                
2013     INR  62.58       INR  62.02       INR  68.80       INR  59.01  
2014     59.52       55.82       60.70       53.65  
                                 
Month:                                
October 2013     INR  61.61       INR  61.61       INR  62.46       INR  61.07  
November 2013     62.39       62.52       63.73       61.74  
December 2013     61.92       61.81       62.38       60.87  
January 2014     62.63       62.11       63.09       61.45  
February 2014     61.78       62.16       62.63       61.78  
March 2014     60.00       60.95       62.17       59.89  
April 2014     60.21       60.35       61.17       59.86  
May 2014     59.16       59.28       60.21       58.30  
June 2014 (through June 6, 2014)     59.17       59.24       59.34       59.15  

_______________

  (1) Represents the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period for all fiscal years presented and the average of the noon buying rate for all days during the period for all months presented.

 

 C: 
36
 

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information concerning the exchange rates between British pounds sterling and U.S. dollars based on the noon buying rate in the City of New York for cable transfers of British pounds sterling as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. These rates are provided solely for your convenience and are not necessarily the exchange rates that were used in this prospectus or will be used in the preparation of periodic reports or any other information to be provided to you.

 

    Period End   Average(1)   High   Low
Fiscal Year:                                
2010     GBP  0.6585       GBP  0.6261       GBP  0.6943       GBP  0.5890  
2011     0.6231       0.6428       0.6511       0.6102  
2012     0.6256       0.6233       0.6536       0.5991  
2013     0.6202       0.6277       0.6320       0.6202  
2014     0.5997       0.6324       0.6740       0.5970  
2015 (through June 6, 2014)     0.5955       0.5956       0.6030       0.5891  
                                 
Quarter ended March 31:                                
2013     GBP  0.6181       GBP  0.6447       GBP  0.6740       GBP  0.6181  
2014     0.6575       0.6510       0.6650       0.6366  
                                 
Month:                                
October 2013     GBP  0.6224       GBP  0.6212       GBP  0.6288       GBP  0.6164  
November 2013     0.6108       0.6211       0.6283       0.6108  
December 2013     0.6034       0.6104       0.6152       0.6034  
January 2014     0.6079       0.6072       0.6122       0.6020  
February 2014     0.5970       0.6040       0.6135       0.5970  
March 2014     0.5997       0.6015       0.6064       0.5973  
April 2014     0.5923       0.5971       0.6030       0.5923  
May 2014     0.5965       0.5937       0.5985       0.5891  
June 2014 (through June 6, 2014)     0.5955       0.5963       0.5971       0.5954  

_______________

  (1) Represents the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period for all fiscal years presented and the average of the noon buying rate for all days during the period for all months presented.

 

 

 C: 
37
 

MARKET INFORMATION

 

As of June 6, 2014, our issued share capital was 49,074,560 ordinary shares comprised of 23,519,340 A ordinary shares and 25,555,220 B ordinary shares.

 

Historical Market Prices

 

The following until November 13, 2013 represents historic trading on AIM, as published by Bloomberg, adjusted to reflect the one-for-three reverse stock split that occurred in connection with our initial U.S. public offering on the NYSE. The table below reflects a translation from British pound sterling to U.S. dollars based on the prevailing exchange rate between the British pound sterling and the U.S. dollar at the time of the applicable trade. The following since November 13, 2013 represents historic trading on NYSE, as published by Bloomberg: 

 

    High   Low   Average
Daily
Trading
Volume
    (in dollars)   (shares)
Month Ended:                        
June 30, 2014 (through June 6, 2014)     16.20       15.75       49,611  
May 31, 2014     16.79       14.70       55,935  
April 30, 2014     16.97       14.64       61,124  
March 31, 2014     16.30       12.87       118,591  
February 28, 2014     13.17       8.83       99,365  
January 31, 2014     11.10       8.60       37,530  
December 31, 2013     11.25       9.53       105,659  
                         
Quarter Ended:                        
June 30, 2014 (through June 6, 2014)     16.97       14.64       57,581  
March 31, 2014     16.30       8.60       84,696  
December 31, 2013                        
September 30, 2013      13.45        9.06        59,131  
June 30, 2013     11.36       8.79       35,907  
March 31, 2013     12.16       10.44       75,116  
December 31, 2012     11.81       8.90       59,185  
September 30, 2012     11.53       8.05       51,717  
June 30, 2012     15.02       8.50       226,259  
March 31, 2012     11.78       10.20       96,332  
                         
Fiscal Year Ended(1):                        
March 31, 2015 (through June 6, 2015)     16.97       14.64       57,581  
March 31, 2014     16.98       8.60       87,986  
March 31, 2013     15.02       8.05       101,322  
March 31, 2012     13.11       9.54       74,421  
March 31, 2011     13.37       7.51       49,679  
March 31, 2010     10.50       3.14       70,814  
March 31, 2009     19.67       2.25       74,239  

_______________

  (1) Eros was admitted to AIM in July 2006.

 

 C: 
38
 

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

We are a limited company incorporated under the laws of the Isle of Man. The majority of our assets are located outside of the United States. Currently, none of the members of our board of directors is a citizen or resident of the United States.

 

Certain of our subsidiaries, including Eros India, are incorporated under the laws of India or other foreign jurisdictions. The majority of the directors and executive officers of such subsidiaries are not residents of the United States, and we believe that substantially all of the assets of such subsidiaries and their officers and directors may be located outside the United States.

 

As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such persons or to enforce outside the United States judgments obtained against us or such persons in the United States, except, with respect to us, by effecting service on our agent in the United States, including, without limitation, judgments based upon the civil liability provisions of the United States federal securities laws or the laws of any state or territory of the United States. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable outside the United States. Investors may also have difficulties enforcing, in original actions brought in courts in jurisdictions outside the United States, liabilities under U.S. securities laws.

 

We have been advised by Cains Advocates Limited, our Isle of Man counsel, that there is no statutory procedure in the Isle of Man for the recognition or enforcement of judgments of the U.S. courts. However, under Isle of Man common law, a judgment in personam given by a U.S. court may be recognized and enforced by an action for the amount due under it provided that the judgment: (i) is for a debt or definite sum of money (not being a sum payable in respect of taxes or other changes of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty); (ii) is final and conclusive; (iii) was not obtained by fraud; (iv) is not one whose enforcement would be contrary to public policy in the Isle of Man; and (v) was not obtained in proceedings which were opposed to natural justice in the Isle of Man.

 

A judgment or decree of a court in the United States may be enforced in India only by filing a fresh suit on the basis of the judgment or decree and not by proceedings in execution. Further, such enforcement would be subject to the restrictions set forth in the Indian Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, as amended, including under Section 13 thereof. Section 13 provides that a foreign judgment is conclusive as to any matter directly adjudicated upon except (i) where the judgment has not been pronounced by a court of competent jurisdiction, (ii) where the judgment has not been given on the merits of the case, (iii) where the judgment appears on the face of the proceedings to be founded on an incorrect view of international law or a refusal to recognize the law of India in cases where such law is applicable, (iv) where the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained were opposed to natural justice, (v) where the judgment has been obtained by fraud or (vi) where the judgment sustains a claim founded on a breach of any law in force in India.

 

A suit for enforcement of a foreign judgment is required to be filed in India within three years from the date of the judgment. It is difficult to predict whether a suit brought in an Indian court will be disposed of in a timely manner or be subject to untimely delay. Moreover, it is unlikely that a court in India would award damages on the same basis as a foreign court if an action were brought in India, or that an Indian court would enforce a foreign judgment if it viewed the amount of damages awarded as excessive or inconsistent with public policy in India. A party seeking to enforce a foreign judgment in India is also required to obtain prior approval from the Reserve Bank of India to repatriate any amount recovered pursuant to such enforcement, and any such amount may be subject to income tax in accordance with applicable laws. Any judgment in a foreign currency is required to be converted into Indian Rupees on the date of judgment and not on the date of payment.

 

 C: 
39
 

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods and at the dates indicated. The selected historical consolidated income statement and other consolidated financial data for the three years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the selected historical consolidated statement of financial position data for the two years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated income statement and other consolidated financial data for the two years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 and the selected historical consolidated statement of financial position data for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements.

 

You should read the selected consolidated financial data presented on the following pages in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus as well as our “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2014   2013   2012   2011   2010 
   (in thousands, except net income per share) 
INCOME STATEMENT DATA                         
Revenue  $235,470   $215,346   $206,474   $164,613   $149,729 
Cost of sales   (132,933)   (134,002)   (117,044)   (88,017)   (81,710)
Gross profit   102,537    81,344    89,430    76,596    68,019 
Administrative costs   (42,680)   (26,308)   (27,992)   (20,518)   (16,157)
Operating profit   59,857    55,036    61,438    56,078    51,862 
Net finance costs   (7,517)   (1,469)   (1,009)   (1,584)   (2,309)
Other gains/(losses)   (2,353)   (7,989)   (6,790    1,293    (6)
Profit before tax   49,987    45,578    53,639    55,787    49,547 
Income tax expense   (12,843)   (11,913)   (10,059)   (8,237)   (7,152)
Net income(1)  $37,144   $33,665   $43,580   $47,550   $42,395 
Net income per share                         
Basic  $0.66   $0.69   $0.96   $1.16   $1.11 
Diluted  $0.65   $0.69   $0.94   $1.14   $1.08 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares                         
Basic   45,590    39,439    39,076    38,711    38,611 
Diluted   45,607    39,456    39,138    38,773    38,673 
                          
OTHER DATA                         
EBITDA(2)  $58,871   $48,765   $56,201   $58,574   $53,194 
Adjusted EBITDA(2)  $80,285   $56,320   $66,984   $59,501   $53,509 
                          

 

 C: 
40
 

 

   As of March 31, 
   2014   2013   2012   2011   2010 
   (in thousands) 
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATA                    
Intangible assets – content  $577,704   $535,304   $473,092   $421,901   $349,228 
Cash and cash equivalents   145,449    107,642    145,422    126,167    87,613 
Trade and other receivables    123,705     93,327    78,650    57,659    54,795 
Total assets   906,011    798,657    765,966    669,841    545,577 
Trade and other payables   31,611    28,979    27,239    23,197    28,397 
Short-term borrowings   92,879    79,902    68,527    49,611    40,478 
Current liabilities   128,580    110,727    105,134    77,816    74,366 
Long-term borrowings   165,254    165,898    180,768    149,310    151,441 
Non-current liabilities   199,390    201,754    206,584    166,650    164,022 
Total liabilities   327,970    312,481    311,718    244,466    238,388 
Total equity   578,041    486,176    454,248    425,375    307,189 

_______________

  (1) References to “net income” in this document correspond to “profit for the period” or “profit for the year” line items in our consolidated financial statement appearing elsewhere in this document.

 

  (2) We use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental financial measures. EBITDA is defined by us as net income before interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of capitalized film content and debt issuance costs). Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted for impairments of available-for-sale financial assets, profit/loss on held for trading liabilities (including profit/loss on derivatives), transaction costs relating to equity transactions, and share based payments. EBITDA, as used and defined by us, may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures employed by other companies and is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income, net income, cash flows from operating investing and financing activities, or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide no information regarding a company’s capital structure, borrowings, interest costs, capital expenditures and working capital movement or tax position. However, our management team believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful to an investor in evaluating our results of operations because these measures:
  · are widely used by investors to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items excluded from the calculation of such term, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon accounting methods and book value of assets, capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired, among other factors;
  · help investors to evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the effect of our capital structure from our operating structure; and
  · are used by our management team for various other purposes in presentations to our board of directors as a basis for strategic planning and forecasting.

 

There are significant limitations to using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of performance, including the inability to analyze the effect of certain recurring and non-recurring items that materially affect our net income, the lack of comparability of results of operations of different companies and the different methods of calculating EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA reported by different companies.

 C: 
41
 

 

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of our net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2014   2013   2012   2011   2010 
   (in thousands) 
Net income  $37,144   $33,665   $43,580   $47,550   $42,395 
Income tax expense   12,843    11,913    10,059    8,237    7,152 
Net finance costs   7,517    1,469    1,009    1,584    2,309 
Depreciation   789    1,003    1,275    928    1,030 
Amortization(a)   578    715    278    275    308 
EBITDA  $58,871   $48,765   $56,201   $58,574   $53,194 
Transaction costs relating to equity transactions  $8,169   $   $1,230   $   $6 
(Profit)/loss on derivatives   (5,176)   5,667    4,264         
Share based payments(b)   18,421    1,888    5,289    927    309 
Adjusted EBITDA  $80,285   $56,320   $66,984   $59,501   $53,509 

_______________

  (a) Includes only amortization of intangible assets other than intangible content assets.
  (b) Consists of compensation costs recognized with respect to all outstanding plans and all other equity settled instruments.

 

 

 C: 
42
 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategies for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

Our Business

 

Eros International Plc is a leading global company in the Indian film entertainment industry, which co-produces, acquires and distributes Indian language films in multiple formats worldwide. Our success is built on the relationships we have cultivated over the past 30 years with leading talent, production companies, exhibitors and other key participants in our industry. Leveraging these relationships, we have aggregated rights to over 2,300 films in our library, plus approximately 700 additional films for which we hold digital rights only, including recent and classic titles that span different genres, budgets and languages, and we have distributed a portfolio of over 220 new films over the last three completed fiscal years. New film distribution across theatrical, television and digital channels along with library monetization provide us with diversified revenue streams.

 

Our goal is to co-produce, acquire and distribute Indian films that have a wide audience appeal. We have released internationally or globally Hindi language films which were among the top grossing films in India in 2013. In the fiscal years ending in 2014, 2013 and 2012, we released 23, 16 and 11 Hindi language films globally, respectively. These Hindi films form the core of our annual film slate and constitute a significant portion of our revenues and associated content costs. The balance of our typical annual slate for these years of over 60 other films was comprised of Tamil and other regional language films.

 

Our distribution capabilities enable us to target a majority of the 1.2 billion people in India, our primary market for Hindi language films, where, according to bollywoodhungama.com, we released four of the top ten grossing Hindi films in India in 2013 and two of the top ten grossing Hindi language films in India in 2012, Further, according to BoxOfficeIndia.com, we released four out of the top ten grossing Hindi language films in India in 2011. Our distribution capabilities further enable us to target consumers in over 50 countries internationally, including markets with large South Asian populations, such as the United States and the United Kingdom, where according to Rentrak we had a market share of over 40% of all theatrically released Indian language films in 2012 based on gross collections in each of these two markets. Other international markets that exhibit significant demand for subtitled or dubbed Indian-themed entertainment include Europe and Southeast Asia. Depending on the film, the distribution rights we acquire may be global, international or India only. Recently, as demand for regional film and other media has increased in India, our brand recognition in Hindi films has helped us to grow our non-Hindi film business by targeting regional audiences in India and beyond.

 

With our distribution network for Hindi and Tamil films and additional distribution support through our majority owned subsidiary, Ayngaran International Limited, or Ayngaran, we believe we are well positioned to expand our offering of non-Hindi content.

 

We distribute our film content globally across the following distribution channels: theatrical, which includes multiplex chains and stand-alone theaters; television syndication, which includes satellite television broadcasting, cable television and terrestrial television; and digital, which includes primarily internet protocol television, or IPTV, video on demand, or VOD, and internet channels. Eros Now, our on-demand entertainment portal accessible via internet-enabled devices, was launched in 2012 and now has a selection of over 1,000 movies and over 6,500 music videos available. We expect that Eros Now eventually will include our full film library, as well as further third party content.

 

 C: 
43
 

 

Revenues

 

Our primary revenue streams are derived from three channels: theatrical, television syndication and digital and ancillary. For fiscal 2014, the aggregate revenue from theatrical, television syndication and digital and ancillary was $107.5 million, $80.3 million and $47.7 million, respectively. In fiscal 2013, the aggregate revenue from theatrical, television syndication and digital and ancillary was $101.0 million, $74.4 million and $40.0 million, respectively. In fiscal 2012, the aggregate revenue from theatrical, television syndication and digital and ancillary was $90.6 million, $64.6 million and $51.3 million, respectively. The contribution from these three distribution channels can fluctuate year over year based on, among other things, our mix of films and budget levels, the size of our television syndication deals and our ability to license music in any particular year.

 

In fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, we did not depend on any single customer for more than 10% of our revenue. In fiscal 2012, 11.8% of our revenue came from one customer in our television syndication channel, Dhrishti Creations Pvt. Limited, an aggregator of television rights. While a large part of our revenues came from such licensing of television rights through aggregators in fiscal 2012, in fiscal 2013 and 2014 we moved away from using aggregators and entered into direct licensing agreements with Viacom 18 Media Private Limited (Colours), and Multiscreen Media Private Limited (Sony) that covered a number of new, forthcoming and library titles.

 

Direct Production Costs

 

We classify our films based on three categories of direct production costs. “High budget” films refer to Hindi films with direct production costs in excess of $8.5 million and Tamil as well as Telugu films with direct production costs in excess of $7.0 million, in each case translated at the historical average exchange rate for the applicable fiscal year. “Low budget” films refer to both Hindi, Tamil, and Telugu films with less than $1.0 million in direct production costs, in each case translated at the historical average exchange rate for the applicable fiscal year. “Medium budget” films refer to Hindi, Tamil, and Telugu films within the remaining range of direct production costs.

 

Expenses

 

Our expenses are comprised of cost of sales, administrative and net finance costs. Cost of sales generally include amortization of intangibles including capitalized film costs consisting of direct production and content acquisition costs, associated overhead and interest cost, print and advertising costs and home entertainment, participations and other costs. We expense pre-release print and advertising costs immediately upon a film’s release and subsequent print and advertising costs as incurred. Administrative expenses include salaries, employee benefits including share based compensation expense, facility costs, depreciation expense, foreign exchange loss and other routine overhead. Net finance costs consist of interest expense on borrowings net of interest income and recognized loss or gain on interest rate hedging transactions. Amortization of intangible film costs represents the charge to write down the cost of completed rights over the estimated useful lives, except where the asset is not yet available for exploitation. For first release film content, we use a stepped method of amortization and a first twelve months amortization rate based on management’s judgment taking into account historic and expected performance, typically amortizing 50% of the capitalized cost together with print and advertising costs for high budget films released during or after fiscal 2014, and 40% of the capitalized cost together with print and advertising costs for all other films, in the first 12 months of their initial commercial exploitation, and then the balance evenly over the lesser of the term of the rights held by us and nine years. Management determined to adjust the first-year amortization rate for high budget films because of the high contribution of theatrical revenue. Similar management judgment taking into account historic and expected performance is used to apply a stepped method of amortization on a quarterly basis within the first 12 months, within the overall parameters of the annual amortization. Typically 25% of capitalized cost together with print and advertising costs for high budget films released during or after fiscal 2014, and 20% of capitalized cost together with print and advertising costs for all other films, is amortized in the initial quarter of their commercial exploitation. In fiscal 2009 and fiscal years prior to 2009, the balance of capitalized film content costs were amortized evenly over a maximum of four years rather than nine. In the case of film content that we acquire after its initial exploitation, commonly referred to as library, amortization is spread evenly over the lesser of ten years after our acquisition or our license period. See “ — Critical Accounting Policies — Intangible Assets.”

 

 C: 
44
 

 

Taxation

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of domestic and foreign taxes. Our effective tax rate has varied and may continue varying year-to-year based on numerous factors, including our overall profitability, the geographic mix of income before taxes, the related tax rates in the jurisdictions where we operate, withholding taxes and changes in valuation allowances, as well as discrete events such as distributions, acquisitions or payment of dividends by subsidiaries. The applicable statutory tax rates in the primary jurisdictions in which we operate generally range from 0% in the United Arab Emirates and the Isle of Man to 28%-35% in India, the United States and the United Kingdom. Deferred tax liability principally arises on temporary differences between the tax bases of film content assets and their carrying amount as a result of taxation laws in India.

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interest

 

In October 2010, shares of Eros India, our primary Indian subsidiary, were listed on the Indian stock exchanges in an initial public offering in India. As a result of that offering, our ownership in Eros India’s shares was reduced from 100% to approximately 78.1%. This resulted in an increase in the portion of our profits attributable to a non-controlling interest for the remainder of fiscal 2011, which continued in fiscal 2012 and 2013, and will continue in future periods to account for a full fiscal year. Share issuances and sales subsequent to October 2010, which were related to Eros India’s Employee Share Option Scheme and our compliance with applicable Indian Law which required that our ownership be 75% or below to retain our Indian stock exchange listings, have further reduced our ownership in Eros India to approximately 74.83%.

 

Seasonality

 

Our revenues and operating results are significantly affected by the timing, number and breadth of our theatrical releases and their budgets and our amortization policy for the first 12 months of commercial exploitation. The timing of releases is determined based on several factors. A significant portion of the films we distribute are delivered to Indian theaters at times when theater attendance has traditionally been highest, including school holidays, national holidays and the festivals. This timing of releases also takes into account competitor film release dates, major cricket events in India and the timing dictated by the film production process. As a result, although our revenues are typically highest in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year, quarterly results can vary from one year to the next, and the results of one quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the next or any future quarter. Our revenue and operating results are therefore seasonal in nature due to the impact on income of the timing of new releases.

 

Exchange Rates

 

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates at the date of the applicable statement of financial position. For the purposes of consolidation, all income and expenses are translated at the average rate of exchange during the period covered by the applicable statement of income and assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the applicable statement of financial position. When the U.S. dollar strengthens against a foreign currency, the value of our sales and expenses in that currency converted to U.S. dollars decreases. When the U.S. dollar weakens, the value of our sales and expenses in that currency converted to U.S. dollars increases.

 

 C: 
45
 

 

Recently, there have been periods of higher volatility in the Indian Rupee and U.S. dollar exchange rate. This volatility is illustrated in the table below for the periods indicated:

 

    Period End   Average(1)   High   Low
Months:                                
October 2013     61.61       61.61       62.46       61.07  
November 2013     62.39       62.52       63.73       61.74  
December 2013     61.92       61.81       62.38       60.87  
January 2014     62.63       62.11       63.09       61.45  
February 2014     61.78       62.16       62.63       61.78  
March 2014     60.00       60.95       62.17       59.89  
April 2014     60.21       60.35       61.17       59.86  
May 2014     59.16       59.28       60.21       58.30  
Fiscal Year                                
2010     44.95       47.18       50.48       44.94  
2011     44.54       45.46       47.49       43.90  
2012     50.89       48.01       53.71       44.00  
2013     54.52       54.36       57.13       50.64  
2014     60.35       60.35       68.80       53.65  

_______________

(1) Represents the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period for all fiscal years presented, and the average of the noon buying rate for all days during the period for all months presented.

 

This volatility in the Indian Rupee as compared to the U.S. dollar and the increasing exchange rate has impacted our results of operations as shown in the table below comparing the reported results against constant currency comparables based upon the average rate of exchange for the year ended March 31, 2014, of INR 59.89 to $1.00. In addition to the impact on gross profit, the volatility during the year ended March 31, 2014 also led to a non-cash foreign exchange gain of $0.6 million principally on our Indian subsidiaries’ foreign currency loans in the year ended March 31, 2014 compared to a non-cash foreign exchange loss of $1.9 million in the year ended March 31, 2013 reflected in other gains and losses.

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
   Reported   Constant
Currency
   Reported   Constant
Currency
   Reported   Constant
Currency
 
Revenue  $235,470   $235,470   $215,346   $203,303   $206,474   $179,185 
Cost of sales   (132,933)   (132,933)   (134,002)   (125,104)   (117,044)   (103,785)
Gross Profit  $102,537   $102,537   $81,344   $78,199   $89,430   $75,400 

 

The percentage change for the data comparing the constant currency amounts against the reported results referenced in the table above:

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2014  2013  2012
Revenue   —  %   (5.6)%   (13.2)%
Cost of sales   —      (6.6)    (11.3) 
Gross profit   —  %   (3.9)%   (15.7)%

  

 C: 
46
 

 

Outlook

 

The largest component of our revenue is attributable to the theatrical distribution of our films in India. We anticipate that as additional multiplex theaters are built in India, there will be increased opportunities to exploit our film content theatrically. We expect that this multiplex theater growth coupled with the rise in ticket prices and the anticipated increase in the number of high budget Hindi and Tamil films in our slate will result in increased revenue. We expect this increase in revenue to be partially offset by increased distribution costs associated with broader distribution of film content, including increased print costs. In addition, in India, we cannot predict the share of theatrical revenue we will receive, as we currently negotiate film-by-film and exhibitor-by-exhibitor. Increasing the number of Tamil global releases in our film mix allows us to release multiple films simultaneously to the Hindi and Tamil market taking a greater combined share of the box office for that week. In November 2012 (Diwali), we released Son of Sardaar, a high budget Hindi film, as well as Thuppakki, a high budget Tamil film targeting different audiences in the same market. As we expand into other regional languages such as Telugu, we may see the composition of our film mix changing over time in order to allow us to successfully scale our business around Hindi as well as regional language content. At the same time, the distribution window for the theatrical release of films, and the window between the theatrical release and distribution in other channels, have each been compressing in recent years and may continue to change. Further shortening of these periods could adversely impact our revenues if consumers opt to view a film on one channel over another, resulting in channels cannibalizing revenue from each other.

 

We expect that the continued volatility in the value of the Indian Rupee against foreign currency will continue to have an impact on our business.  The Indian Rupee experienced an approximately 6.7% drop in value as compared to the U.S. dollar in fiscal of 2013. In fiscal 2014 the drop was 10.7%. In August 2013, the Indian Rupee had dropped as much as 19 .9% relative to the U.S. dollar from the beginning of 2013. Since the end of fiscal 2014 to the end of May 2014 the Indian Rupee has experienced a 1.5% improvement. Changes in the growth of the Indian economy and continued volatility of the Indian Rupee may adversely affect our business.

 

A substantial portion of our revenue is also derived from television syndication. Because of increased demand for Indian film content on television in India as the number of direct to home, or DTH, subscribers increases and the cable industry migrates toward digital technology, resulting in a significant increase in demand for premium content such as movies and sports and a resultant increase in licensing fees payable to us by satellite and cable television operators. However, as competitors with compelling products, including international content providers, expand their content offerings in India, we expect competition for television syndication revenues to increase, and license fees for such content could decrease.

  

In December 2012, we announced an exclusive collaboration with HBO Asia to launch two new premium television channels in India, purely on digital platforms such as DTH and digital cable. The channels were launched on the DISH and Airtel DTH platforms in February 2013 and on Hathway and GTPL digital cable platforms in August 2013, and on Tata Sky DTH in December 2013. We are currently generating no revenue from the HBO Asia collaboration and do not anticipate any revenues from this collaboration until the second quarter of fiscal 2015. We expect to provide approximately 110 titles per year, including ten to twelve new release titles or first run films, and a combination of exclusive and non-exclusive library titles, to the two HBO channels to complement Hollywood film and television content from HBO Asia. Both the channels are advertising-free and available as standard as well as high definition channels. Both HBO Asia and Eros will provide content in the first window after theatrical release to these two channels. However in a competitive environment we may not be able to attract as many subscribers as we would have hoped to for the premium channels and it may also adversely affect our ability to maximize licensing revenues from other television channels.

 

Currently, the remainder of our revenue is derived from digital distribution and ancillary products and services. With a significant portion of the Indian and international population moving toward adoption of digital technology, we are increasing our focus on providing on-demand services. We have expanded our digital presence with the launch of our on-demand entertainment portal Eros Now, which leverages our film and music libraries by providing ad-supported and subscription-based streaming of film and music content via internet-enabled devices. We also have an ad-supported YouTube portal site on Google that hosts an extensive collection of clips of our content. Accordingly, we anticipate that our revenue and costs associated with digital distribution are likely to increase over time.

 

We anticipate that our costs associated with the co-production and acquisition of film content are likely to increase over time as we continue to focus more on investing in high budget Hindi films as well as high budget Tamil films. In addition, increased competition in the Indian film entertainment industry, including from international film entertainment providers such as Disney, Time Warner Cable and Viacom, is likely to cause the cost of film production and acquisition to increase. In fiscal 2014, we invested approximately $163.2 million in film content, and in fiscal 2015 we expect to invest approximately $180 million in film content.

 

We anticipate our administrative costs will increase as we expand our management team, especially to support the expansion of our digital businesses. In addition, our administrative costs will increase due to the costs of this offering and the costs associated with being a U.S.-listed public company for our first full fiscal year. Although aggregate spending will increase, we do not anticipate that this will result in a material change in aggregate administrative costs as a percentage of revenue.

 

 C: 
47
 

 

Results of Operations

 

You should read the information contained in the table below in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The tables below set forth our results of operations and also set forth, for the periods indicated, the percentage of certain items in our consolidated statement of operations data, relative to revenue. Period over period comparisons are not adjusted for the fluctuations in exchange rates described above.

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
Revenue  $235,470   $215,346   $206,474 
Cost of sales   (132,933)   (134,002)   (117,044)
Gross profit   102,537    81,344    89,430 
Administrative costs   (42,680)   (26,308)   (27,992)
Operating profit   59,857    55,036    61,438 
Net finance costs   (7,517)   (1,469)   (1,009)
Other losses   (2,353)   (7.989)   (6,790)
Profit before tax   49,987    45,578    53,639 
Income tax expense   (12,843)   (11,913)   (10,059)
Net income  $37,144   $33,665   $43,580 

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2014  2013  2012
Revenue   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%
Cost of sales   56.5    62.2    56.7 
Gross profit   43.5    37.8    43.3 
Administrative costs   18.1    12.2    13.5 
Operating profit   25.4    25.6    29.8 
Net finance costs   3.2    0.7    0.5 
Other gains/(losses)   1.0    3.7    3.3 
Profit before tax   21.2    21.2    26.0 
Income tax expense   5.5    5.5    4.9 
Net income   15.8%   15.7%   21.1%

 

The tables below set forth, for the periods indicated, the revenue by primary geographic area based on customer location, and the percentage share of the total revenue.

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
India  $117,647   $135,292   $136,942 
Europe   22,245    35,147    26,852 
North America   14,017    12,678    8,379 
Rest of world   81,561    32,229    34,301 
Total revenue  $235,470   $215,346   $206,474 

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2014  2013  2012
India   50.0%   62.8%   66.3%
Europe   9.4    16.3    13.0 
North America   6.0    5.9    4.1 
Rest of world   34.6    15.0    16.6 
Total revenue   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%

 

 C: 
48
 

 

Year Ended March 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended March 31, 2013

 

Revenue increased by 9.3% to $ 235.5 million, compared to $215.3 million in fiscal 2013 (excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, revenue increased 15.8%, or $32.2 million). Our revenue growth was driven partly by an increase in theatrical revenue in fiscal 2014. The growth in our theatrical revenue reflected in particular the success of our globally released Hindi films, Raanjhanaa, Grand Masti, Singh Saab the Great, Goliyon Ki Rasleela-Ram-leela, R... Rajkumar, and Jai Ho, as well as our first Telugu global release 1: Nenokkadine. Television syndication revenue remained strong in fiscal 2014, with our high and medium budget films helping us syndicate attractive bundles of new and library films. While we released four high budget films in fiscal 2014 compared to six high budget films in fiscal 2013, in fiscal 2014 we increased our number of medium budget films to 21 as compared to 13 medium budget films in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2014 our four high budget films of which three were Hindi and one was Telugu, while none were Tamil, as compared to fiscal 2013, in which out of six high budget films, four were Hindi and two were Tamil.

 

We derived approximately 50.0% of our fiscal 2014 revenues from customers located outside of India. This percentage is calculated (as required under International Financial Reporting Standards) based on where the customer who entered into a contract with us is located and not necessarily on the geography of the rights being exploited or licensed. To that extent, net revenue by customer location may not be reflective of the potential of any given market. As a result of changes in the location of our customers, our revenue by customer location may vary year on year.

 

Underlying revenues from India as a market continued to grow. Revenue by customer location from India decreased by 13.0% or $17.6 million in fiscal 2014 attributable to a $ 11.6 million reduction in revenue as a result of the translation impact due to exchange rate movement, together with impact of customer location variations. For example, while more revenue may be attributable to customers located outside of India, we believe some of the content was still exploited and licensed in India by these customers. Revenue by customer location from Europe decreased by 36.7% or $12.9 million in fiscal March 31, 2014 due to a decline in production services revenue in fiscal 2014, partially offset by increased contributions from television sales. Revenue by customer location from North America increased 10.6% or $1.3 million in fiscal March 31, 2014 due to increased digital and syndication revenues. Revenue from the rest of the world increased 153.1% or $49.3 million in fiscal March 31, 2014 due to an increase in catalogue syndication sales with respect to television as well as digital and ancillary rights, along a wider release of some of the theatrical films.

 

Cost of sales. Cost of sales decreased by 0.8% or $1.1 million. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in film amortization costs of $2.3 million in fiscal 2014 driven by lower investment in our new release slate as compared to fiscal 2013 partially offset by the cumulative impact of amortization costs associated with our larger film library. Other costs of sales, which principally consist of advertising and print costs, increased by $1. 3 million, reflecting an increase in advertising costs of $3. 7 million which reflects reflecting the wider release pattern of films in the year as compared to fiscal 2013, offset by a reduction in other costs, including content advance and other impairments, of $2. 4 million.

 

Gross profit. Gross profit increased by 26.1% or $21.2 million, primarily due to the improved margins reflecting the higher than proportionate increase in revenues, relative to the lower cost of the mix of new film releases and the resulting lower amortization charge. As a percentage of revenues our gross profit margin increased to 43.5% in fiscal 2014 from 37.8% in fiscal 2013.

 

Administrative costs. Administrative costs increased by 62.2% or $16.4 million, which was attributable to a increase of $16.5 million in share based payment charges compared to fiscal 2013, and partially offset by $1.7 million of additional overhead in fiscal 2013 which includes an increase of personnel costs of $1.6 million. The share based payment charges in fiscal 2014 principally arose from various directors, including our chief executive officer and chairman, and staff share grants associated with the listing on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Net finance costs. Net finance costs increased by 411.7% or $6.0 million due to an overall increase in net debt levels and an increase in high cost short-term borrowings within India and a corresponding decrease in interest income from cash deposits within India.

 

Other losses. Other losses decreased by 70.5% or $5.6 million. Other losses in fiscal 2014 were principally comprised of a $8.2 million of costs associated with our New York Stock Exchange listing, other than the cost of employee share and option grants, which were principally comprised of legal, accounting, printing and other travel costs; a $5.2 million interest rate derivative gain; and a net foreign exchange gain of $0.7 million. The derivative gain reflected the movement in long term expectations in respect of U.S. dollar interest rates. The foreign exchange gain in fiscal 2014 was mainly caused by the overall fluctuations in the Indian Rupee and British pound Sterling as compared to the U.S. dollar, which impacted U.S. dollar denominated loans in our Indian subsidiary and British pound Sterling deposits.

 

Income tax expense. Income tax expense increased by 7.8% or $0.9 million and our effective tax rate was 25.7% in fiscal 2014, compared to 26.1% in fiscal 2013. The decrease in our effective rate principally reflects changes to the profits chargeable to taxation in India offset by an increase in tax rates in India during fiscal 2014. Derivative gains and transaction costs relating to equity transactions are not chargeable or deductible for income tax purposes. Our income tax expense in fiscal 2014 included $6.5 million of estimated current tax expense and $6.4 million of estimated deferred tax expense.

 C: 
49
 

 

Year Ended March 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended March 31, 2012

 

Revenue. Revenue was $215.3 million in fiscal 2013, compared to $206.5 million in fiscal 2012, an increase of $8.8 million, or 4.3%. We released 77 films in each of fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012. In fiscal 2013, six were high budget films (two of which were Tamil films) and 13 were medium budget films, compared to five high budget films and five medium budget films in fiscal 2012. In fiscal 2013, we released three Tamil films globally.

 

Our revenue growth was primarily attributable to an increase in Indian theatrical revenue in fiscal 2013, resulting from increased average ticket prices. The growth in our theatrical revenues reflected in particular the success of our globally released Hindi films, Housefull 2, Cocktail, Son of Sardaar, Khiladi 786, Teri MeriKahanni, Vicky Donor and English Vinglish, as well as Thuppakki, Maattrraan and Kadal, which were notable Tamil film releases in fiscal 2013. Television syndication revenue remained strong in fiscal 2013, with our high budget films helping us continue to syndicate attractive bundles of new and library films. While we released six high budget films in fiscal 2013 compared to five high budget films in fiscal 2012, in fiscal 2013 we increased our medium budget films from five to 13. Also in fiscal 2013, two of our high budget films were Tamil films as compared to none in fiscal 2012.

 

Revenue by customer location from India was $135.3 million in fiscal 2013, compared to $136.9 million in fiscal 2012, a decrease of $1.6 million, or 1.2%, principally reflecting impact of foreign exchange fluctuation and lower television sales because we did not monetize certain assets through television syndication in preparation for our collaboration with HBO Asia offset by the growth in theatrical revenue. Revenue from Europe was $35.1 million in fiscal 2013, compared to $26.9 million in fiscal 2012, an increase of $8.2 million, or 30.5%, principally reflecting an increase in television sales. Revenue from North America was $12.7 million in the year ended March 31 2013, compared to $8.4 million in fiscal 2012, an increase of $4.3 million, or 51.2%, principally reflecting increased digital and syndication revenues. Revenue from the rest of the world was $32.2 million in fiscal 2013, compared to $34.3 million in fiscal 2012, a decrease of $2.1 million, or 6.1%, principally reflecting a decrease in digital and ancillary revenues.

 

Cost of sales. Cost of sales was $134.0 million in fiscal 2013, compared to $117.0 million in fiscal 2012, an increase of $17.0 million, or 14.5%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in film amortization costs of $15.4 million in the period, driven by an increased investment in our new release slate as well as library films in fiscal 2013 and the cumulative impact of amortization costs associated with our larger film library. Other costs of sales, which principally consist of advertising and print costs, increased by $1.6 million, reflecting a $5.5 million charge to cost of sales in fiscal 2013 due to the rescinding of a sales contract, partially offset by a reduction in print costs and associated costs as we continued to increase globally the usage of digital prints as opposed to other physical formats.

 

Gross profit. Gross profit was $81.3 million in fiscal 2013, compared to $89.4 million in in fiscal 2012, a decrease of $8.1 million, or 9.1%, driven primarily by the increase in cost of sales, which was partially offset by an increase in revenue. As a percentage of revenue, our gross profit margin decreased to 37.8% in fiscal 2013 from 43.3% in fiscal 2012.

 

Administrative costs. Administrative costs, including rental, legal, travel and audit expenses, were $26.3 million in fiscal 2013, compared to $28.0 million in in fiscal 2012, a decrease of $1.7 million, or 6.1%, which was attributable to a decrease of $3.4 million in share based payment charges compared to fiscal 2012, and partially offset by $1.7 million of additional overhead in fiscal 2013 which includes an increase of personnel costs of $0.6 million. As a percentage of revenue, administrative costs were 12.2% in fiscal 2013, compared to 13.6% in in fiscal 2012. The share based payment charges are ongoing charges arising from the Indian Initial Public Offering, or Indian IPO, share option scheme and the Joint Share Ownership Plan, or JSOP, scheme adopted in April 2012. Costs incurred for the anticipated listing on the New York Stock Exchange during fiscal 2012, excluding costs for employee share grants which have been included in profit or loss in accordance with IFRS, were deferred and recorded as prepaid charges in trade and other receivables.

 

Net finance costs. Net finance costs in fiscal 2013 were $1.5 million, compared to $1.0 million in in fiscal 2012, an increase of $0.5 million, or 50.0%. The increase was primarily attributable to continued investment in our film slate, which impacted net debt levels during fiscal 2013.

 

 C: 
50
 

 

Other gains and losses. Other losses in fiscal 2013 were $8.0 million, compared to a loss of $6.8 million in fiscal 2012, an increase of $1.2 million, or 17.6%. Other losses in fiscal 2013 were principally comprised of a $5.7 million interest rate derivative charge, a net foreign exchange loss of $1.9 million and loss on sale of assets of $0.4 million, compared to a loss of $6.8 million in fiscal 2012, principally arising from a foreign exchange loss of $1.1 million, a $4.3 million interest rate hedging charge and $1.3 million in respect of a provision for our available-for-sale equity investments. The foreign exchange loss in fiscal 2013 was mainly caused by the fall of the Indian Rupee and sterling as compared to the U.S. dollar, which impacted U.S. dollar denominated loans to our Indian subsidiary and sterling deposits.

 

Income tax expense. Income tax expense in fiscal 2013 was $11.9 million, compared to $10.1 million in fiscal 2012, an increase of $1.8 million, or 17.8%. Our effective tax rate was 26.1% in fiscal 2013, compared to 18.8% in fiscal 2012. The increase in our effective rate reflects the increase in the amount of profits subject to taxation within India in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012, together with the impact of hedging charges, which are not deductible for income tax purposes. Our income tax expense in fiscal 2013 included $7.1 million of estimated current tax expense and $4.8 million of estimated deferred tax expense. The increase in income tax expense was also impacted by the dividend distribution income tax payable on the dividend declared by our Indian subsidiary in fiscal 2013.

 

Selected Quarterly Results of Operations 

 

   Three Months Ended
   June 30,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  December31,
2013
  March 31,
2014
   (dollars in thousands)
Revenue  $40,963   $44,024   $87,187   $63,296 
Cost of sales   (28,368)   (26,296)   (36,695)   (41,574)
Gross profit   12,595    17,728    50,492    21,722 
Administrative costs   (4,425)   (11,366)   (12,745)   (14,144)
Operating profit   8,170    6,362    37,747    7,578 
Net finance costs   (1,704)   (2,455)   (1,686)   (1,672)
Other gains/(losses)   5,500    (323)   (5,758)   (1,772)
Profit before tax   11,966    3,584    30,303    4,134 
Income tax (expense)/benefit   (3,123)   (785)   (11,191)   2,256 
Net income  $8,843   $2,799   $19,112   $6,390 
                     
OTHER DATA                    
EBITDA(1)  $13,981   $6,337   $32,222   $6,331 
Adjusted EBITDA (1)  $8,458   $13,527   $45,218   $13,082 
                     
OPERATING DATA                    
High budget film releases(2)   0    0    2    2 
Medium budget film releases(2)   6    5    7    3 
Low budget film releases(2)   10    5    5    24 
Total new film releases(2)   16    10    14    29 

_____________

(1) We use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental financial measures. EBITDA is defined by us as net income before interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of capitalized film content and debt issuance costs).  Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted for impairments of available-for-sale financial assets, profit/loss on held for trading liabilities (including profit/loss on derivatives), transaction costs relating to equity transactions and share based payments.  EBITDA, as used and defined by us, may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures employed by other companies and is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income, net income, cash flows from operating investing and financing activities, or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP.  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide no information regarding a company’s capital structure, borrowings, interest costs, capital expenditures and working capital movement or tax position.  However, our management team believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful to an investor in evaluating our results of operations because these measures:

 

 C: 
51
 
·are widely used by investors to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items excluded from the calculation of such term, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon accounting methods and book value of assets, capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired, among other factors;
·help investors to evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the effect of our capital structure from our operating structure; and
·are used by our management team for various other purposes in presentations to our board of directors as a basis for strategic planning and forecasting

There are significant limitations to using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of performance, including the inability to analyze the effect of certain recurring and non-recurring items that materially affect our net income or loss, the lack of comparability of results of operations of different companies and the different methods of calculating EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA reported by different companies.

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of our net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

   Three Months Ended
   June 30,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  December 30,
2013
  March 31,
2014
   (in thousands)
Net income  $8,843   $2,799   $19,112   $6,390 
Income tax expense   3,123    785    11,191    (2,256)
Net finance costs   1,704    2,455    1,686    1,672 
Depreciation   184    175    160    270 
Amortization(a)   127    123    73    255 
EBITDA   13,981   6,337   32,222   6,331 
Share based payments(b)   466    6,203    7,051    4,701 
(Profit)/loss on derivatives   (5,989)   987    (1,959)   1,785 
Transaction costs relating to equity transactions   —      —      7,904    265 
Adjusted EBITDA  $8,458   $13,527   $45,218   $13,082 

_______________

(a) Includes only amortization of intangible assets other than intangible content assets.
(b) Consists of compensation costs recognized with respect to all outstanding plans and all other equity settled instruments.
(2) Includes films that were released by us directly and licensed by us for release.

 

Our revenues and operating results are significantly affected by the timing, number and breadth of our theatrical releases and their budgets, the timing of television syndication agreements, and our amortization policy for the first 12 months of commercial exploitation for a film. The timing of releases is determined based on several factors. A significant portion of the films we distribute are delivered to Indian theaters at times when theater attendance has traditionally been highest, including school holidays, national holidays and the festivals. This timing of releases also takes into account competitor film release dates, major cricket events in India and film production schedules. Significant holidays and festivals, such as Diwali, Eid and Christmas, occur during July to December each year, and the Indian Premier League cricket season generally occurs during April and May of each year. The Tamil New Year, called Pongal, falls in January each year making the quarter ending March an important one for Tamil releases.

 

In the four quarters ended March 31, 2014 revenue fluctuations primarily reflected the timing of major theatrical releases, with the three months ended December 31, 2013 enjoying the highest quarterly revenues of $87.2 million as a result of the high budget theatrical releases such as Goliyon Ki Rasleela Ram-Leela, R...Rajkumar and Singh Saab The Great. Quarterly release schedules of new films led to the lowest quarterly revenues in the three months ended June 30, 2013 of $41.0 million. Other gains and losses fluctuations reflect the changes in mark to market values of our interest derivative liabilities.

 

Although our revenues are typically highest in the third quarter of our fiscal year (i.e., the quarter ended December 31), quarterly results can vary from one year to the next, and the results of one quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the next or any future quarter. Our revenue and operating results are therefore seasonal in nature due to the impact on income of the timing of new releases.

 

 C: 
52
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our operations and strategic objectives require continuing capital investment, and our resources include cash on hand and cash provided by operations, as well as access to capital from bank borrowings and access to capital markets. Management believes that cash generated by or available to us should be sufficient to fund our capital and liquidity needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future financial and operating performance, ability to service or refinance debt and ability to comply with covenants and restrictions contained in our debt agreements will be subject to future economic conditions, the financial health of our customers and suppliers and to financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Furthermore, management believes that working capital is sufficient for our present requirements.

 

Indebtedness

 

As of March 31, 2014, we had aggregate outstanding indebtedness of $258.1 million, and cash and cash equivalents of $145.4 million. At March 31, 2014 the total available facilities were comprised of (i) revolving credit facilities, secured term loans, and overdraft facility of $216.9 million at Eros India and Eros Worldwide, (ii) other facilities of $6.8 million at Eros International USA Inc., Eros Worldwide, and Eros International Films Private Limited, or Eros Films, and (iii) a committed $21.0 million secured overdraft facility at Eros International Limited. In addition, at March 31, 2014, $13.3 million of unsecured commercial paper had been issued by Eros India. As at March 31, 2014 there were undrawn amounts under our facilities of $19.8 million.

 

   As of
March 31, 2014
 
   (in thousands) 
Eros India     
Secured revolving credit facilities  $24,158 
Secured term loans   24,522 
Unsecured overdraft   9,510 
Unsecured commercial paper   13,320 
Vehicle loans   12 
Total   71,522 
Eros International Limited     
Secured overdraft   21,034 
Eros International USA Inc.     
Vehicle loans   26 
Eros Worldwide     
Revolving credit facility(1)   158,750 
Interest swap financing facility   6,801 
Total   165,551 
Total  $258,133 

_______________

  (1) Borrowers under the revolving credit facility are Eros International Plc, Eros Worldwide, and Eros International USA Inc.

 

 C: 
53
 

 

Certain of our borrowings and loan agreements, including our new credit facility, contain customary covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create or permit liens on our assets or engage in mergers and acquisitions. Such agreements also contain various customary events of default with respect to the borrowings, including the failure to pay interest or principal when due and cross default provisions, and, under certain circumstances, lenders may be able to require repayment of loans to Eros India or Eros Films prior to their maturity. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the principal amounts outstanding, together with all accrued unpaid interest and other amounts owed may be declared immediately due and payable by the lenders. If such an event were to occur, we would need to pursue new financing that may not be on as favorable terms as our current borrowings. We are currently in full compliance with all of our agreements governing indebtedness.

 

Borrowings under our revolving credit facility maturing in 2017 bear interest at LIBOR, or in the case of future borrowings in Euros, EURIBOR, floating rates with margins between 1.9% and 2.9% plus mandatory cost. Borrowings under our term loan facilities, overdraft facility and revolving credit facilities at Eros India and Eros Films mature between 2014 and 2018 and bear interest at fluctuating interest rates pursuant to the relevant sanction letter governing such loans. As of March 31, 2014, our unsecured commercial paper issued by Eros India bore discount rates between 10.7% and 13.0% and has maturity dates ranging from one month to six months of the date of issuance thereof.

 

We expect to renew or extend our borrowings as they reach maturity. As at March 31, 2014 there were no undrawn amounts on our existing financing arrangements.

 

Sources and Uses of Cash

 

   Year Ended March 31, 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
Net cash from operating activities  $132,532   $137,447   $123,690 
Net cash used in investing activities  $(161,020)  $(182,328)  $(147,654)
Net cash from financing activities  $69,397   $11,471   $51,756 

 

Year Ended March 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended March 31, 2013

 

Net cash from operating activities in fiscal 2014 was $132.5 million, compared to $137.4 million in fiscal 2013, a decrease of $4.9 million, or 3.6%, which included a decrease in income taxes paid of $5.6 million and an increase in interest paid of $5.0 million, from fiscal 2013. In addition, there was an increase in working capital of $30.9 million in fiscal 2014 primarily due to an increase in trade receivables of $32.0 million and an increase of $0.9 million in trade payables compared to a to a $13.6 million increase in trade payables and an increase in trade receivables of $21.3 million in fiscal 2013.

 

Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2014 was $161.0 million, compared to $182.3 million in fiscal 2013, a decrease of $21.3 million, or 11.7%, reflecting the change in the number and mix of films released in fiscal 2014 and our investment in film content in future years. Our investment in film content in fiscal 2014 was $163.2 million, compared to $186.7 million in fiscal 2013, a decrease of $23.6 million, or 12.6%.

 

Net cash from financing activities in fiscal 2014 was $69.4 million, compared to $11.5 million in fiscal 2013, an increase of $57.9 million, or 504.0%, attributable to net share capital proceeds of $50.7 million from our NYSE listing, net proceeds of short-term borrowings of $10.5 million and proceeds of net long-term borrowings of $8.2 million.

 

Year Ended March 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended March 31, 2012

 

Net cash from operating activities in fiscal 2013 was $137.5 million, compared to $123.7 million in fiscal 2012, an increase of $13.8 million, or 11.2%, notwithstanding an increase in income taxes and interest paid in fiscal 2013 of $9.1 million and $4.7 million, respectively. In addition, there was an increase in working capital of $7.4 million in fiscal 2013 primarily due to an increase in trade receivables of $21.3 million and a decrease of $13.6 million in trade payables compared to a decrease of $5.9 million in trade payables and an increase in trade receivables of $27.7 million in fiscal 2012.

 

Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2013 was $182.3 million, compared to $147.7 million in fiscal 2012, an increase of $34.6 million, or 23.4%, reflecting an increase in our investment in film content in fiscal 2013 and future years. Our investment in film content in fiscal 2013 was $186.7 million, compared to $148.7 million in fiscal 2012, an increase of $38.0 million, or 25.6%, reflecting ongoing investments in our film library.

 C: 
54
 

 

Net cash from financing activities in fiscal 2013 was $11.5 million, compared to $51.8 million in fiscal 2012, a decrease of $40.3 million, or 77.8%, attributable to a repayment of net short-term borrowings of $7.0 million and proceeds of net long-term borrowings of $9.1 million and proceeds from our sale of some of our Eros India shares. In December 2012, we sold 2.8% of our holding in Eros India to meet the minimum public shareholding requirement of 25% under Indian law for $9.4 million in net proceeds.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

In fiscal 2014, we invested $163.2 million in film content, and in fiscal 2015 we expect to invest approximately $180 million in film content.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

We have commitments under certain firm contractual arrangements, or firm commitments, to make future payments. These firm commitments secure future rights to various assets and services to be used in the normal course of our operations. The following table summarizes our firm commitments as of March 31, 2014.

 

   As of March 31, 2014 
Payments due by Period  Total   Less than
1 year
   1-3
years
   3-5
years
   More
than
5 years
 
   (in thousands) 
Recorded Contractual Obligations                         
Debt(1)  $258,133   $92,879   $158,872   $6,382   $ 
Unrecorded Contractual Obligations                         
Operating leases   2,685    684    1,368    633     
Film entertainment rights purchase obligations   180,050    69,999    110,551         
Interest payments on debt(3)   22,217    11,054    10,547    616     
Total  $463,085   $174,616   $280,838   $7,631   $ 

_______________

(1) HSBC acceded as a lender to the revolving credit facility. HSBC’s participation in the facility is $25.0 million. This increased the total facility amount to $165.5 million, following the amortization of $8.5 million which occurred in March 2014. The facility matures in 2017 and borrowers are Eros International Plc, Eros Worldwide, and Eros International USA Inc.
(2) The amounts shown in the table include future interest payments on variable and fixed rate debt at current interest rates ranging from 0.75% to 16%.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

From time to time, to satisfy our filmed content purchase contracts, we obtain guarantees or other contractual arrangements, such as letters of credit, as support for our payment obligations. As of March 31, 2014, we had entered into letters of credit in an aggregate amount of $86.3 million and guarantees of $8.2 million in favor of certain film producers securing our obligations with respect to certain filmed entertainment rights which we are under contractual obligation to purchase upon the occurrence of certain specified events. We have no other off-balance sheet arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

 

Concentration of Customer Credit Risk

 

From time to time, we have significant concentration of credit risk under certain individual television syndication deals or music licenses. Where we determine the magnitude of the risk associated with a particular customer to be high, we seek to minimize this risk through contractual terms that require payment before the airing or usage of the applicable content. By requiring payment prior to airing or usage of our content, if the customer does not make payments pursuant to the contract terms, we can seek to sell the content to another party.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, which requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Management considers the following accounting policies to be critical because they are important to our financial condition and results of operations and require significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in their application. The development and selection of these critical accounting policies have been determined by our management and the related disclosures have been reviewed with the Audit Committee of our board of directors. For a summary of all our accounting policies, see Note 3 to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 C: 
55
 

 

Use of estimates

 

Estimates and judgments are evaluated on a regular basis and are based on historical experience and other factors, such as expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the present circumstances. We make estimates and assumptions concerning the future, and these estimates, by definition, may differ materially from actual results.

 

Revenue

 

Revenue is measured by reference to the fair value of consideration received or receivable from customers. Revenue arising from the distribution or other exploitation of films and other content produced by third parties or by us, is recognized, net of sales taxes, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed or determinable, the product or service is available for delivery and collectability is reasonably assured. Cash received and amounts invoiced in connection with contractual arrangements for which revenue is not yet recognizable pursuant to these criteria, such as pre-sale amounts, is classified as deferred revenue. We consider the terms of each specific arrangement to determine the appropriate accounting treatment for revenue recognition. The following additional criteria apply to certain of our specific revenue streams:

  · Theatrical: We recognize revenue based on our share of third party reported box office receipts for the measurement period. In instances where we have a minimum guarantee, we recognize that amount if due on or prior to the measurement date, but never prior to delivery or on the release date.
  · Television: Revenues are recognized when the content is available for delivery. Royalty and other revenues from premium pay television are recognized based on reporting to us by the counterparty such as a television operator for providing programming services on mutually negotiated contractual terms.
  · Digital and ancillary: Where we distribute through a sub-distributor, we recognize DVD, CD and video minimum guarantee revenues on the contract date and we recognize additional revenues as reported by third party licensees. Provision is made for returns where applicable. Digital and ancillary revenues are recognized at the earlier of when the content is accessed or reported by the contractual counterparty. Visual effects, production and other fees for services rendered by us and overhead recharges are recognized in the period in which they are earned, and the stage of production is used to determine the proportion recognized in the period.

 

Intangible assets

 

We are required to identify and assess the income generating life of each intangible asset. Judgment is required in making these determinations and setting an amortization rate for such assets. We test annually whether there are any indications of impairment of our intangible assets in accordance with IAS 36: Impairment of Assets. Management also regularly reviews and revises its estimates when necessary, which may result in a change in the rate of amortization and/or a write down of the asset to fair value.

 

Accounting for film content under IFRS requires management’s judgment regarding total revenues to be received on such film content and costs to be incurred throughout the income generating life of such film or its license period, whichever is the shorter. Where we make an advance to secure film content or the services of talent associated with a film product, we also consider the recoverability of such advance, or the likelihood that such advance will result in a saleable asset. Judgments are also used to determine the amortization of capitalized film content costs where management seeks to write down the capitalized cost of content in line with the expected revenues arising from the content. For first release film content, we use a stepped method of amortization based on management’s judgment taking into account historic and expected performance, writing off a significant portion of the capitalized cost for such films in the first 12 months of their initial commercial exploitation, and then the balance over the lesser of the term of the rights held by us and nine years. Similar management judgment taking into account historic and expected performance is used to apply a stepped method of amortization on a quarterly basis within the first 12 months, writing off a significant portion of the capitalized cost in the quarter of theatrical release and the subsequent quarter. In fiscal 2009 and prior fiscal years, the balance of capitalized film content costs were amortized over a maximum of four years rather than nine. In the case of film content that we acquire after its initial exploitation, commonly referred to as library, amortization is spread evenly over the lesser of ten years after our acquisition or our license period. Management applies this method by using its judgment to write down the capitalized cost of film content during its first 12 months of commercial exploitation and in line with the expected revenues arising from the content over its estimated useful life. Each of these calculations requires judgments and estimates to be made, and, as with goodwill, an unforeseen event could cause us to revise these judgments and assumptions affecting the value of the intangible assets. There may be instances where the useful life of an asset is shortened to reflect the uncertainty of its estimated income generating life. This is particularly the case when acquiring assets in markets that we have not previously exploited.

 

 C: 
56
 

 

Valuation of available-for-sale financial assets.

 

We follow the guidance of IAS 39: Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, or IAS 39, to determine, where possible, the fair value of its available-for-sale financial assets. This determination requires significant judgment. In making this judgment, we evaluate, among other factors, the duration and extent to which the fair value of an investment is less than its cost and the financial health of and near-term business outlook for the investee, including factors such as industry and sector performance, changes in technology and operational and financing cash flow.

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

We use derivative financial instruments to reduce its exposure to interest rate movements.

 

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date the derivative contracts are entered into and are subsequently re-measured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in the profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship.

 

Income taxes and deferred taxation

 

We are subject to income taxes in various jurisdictions. Judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes, taking into account management’s analysis of future taxable income, reversing temporary differences and preparing ongoing tax planning strategies. During the normal course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Judgment is also used when determining whether we should recognize a deferred tax asset and tax credit, based on whether management considers that there is sufficient certainty in future earnings to justify the carry forward of assets created by tax losses and tax credit.

 

Where the ultimate outcome of a transaction is different than was initially recorded, there may be an impact on the income tax and deferred tax provisions.

 

Share-based payments

 

We are required to evaluate the terms to determine whether share based payment is equity or cash settled. Further, we are required to measure the fair value of equity settled transactions with employees at the grant date of the equity instruments. The fair value is determined principally using the Black-Scholes model which requires assumptions regarding interest free rates, share price volatility and the expected life of an employee equity instrument. For further discussion of the basis and assumptions used to determine fair value, see Note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Goodwill and trade name

 

Our management tests annually whether goodwill and our trade name has suffered impairment, in accordance with our accounting policies and practices. In respect of goodwill, in accordance with IFRS rules, the recoverable amount of cash-generating units has been determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations require estimates to be made which are based on management assumptions. However, if there is an unforeseen event which materially affects these assumptions, such event could lead to a write down of goodwill.

 

While assessing any impairment of goodwill as at March 31, 2014, the value in use was determined using a discounted cash flow method. Estimated cash flows based on internal four year forecasts were developed and a pre-tax discount rate of 12.1% and a terminal growth rate of 4.0% were applied. The assessment of impairment of the trade name was based on a value in use measurement using the relief from royalty method and by then applying a pre-tax discount rate of 14.1% and a terminal growth rate of 4.0%.

 

Basis of consolidation

 

We evaluate arrangements with special purpose vehicles in accordance with IFRS 10: Consolidated Financial Statements, or IFRS 10, to establish how transactions with such entities should be accounted for. This requires judgment over control and the balance of the risks and rewards attached to the arrangements.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

For fiscal 2014, we adopted IFRS 10, which replaces consolidation requirements in IAS 27: Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and SIC-12: Consolidation-Special Purpose Entities, and builds on existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent company.

 

For fiscal 2014, we adopted IFRS 11: Joint Arrangements, or IFRS 11, which replaces IAS 31: Interests in Joint Ventures and SIC-13: Jointly Controlled Entities—Non-monetary Contributions by Ventures, and requires a single method, known as the equity method, to account for interests in jointly controlled entities. The proportionate consolidation method in joint ventures is prohibited. IAS 28: Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures, was amended as a consequence of the issuance of IFRS 11. In addition to prescribing the accounting for investment in associates, it now sets out the requirements for the application of the equity method when accounting for joint ventures. The application of the equity method has not changed as a result of this amendment.

 

 C: 
57
 

 

For fiscal 2014, we adopted IFRS 12: Disclosure of Interest in Other Entities, or IFRS 12, a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose vehicles and other off balance sheet vehicles. The standard includes disclosure requirements for entities covered under IFRS 10 and IFRS 11.

 

For fiscal 2014, we adopted Consolidated Financial Statements, Joint Arrangements and Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities: Transition Guidance as amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12. These amendments provide additional transition relief by limiting the requirement to provide adjusted comparative information to only the preceding comparative period. The adoption of these standards did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

For fiscal 2014, we adopted IFRS 13: Fair Value Measurements, or IFRS 13. IFRS 13 defines fair value, provides a single IFRS framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosure about fair value measurements. IFRS 13 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, with earlier application permitted. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

For fiscal 2014, we adopted the amendments issued by the IASB which amended the accounting requirements and disclosures related to offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities by issuing an amendment to IAS 32: Financial Instruments: Presentation and IFRS 7: Financial Instruments: Disclosure, or IFRS 7. The amendment to IFRS 7 requires companies to disclose information about rights of offset and related arrangements for financial instruments under an enforceable master netting agreement or similar arrangement. It requires retrospective application for comparative periods.

 

In November 2009, the IASB issued IFRS 9: Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement, or IFRS 9. This standard introduces certain new requirements for classifying and measuring financial assets and liabilities and divides all financial assets that are currently in the scope of IAS 39 into two classifications, those measured at amortized cost and those measured at fair value. In October 2010, the IASB issued a revised version of IFRS 9: Financial Instruments, or IFRS 9 R. IFRS 9 R adds guidance on the classification and measurement of financial liabilities. IFRS 9 R requires entities with financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss to recognize changes in the fair value due to changes in the liability’s credit risk in other comprehensive income. However, if recognizing these changes in other comprehensive income creates an accounting mismatch, an entity would present the entire change in fair value within profit or loss. There is no subsequent recycling of the amounts recorded in other comprehensive income to profit or loss, but accumulated gains or losses may be transferred within equity. The mandatory effective date for IFRS 9 is removed temporarily and IASB will determine a new mandatory effective date when it has finalized the requirements for all the other phases of the project to replace IAS 39.

 

In May 2013, the IASB amended Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets (Amendments to IAS 36). These narrow-scope amendments to IAS 36 Impairment of Assets address the disclosure of information about the recoverable amount of impaired assets if that amount is based on fair value less costs of disposal. This amendment is effective for the annual period beginning on or after January 1, 2014, early adoption is permitted provided IFRS 13 is also adopted together. We do not believe the adoption of this amendment will have a material impact on its financial statements.

 

In June 2013, the IASB issued “Novation of Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting” (Amendments to IAS 39). Under the amendments, there would be no need to discontinue hedge accounting if a hedging derivative was novated provided certain criteria are met. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014. We do not believe that the adoption of this amendment will have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

In May 2014, the IASB issued two amendments with respect to IAS 16 “Property, Plant and Equipment” (“IAS 16”) and IAS 38 “Intangible Assets” (“IAS 38”) dealing with acceptable methods of depreciation and amortization.

 

The amended IAS 16 prohibits entities from using a revenue based depreciation method for items of property, plant and equipment. Further the amendment under IAS 38 introduces a rebuttable presumption that revenue is not an appropriate basis for amortization of an intangible assets. However this presumption can only be rebutted in two limited circumstances:

a)the intangible is expressed as a measure of revenue (when the predominant limiting factor inherent in an intangible asset is the achievement of a contractually specified revenue threshold); or
b)it can be demonstrated that revenue and the consumption of economic benefits of the intangible assets are highly correlated. In these circumstances, revenue expected to be generated from the intangible assets can be an appropriate basis for amortization of the intangible asset.

The amendments apply prospectively and are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016, with earlier application permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this amendment to IAS 16 and IAS 38 will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contract with Customers” (“IFRS 15”). IFRS 15 replaces the IAS 11 “Construction Contracts, IAS 18 “Revenue”, IFRIC 13 “Customer Loyalty Program”, IFRIC 15 “Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate”, IFRIC 18 “Transfers of Assets from Customers and SIC-31 Revenue - Barter Transactions Involving Advertising Services”. The Standard applies to an entity's first annual IFRS financial statements for a period beginning on or after January 1, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. This Standard introduces the requirement to identify performance obligation in customer contracts and to recognize revenue when an entity satisfies the performance obligations in the contract. The Standard permits entities to transition following either a full retrospective approach or a modified retrospective approach. We are currently evaluating the impact that this standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

We are exposed to financial risks, including interest rate risk, foreign currency risk and equity risk:

 

 C: 
58
 

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We are exposed to interest rate risk because our subsidiaries borrow funds at both fixed and floating interest rates. The risk is managed by the maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed, capped and floating rate borrowings, and by the use of interest rate swap contracts and forward interest rate contracts. Hedging activities are evaluated to align with interest rate views to ensure the most cost effective hedging strategies are applied.

 

2012 Interest Rate Swap

 

We entered into an interest rate swap contract, in fiscal 2012, related to our borrowings with an interest cap with a notional value of $100 million. Two written floor contracts each with $100 million notional value were also entered into in fiscal 2012. The effect of these instruments, which are still valid, in combination is that the maximum cash outflow is 6% although the written floors mean that should market rates fall below the floor rate, then the interest charged would be twice the floor rate, although never exceeding 6%.

 

Under the interest swap contracts, we have agreed to exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on an agreed notional principal amount. Such contracts enable us to mitigate the risk of changing interest rates on the cash flow of issued variable rate debt. The fair value of interest rate derivatives which comprise derivatives at fair value through profit and loss is determined at the present value of future cash flows estimated and discounted based on the applicable yield curves derived from quoted interest rates.

 

Details of derivative instruments are as follows:

 

    Average
contract rate
  Notional
principal
amount
  Fair value of
derivative
instrument
as at
March 31,
2014
  Fair value of
derivative
instrument
as at
March 31,
2013
            (in thousands)
2012 Interest Rate Cap   6%       100,000      $ 1,853     $ 2,200  
2012 Interest Rate Floor   0.5% - 3%       100,000       (6,668 )     (9,430 )
2012 Interest Rate Collar   Cap of 6% and Floor of 0.5% - 3%       100,000       (6,668 )     (9,430 )
Total asset/(liability)                 $ (11,483 )   $ (16,660 )

 

None of the above derivative instruments is designated in a hedging relationship. A profit of $5.2 million in respect of the above derivative instruments has been taken to the income statement within other gains and losses. The amounts in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012 were losses of $5.7 million and $4.3 million respectively.

 

Foreign Currency Risk

 

We operate throughout the world with significant operations in India, the British Isles, the United States of America and the United Arab Emirates. As a result, we face both translation and transaction currency risks which are principally mitigated by matching foreign currency revenues and costs wherever possible.

 

A majority of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars, Indian Rupees and British Pounds Sterling, which are matched where possible to our costs so that these act as an automatic hedge against foreign currency exchange movements.

 

We have to date not entered into any currency hedging transactions, and we have managed foreign currency exposure to date by seeking to match foreign currency inflows and outflows to the extent possible.

 

A uniform decrease of 10% in exchange rates against all foreign currencies in position as of March 31, 2014 would have decreased our net income by approximately $3.6 million. An equal and opposite impact would be experienced in the event of an increase by a similar percentage. Our sensitivity to foreign currency increased during the year ended March 31, 2014 as a result of an increase in the percentage of liabilities denominated in foreign currency over the comparative period. As at March 31, 2014, 24% of our borrowings were denominated in foreign currency.

 

In management’s opinion, the sensitivity analysis is not representative of the inherent foreign exchange risk because the exposure at the end of the reporting period does not reflect the exposure during the year.

 

Equity Risk

 

We are exposed to market risk relating to changes in the market value of our investments, which we hold for purposes other than trading. We invest in equity instruments of private companies for operational and strategic business reasons. These securities are subject to significant fluctuations in fair market value due to volatility in the industries in which they operate. As at March 31, 2014, the aggregate value of all such equity investments was $30.3 million. For further discussion of our investments see Note 16 to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 C: 
59
 

 

INDUSTRY

 

As a leading global company in the Indian film entertainment industry, we operate both in the domestic Indian film industry and the global film industry as it relates to Indian film content. Since no reliable third party data exists for the Indian film content portion of the global film industry, and since our revenues from India have represented an average of approximately 59.7% of our aggregate revenues over the past three fiscal years and 50.0% in fiscal year 2014, we have included a discussion of only the domestic Indian film industry. Although the following discussion describes historical growth in the Indian film industry as well as projections for future growth, there is no guarantee that any such future growth will occur.

 

The Macroeconomic Environment in India

 

With a population of 1.2 billion and real gross domestic product, or GDP, of $1.4 trillion ( calculated using a baseline exchange rate as of 2005 across all countries ), India was the second most populous country and the eighth largest economy by GDP in the world in 2013 according to Business Monitor International. India’s real GDP experienced a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 6.7% from 2008 through 2013, and, despite a recent slowdown in macroeconomic conditions, is projected to grow at a CAGR of 6.3% from 2013-2018, according to the IMF World Economic Outlook as of April 2014 .

 

Projected GDP Growth in Selected Countries, 2013-2018

 

    Real  GDP
Growth
China       7.0 %
India       6.3
US       2.9  
Brazil       2.8  
UK       2.5  

 

According to CIA’s World Factbook, India has one of the youngest demographics in the world with a median age of 27 years, which is among the lowest in the world, and 46.6% of the population below age 24.

 

Growth of the Indian Media and Entertainment Industry

 

The Indian media and entertainment industry has benefited from India’s recent economic expansion and demographic trends. This industry is projected to more than double from $15.5 billion in 2013 to $30.2 billion in 2018, reflecting a CAGR of 14.2%. This growth is being driven, in part, by favorable demographic trends in India, including the growth of the Indian middle class.

 

Overall Indian media and entertainment industry revenue outlook(a)

 

 

 

_______________

  (a) Other includes Radio, Music, Out of Home, Animation / VFX, Gaming and Digital advertising.

 

Source: FICCI Report 2014

 

 C: 
60
 

 

Theatrical

 

The Indian film entertainment industry, a subset of the Indian media and entertainment industry, is the largest in the world in terms of the total movies released theatrically. According to a 2010 report by Investec Securities, over 1,000 movies are released theatrically in India each year. By comparison, 535 movies were released theatrically in the U.S. in 2010 according to boxofficemojo.com. Of the overall Indian media and entertainment industry’s $15.4 billion in revenues in 2013, film entertainment constituted 13.6%, or $2.1 billion, and is projected to grow to $3.7 billion by 2018, reflecting an 11.9% CAGR, according to the FICCI Report 2014.

 

However, as compared to the film industry in many developed economies, the Indian market is underpenetrated as determined by the significantly lower number of screens per million population, representing an opportunity for growth.

 

Screens per million population

 

 

 

Source: “PWC Global Entertainment and Media Outlook 2014-2018,” June 2014

 

Additional new multiplex screens, which are typically located in urban areas and generally sell tickets at higher average ticket prices than single screen theaters, have supported and are projected to continue to support film industry growth. According to FICCI Report 2013, 87% of the new 152 screens added during 2012 in the country were multiplex screens. Also, according to the same report, the South Indian exhibition industry added 41 screens with 90 percent of them being multiplex screens, in 2012.

 

As a result, digitization of prints can increase potential revenue opportunities since, according to this report, distributors are able to broaden their reach to more theaters and capture revenues in a shorter time frame by having same day releases across theatres.

 

India’s diverse regional cultures also present growth opportunities for regional content. The number of regional films has increased in recent years and is expected to continue to grow. According to the FICCI Report 2011, non-Hindi films were projected to represent 83% of the total number of films distributed in India in 2010, while accounting for a minority of total Indian box office revenues. Industry growth drivers, such as increased multiplex penetration, digitization of single screen theaters, focus on marketing, and improvement in production quality, suggest an increase in market opportunities for regional films.

 

With a limited number of screens and a large number of films entering the market each year, a film’s opening weekend performance is a crucial factor in determining a film’s economic success. According to the FICCI Report 2013, box office success in the first week is considered critical and most Indian films now achieve between 60% and 80% of their revenue in the first week of release. Based on information from BoxOfficeIndia.com, opening week box office revenue in India for the top fifty films as a percentage of such films’ total theatrical revenue increased from approximately 60% in 2009 to 68% in 2011. Based on BoxOfficeIndia.com’s data, earning a higher of percentage of total revenue in the first week of releases is expected to help distributors recoup costs in a shorter timeframe.

 

Multiplexes like PVR Cinemas, INOX Movies and Reliance, Big Cinemas are rapidly expanding their footprint into smaller towns. According to the FICCI Report 2013, Cinepolis plans to expand its footprint in the south by opening 11 screens in 2013 and opening 500 screens across the country by 2016. INOX is planning to launch around 50 screens by the end of 2013. PVR Talkies is looking to add 50 screens in Tier II cities (as defined in the FICCI Report 2013) in the next three years.

 

Despite this historic growth, India’s film industry, when compared with film industries in more developed economies, is a relatively underserved market that presents substantial opportunities for additional growth. According to the FICCI Report 2014, average ticket prices at leading multiplexes increased by 12%-17% from 2011 to 2013. The average ticket price at high-end multiplexes was $4.00, $2.20 at multiplexes overall and $1.60 at single screens in 2013.

 

 C: 
61
 

 

Number of films with box office collections >Rs 1bn

 

Source: FICCI Report 2013

 

Participants in the Indian film entertainment industry are also investing in newer technologies such as digital theatrical distribution. Film companies are increasingly adopting digital prints instead of physical prints, which in turn are increasing the number of available prints. Also according to the FICCI Report 2014, digital prints represented 80%-100% of all prints in 2013 vs. 50% in 2010. Digital technology enables Indian film distributors to increase their distribution efficiency and reduce costs.

 

According to the FICCI Report 2014, the number of screens available for releasing a film is also rising, aided by greater use of digital prints. It is estimated that close to 90% - 95% of screens have been digitized. Big budget movies are now released more widely across as many as 4,500 screens as compared to 1,000 screens three years ago, mainly due to affordability of digital prints as compared to physical prints.

 

Opening week box office revenue as a percentage of total theatrical revenue

 

Source: Based on information from BoxOfficeIndia.com for the top fifty films as measured by India-based revenue in each calendar year.

 

Separately, as clarification, according to the FICCI 2012 Report, Indian theatrical exhibition, which includes gross revenue from ticket sales, advertising, concessions and other, accounted for 74% of 2011 Indian film industry revenues, and Indian non-ticket revenues at multiplex chains typically accounted for approximately 30% of that total. However, the percentage of Indian theatrical exhibition revenues identified in the FICCI 2012 Report is significantly higher than the percentage of revenue we generate from theatrical exhibition. This is because we do not benefit from any non-ticket revenues, and we report our revenue net of entertainment taxes and a revenue share with exhibitors in India.

 

 C: 
62
 

 

Television

 

Television industry size

 

 

Source: FICCI Report 2014

 

India is one of the world’s largest television markets as measured by number of households, with an estimated 161 million television households in 2013, of which more than 130 million households had cable or satellite service, according to FICCI Report 2014. According to the FICCI Report 2012, television household penetration in India in 2011 was low at ~61% as compared to penetration in China and Brazil which was estimated to be at 98% and 90%, respectively. Driven by favorable macroeconomic conditions and both subscription and advertising revenue growth, India’s television industry is projected to more than double between 2013 to 2018, growing from $7.1 billion in 2013 to $15.0 billion in 2018, reflecting a CAGR of 16.2%. We expect that television industry growth will significantly increase demand for quality content such as films.

 

Factors such as the digitization of television, growth in advertising spend, increased viewership penetration and the proliferation of niche and regional content have contributed to the rapid rise in the number of channels in India over the past few years that compete for quality programming in order to attract advertising and subscription revenues. The government of India passed a bill for the mandatory digitization of cable television networks by December 31, 2014. As a result, an estimated 55 million primarily analog cable homes in India will convert to digital platforms over the next 5 years and pay television average revenue per user, or ARPU, levels will increase. This will likely further spur demand for quality content, presenting additional opportunities for content monetization through services such as on-demand films.

 

Pay TV subscriber base India Pay TV ARPU Per Month
(in millions)  
 

 

Source: FICCI Report 2014

 

 C: 
63
 

 

India TV Viewership Share (%)(a)   Number of TV  channels(b)
     
 

 

Source: FICCI Report 2013

 

_______________

  (a) For calendar year 2012
  (b) Represents total number of unique channels available in India carried by DTH, broadcast multi system cable operators and local cable operators.

 

Television licensing is an important component of a film’s revenue lifecycle. Feature films are vital to India’s TV programming lineup, as reflected by television ratings points on GEC channels, or TRPs, for films. Additionally, we believe that premium films along with sports will be some of the key contents driving growth of premium television within India as more and more homes become digital.

 

Digital and ancillary

 

Following international trends, digital media is playing an increasingly important role in the Indian media industry. With the rapid convergence of media and technology, entertainment companies are digitizing their content and leveraging digital platforms such as mobile and broadband to exploit their content.

 

Broadband and mobile

 

Within India, the number of individuals utilizing electronic devices with internet connectivity is rapidly expanding and is projected to continue. Despite significant growth in users, internet penetration is still in its relatively early stages with the number of internet users in India as a percentage of the population at 10%. According to FICCI Report 2014, the number of internet connections in India is projected to grow at a CAGR of 14% from an estimated 174 million connections in 2013 to 463 million connections in 2018.

 

Internet Users

 

    Internet users as a
percentage of
total population
India     10 %
Brazil     41 %
China     36 %
USA     81 %
UK     85 %

 

Source: McKinsey: The Internet’s Impact on India 2012

 C: 
64
 

 

Indian internet connections

(in millions)

 

Indian internet users

(in millions)

 

Indian e-commerce market

($ in billions)

         
   

 

Source: FICCI Report 2013, eMarketer

 

As broadband penetration continues to increase, streaming media content over the internet is projected to increase among consumers, driving further demand for premium content, and becoming an important advertising medium for advertisers. According to market research firm eMarketer, India’s e-commerce market, defined as including digital downloads and event tickets and excluding gambling and travel, is projected to grow at a CAGR of 43.8% from $2.2 billion in 2012 to $13.3 billion in 2017, highlighting the potential for the digital commerce in India.

 

According to the research firm, eMarketer, a significant percentage of the population spends online time on videos and music. The Indian Department of Telecommunications investment in seeking to connect 160 million people to high-speed internet is expected to further attract online viewership. As the number of people having access to high-speed internet increases, time spent online on video / music viewership can be expected to also increase.

 

Leading Online and Mobile Activities
Among Internet Users Ages 18-28 in India, July 2011

 

 

In addition to the proliferation of the internet, mobile platforms present further opportunities for content consumption. The proliferation of digital devices with internet connectivity has created a new market for digital on-demand and premium add-on mobile services, also known as value added services, such as ringtones. As can be seen from the FICCI Report 2013, as smartphone usage increases, it is likely to increase opportunities for consumers to view videos, download ringtones etc. on such devices, thereby potentially boosting associated revenue potential for content disseminators.

 

 C: 
65
 

 

 

Indian mobile subscribers

(in millions)

 

Indian active smartphones

(in millions)

     
 

 

Source: Business Monitor International   Source: FICCI Report 2013

 

Music

 

Music is an integral part of Indian film promotion and generates additional revenue streams for film companies. The Indian music industry generally is dominated by music from films. In 2011, the Indian music industry generated approximately $144 million in revenue, of which 70%, according to industry sources, was derived from film soundtracks. The Indian music industry is projected to grow to $178 million by 2018, reflecting a CAGR of 13.2% according to the FICCI Report 2014. Digital distribution made up 53% of India’s total music industry revenue in 2013. As digital music distribution continues to grow, opportunities to reach a larger audience base should increase.

 

2013 Indian Music Industry Distribution

 

 

 

2013 total revenue: $169.4 million

 

Source: FICCI Report 2014

 

 C: 
66
 

 

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

Eros International Plc is a leading global company in the Indian film entertainment industry, which co-produces, acquires and distributes Indian language films in multiple formats worldwide. Our success is built on the relationships we have cultivated over the past 30 years with leading talent, production companies, exhibitors and other key participants in our industry. Leveraging these relationships, we have aggregated rights to over 2,300 films in our library, plus approximately 700 additional films for which we hold digital rights only, including recent and classic titles that span different genres, budgets and languages, and we have distributed a portfolio of over 220 new films over the last three completed fiscal years. New film distribution across theatrical, television and digital channels along with library monetization provide us with diversified revenue streams.

 

Our goal is to co-produce, acquire and distribute Indian films that have a wide audience appeal. We have released internationally or globally Hindi language films which were among the top grossing films in India in 2013. In the fiscal years ending in 2014, 2013 and 2012, we released 23, 16 and 11 Hindi language films globally, respectively. These Hindi films form the core of our annual film slate and constitute a significant portion of our revenues and associated content costs. The balance of our typical annual slate for these years of over 60 other films was comprised of Tamil and other regional language films.

 

Our distribution capabilities enable us to target a majority of the 1.2 billion people in India, our primary market for Hindi language films, where, according to bollywoodhungama.com, we released four of the top ten grossing Hindi films in India in 2013 and two of the top ten grossing Hindi language films in India in 2012. Further, according to BoxOfficeIndia.com, we released four out of the top ten grossing Hindi language films in India in 2011. Our distribution capabilities further enable us to target consumers in over 50 countries internationally, including markets with large South Asian populations, such as the United States and the United Kingdom, where according to Rentrak, we had a market share of over 40% of all theatrically released Indian language films in 2012 based on gross collections in each of these two markets. Other international markets that exhibit significant demand for subtitled or dubbed Indian-themed entertainment include Europe and Southeast Asia. Depending on the film, the distribution rights we acquire may be global, international or India only. Recently, as demand for regional film and other media has increased in India, our brand recognition in Hindi films has helped us to grow our non-Hindi film business by targeting regional audiences in India and beyond. With our distribution network for Hindi and Tamil films and additional distribution support through our majority owned subsidiary, Ayngaran International Limited, or Ayngaran, we believe we are well positioned to expand our offering of non-Hindi content.

 

We distribute our film content globally across the following distribution channels: theatrical, which includes multiplex chains and stand-alone theaters; television syndication, which includes satellite television broadcasting, cable television and terrestrial television; and digital, which includes primarily internet protocol television, or IPTV, video on demand, or VOD, and internet channels. Eros Now, our on-demand entertainment portal accessible via internet-enabled devices, was launched in 2012 and now has a selection of over 1,000 movies and over 6,500 music videos available. We expect that Eros Now eventually will include our full film library, as well as further third party content.

 

Our total revenues for fiscal 2014 increased to $235.5 million from $215.3 million for fiscal 2013, EBITDA increased to $58.9 million for fiscal 2014 from $48.8 million for fiscal 2013, and our net income increased to $37.1 million for fiscal 2014 from $33.7 million for fiscal 2013.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe the following competitive strengths position us as a leading global company in the Indian film entertainment industry.

 

Leading co-producer and acquirer of new Indian film content, with an extensive film library.

 

As one of the leading participants in the Indian film entertainment industry we believe our size, scale and market position will continue contributing to our growth in India and internationally. We have established our size and scale by aggregating a film library of over 2,300 films plus approximately 700 additional films for which we hold digital rights only, and releasing over 220 new films over the last three years. We have demonstrated our leading market position by releasing, internationally or globally, Hindi language films which were among the top grossing films in India in 2013, 2012 and 2011. We believe that we have strong relationships with the Indian creative community and a reputation for quality productions.

 

 C: 
67
 

 

We believe that these factors, along with our worldwide distribution platform, will enable us to continue to attract talent and film projects of a quality that we believe is one of the best in our industry, and build what we believe is a strong film slate for fiscal 2015 with some of the leading actors and production houses with whom we have previously delivered our biggest hits. We believe that the combined strength of our new releases and our extensive film library positions us well to build new strategic relationships.

 

Established, worldwide, multi-channel distribution network.

 

We distribute our films to the Indian population in India, the South Asian diaspora worldwide and to non-Indian consumers who view Indian films that are subtitled or dubbed in local languages. Internationally, our distribution network extends to over 50 countries, such as the United States, the United Kingdom and throughout the Middle East, where we distribute films to Indian expatriate populations, and to Germany, Poland, Russia, Romania, Indonesia, Malaysia, Taiwan, Japan, South Korea, China and Arabic speaking countries, where we release Indian films that are subtitled or dubbed in local languages. Through this global distribution network, we distribute Indian entertainment content over the following primary distribution channels — theatrical, television syndication and digital platforms. Our primarily internal distribution network allows us greater control, transparency and flexibility over the regions in which we distribute our films which we believe will result in higher profit margins as a result of the direct exploitation of our films without the payment of significant commissions to sub-distributors.

 

Diversified revenue streams and pre-sale strategies mitigate risk and promote cash flow generation.

 

Our business is driven by three major revenue streams:

·theatrical distribution;
·television syndication; and
·digital distribution and ancillary products and services.

 

In fiscal 2014, theatrical distribution accounted for nearly 46% of revenues, and television syndication and digital distribution and ancillary products and services accounted for 34% and 20%, respectively, reflecting our diversified revenue base that reduces our dependence on any single distribution channel. We bundle library titles with new releases to maximize cash flows and we also utilize a pre-sale strategy to mitigate new production project risks by obtaining contractual commitments to recover a portion of our capitalized film costs through the licensing of television, music and other distribution rights prior to a film’s completion. For example, for the three high budget Hindi films that we released in fiscal 2014, we had contractual revenue commitments in place prior to their release that allowed us to recoup 43%, 48% and 73% of our direct production costs for those films. In the case of the high budget Telugu film that we released in fiscal 2014, we recouped over 100% of our direct production costs through contractual commitments prior to the film’s release. While we released no high budget Tamil films in fiscal 2014, in the case of high budget Tamil films that we released in fiscal 2013, we recouped 100% of our direct production costs through contractual commitments prior to the release of those films.

 

In addition, we further seek to reduce risk to our business by building a diverse film slate, with a mix of films by budget, region and genre that reduces our reliance on “hit films.” This broad-based approach also enables us to bundle old and new titles for our television and digital distribution channels to generate additional revenues long after a film’s theatrical release period is completed. We believe our multi-pronged approach to exploiting content through theatrical, television syndication and digital distribution channels, our pre-sale strategies and our portfolio approach to content sourcing and exploitation mitigates our dependence on any one revenue stream and promotes cash flow generation.

 

Strong and experienced management team.

 

Our management team has substantial industry knowledge and expertise, with a majority of our executive officers and executive directors having been involved in the film, media and entertainment industries for 20 or more years, and has served as a key driver of our strength in content sourcing. In particular, several members of our management team have established personal relationships with leading talent, production companies, exhibitors and other key participants in the Indian film industry, which have been critical to our success. Through their relationships and expertise, our management team has also built our global distribution network, which has allowed us to effectively exploit our content globally.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our strategy is driven by the scale and variety of our content and the global exploitation of that content through diversified channels. Specifically, we intend to pursue the following strategies:

 C: 
68
 

 

Co-produce, acquire and distribute high quality content to augment our library.

 

We will continue to leverage the longstanding relationships with creative talent, production houses and other key industry participants that we have built since our founding to source a wide variety of content. Our focus will be on investing in future slates comprised of a diverse portfolio mix ranging from high budget global theatrical releases to lower budget movies with targeted audiences. We intend to maintain our focus on high and medium budget films and augment our library, with quality content for exploitation through our distribution channels and explore new bundling strategies to monetize existing content.

 

Capitalize on positive industry trends in the Indian market.

 

Propelled by the economic expansion within India and the corresponding increase in consumer discretionary spending, the FICCI Report 2014 projects that the dynamic Indian media and entertainment industry will grow at a 14.2% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, from $15.5 billion in 2013 to $30.2 billion by 2018, and that the Indian film industry will grow from $2.1 billion in 2013 to $3.7 billion in 2018. India is one of the largest film markets in the world. According to FICCI Report 2014, average ticket prices at leading multiplexes increased by 12%-17% from 2011-2013. The average ticket price at high-end multiplexes was $4.00, $2.20 at multiplexes overall and $1.60 at single screens in 2013.

 

The Indian television market is one of the largest in the world, reaching an estimated 161 million television, or TV households in 2013, of which over 139 million were cable households. FICCI Report 2014 projects that the Indian television industry will grow from $7.1 billion in 2013 to $15.0 billion in 2018. The growing size of the TV industry has led television satellite networks to provide an increasing number of channels, resulting in competition for quality feature films for home viewing in order to attract increased advertising and subscription revenues.

 

Broadband and mobile platforms present growing digital avenues to exploit content. According to FICCI Report 2014, the number of internet users in India reached 214 million in 2013 and is projected to reach 494 million in 2018. Smartphone usage is projected to rapidly increase from 66 million active internet enabled smart phones in 2013 to 334 million in 2018. The $160 million Indian music industry is projected to grow to $300 million by 2018, although music publishing activities accounted for less than 1% of our fiscal 2014 net revenues. While these projections generally align with management’s expectations for industry growth, there is no guarantee that such future growth will occur.

 

We will take advantage of the opportunities presented by these trends within India to monetize our library and distribute new films through existing and emerging platforms, including by exploring new content options for expanding our digital strategy such as filming exclusive short form content for consumption through emerging channels such as mobile and internet streaming devices.

 

Further extend the distribution of our content outside of India to new audiences.

 

We currently distribute our content to consumers in more than 50 countries, including in markets where this significant demand for subtitled and dubbed Indian themed entertainment, such as Europe and South East Asia, as well as to markets where there is significant concentration of South Asian expatriates, such as the Middle East, the United States and the United Kingdom. We intend to promote and distribute our films in additional countries, and further expand in countries where we already distribute, when we believe that demand for Indian filmed entertainment exists or the potential for such demand exists. For example, we have entered into arrangements with local distributors in Taiwan, Japan, South Korea, and China to distribute dubbed or subtitled Eros films through theatrical release, television broadcast or DVD release. Additionally, we believe that the general population growth in India experienced over recent years will eventually lead to increasing migration of Indians to other regions, resulting in increased demand for our films internationally.

 

Increase our distribution of content through digital platforms globally.

 

We intend to continue to distribute our content on existing and emerging digital platforms, which includes primarily internet protocol television, or IPTV, video on demand, or VOD, and internet channels. We also have an ad-supported YouTube portal site on Google that hosts an extensive collection of clips of our content and has generated 2.0 billion aggregate views and more than 2.3 million free subscribers. In North America, we have an agreement with International Networks, a subsidiary of Comcast, to provide a subscription video on demand, or SVOD, service called “Bollywood Hits On Demand” that is currently carried on Comcast, Cox Communications, Rogers Communication, Cablevision and Time Warner Cable. In August 2012, we expanded our digital presence with the launch of our on-demand entertainment portal Eros Now, through which we leverage our film and music libraries by providing ad-supported and subscription-based streaming of film and music content via internet-enabled devices.

 

 C: 
69
 

 

Furthermore, through a collaboration with HBO Asia, two premium television channels, HBO Defined and HBO Hits, were launched on the DISH and Airtel DTH digital platforms in February 2013, on Hathway and GTPL digital cable platforms in August 2013, and on Tata Sky DTH in December 2013. We are currently generating no revenue from the HBO Asia collaboration and do not anticipate any revenues from this collaboration until the second quarter of fiscal 2015. We expect to provide approximately 110 titles per year, including ten to twelve new release titles or first run films, and a combination of exclusive and non-exclusive library titles, to the two HBO channels to complement Hollywood film and television content from HBO Asia. Both channels are advertising-free and available as standard and high definition channels. HBO Asia and Eros will both provide content in the first window after theatrical release to these two channels. We intend to pursue similar models utilizing our extensive film library to gain access to similar partners throughout the world. We believe new offerings and emerging distribution channels such as DTH satellite, VOD, mobile and internet streaming services will also provide us with significant growth opportunities and potentially generate recurring subscription revenues.

 

Expand our regional Indian content offerings.

 

We will utilize our resources, international reputation and distribution network to continue expanding our non-Hindi content offerings to reach the substantial Indian population whose main language is not Hindi. While Hindi films retain a broad appeal across India, the diversity of languages within India allows us to treat regional language markets as distinct markets where particular regional language films have a strong following. In fiscal 2014 we increased our Tamil global releases to eight films as compared to three films in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2014, none of our four high budget films were Tamil films, while one high budget film was a Telugu film. We have a high budget Tamil film and a high budget Telugu film planned for fiscal 2015 in addition to our high budget Hindi films. In addition to Tamil and Telugu, we plan to expand our content for selected regional languages such as Marathi and Punjabi. We intend to use our existing distribution network across India to distribute regional language films to specific territories. Where opportunities are available and where we have the rights, we also intend to exploit re-make rights to some of our popular Hindi movies into non-Hindi language content targeted towards these regional audiences.

 

Slate Profile

 

The success of our film distribution business lies in our ability to acquire content. Each year, we focus on the acquisition and distribution of a diverse portfolio of Indian language and themed films that we believe will have a wide audience appeal. In each of the past three fiscal years, we have released around 70 films per year, and for fiscal 2014, our releases included 37 new Hindi films, of which three were high budget films, and 31 Tamil and other regional language films, of which none were Tamil high budget films, and one high budget Telugu film. In addition, we currently have six high budget films scheduled for release for fiscal 2015.

 

Our typical annual slate of new releases consists of both Hindi language films as well as films produced specifically for audiences whose main language is not Hindi, primarily Tamil, and to a lesser extent other regional Indian languages. Our most expensive films are generally the 12 to 15 films (mainly Hindi and a few Tamil and Telugu films) that we release globally each year. Of these Hindi, Tamil and Telugu films, we generally have four to six high budget films. The remainder of the films (mainly Hindi but also Tamil and/or Telugu) included in each annual release slate is built around these high budget films to create a slate that will attract varying segments of the audience, and typically includes five to thirteen medium budget films. The remainder of the slate consists of Hindi, Tamil, Telugu and other language films of a lower budget.

 

We have maintained our focus on high and medium budget Hindi films because these films typically have better production values and more recognizable stars that typically attract larger theatrical audiences. These high and medium budget films also typically drive higher revenues from television syndication in India. We seek to mitigate the risks associated with these higher budget films through the use of our extensive pre-sale strategies. We have increased our focus on high and medium budget Tamil and Telugu films for similar reasons. In addition, we can release a Tamil and Hindi film on the same date as they cater to different audiences, which allows us to effectively schedule releases for our film portfolio and to take a greater combined share of the box office on those release dates. Our slate contained five high budget Hindi films in fiscal 2012, six high budget films in fiscal 2013, and four high budget films in fiscal 2014, of which three were Hindi and one was Telugu.

 

Rentrak reports our 2012 market share as 40% of all theatrically released Indian language films in the United Kingdom, including releases by Ayngaran, our majority-owned subsidiary based on gross collections, and 43% in the United States on the same basis, and from 1980 to 2012 we had the highest market share of all theatrically released Indian language films in the United Kingdom based on gross collections.

 

Hindi Film Content. Our typical annual slate of films is comprised of high or medium budget films in the popular comedy and romance genres, supported by lower budget films.

 C: 
70
 

 

Selected Hindi Releases in Fiscal Year 2014 (a)

 

Film   Cast/(Director)   Production/
Co-production/
Acquisition
  Genre   Actual Month 
of Release
 
                   
Go Goa Gone   Saif Ali Khan, Kunal Khemu (Raj Nidimoru & Krishna D.K.)   Co-production   Horror comedy   May-13  
                   
Shootout at Wadala   John Abraham, Anil Kapoor (Sanjay Gupta)   Acquisition (International only)   Action   May-13  
                   
Yeh Jawaani Hai Deewani   Ranbir Kapoor, Deepika Padukone (Ayan Mukerji)   Acquisition
(International only)
  Romance   May-13  
                   
Raanjhanaa   Dhanush, Sonam Kapoor (Anand Rai)   Production   Romance   Jun-13  
                   
Lootera   Ranveer Singh, Sonakshi Sinha (Vikramaditya Motwane)   Acquisition (International only)   Romance   July-13  
                   
Grand Masti   Ritesh Deshmukh, Vivek Oberoi (Indra Kumar)   Acquisition   Comedy   Sep-13  
                   
Phata Poster Nikla Hero   Shahid Kapur, Ileana D’Cruz (Rajkumar Santoshi)   Acquisition (International only)   Comedy   Sep-13  
                   
Singh Saab The Great   Sunny Deol (Anil Sharma)   Co-production   Action   Nov-13  
                   
Goliyon Ki Rasleela–Ram-leela   Ranveer Singh, Deepika Padukone (Sanjay Leela Bhansali)   Co-production   Romance   Nov-13  
                   
R…Rajkumar   Shahid Kapur, Sonakshi Sinha (Prabhudheva)   Co-production   Action   Dec-13  
                   
Jai Ho   Salman Khan, Daisy Shah (Sohail Khan)   Acquisition   Action   Jan-14  

_______________

(a)The list of films set forth in the table above is not a complete list of all the films released in the period by us. We released a total of 69 films in fiscal 2014.

 

Tamil, Telugu and Other Regional Film Content. In order to respond to consumer demand for regional films, we have a slate of films produced in languages other than Hindi, such as Tamil, Telugu, Marathi, Kannada and Punjabi.

 

Our typical annual slate includes between 25 to 45 Tamil films, of which eight were global Tamil releases in fiscal 2014 compared to three in fiscal 2013, and none were high budget films. Tamil films are predominantly star-driven action or comedy films, which appeal to audiences distinct from audiences for more romance-focused Hindi films. Our Tamil language production, acquisition and distribution activities used to be primarily conducted through our majority owned subsidiary, Ayngaran. We also entered the Telugu film market when we released the high budget film 1: Nenokkadine starring Mahesh Babu in January 2014. We have planned the release of yet another Telugu film in fiscal 2015 named Aagadu with the same actor but a different director. We have begun to source, distribute and exploit Tamil and Telugu films directly and we hope to scale our presence in the Telugu film market further like we have done in the Tamil film market. We believe that a Tamil or Telugu film and a Hindi film can be released simultaneously on the same date without adversely affecting business for either film as each caters to a different audience. For example, we successfully released Son of Sardaar in Hindi and Thuppakki in Tamil on the same festive date of Diwali, November 13, 2012.

 C: 
71
 

 

We believe we can capitalize on the demand for regional films and replicate our success with Tamil and Telugu films for other distinct regional language films, including Marathi and Punjabi. In addition, the key Indian release dates for films, during school and other holidays, vary by region and therefore the ability to release films on different holidays in various regions, in addition to being able to release films in different regional languages simultaneously, expands the likely periods in which films can be successfully released. We intend to build up our portfolio of films targeting other regional language markets gradually.

 

Selected Major Releases in Fiscal Year 2015(a)

 

Film   Cast/(Director)   Co-Production/
Acquisition
  Genre   Actual/ Anticipated Quarter
of Release
                 
Kochadaiyaan (Tamil)   Rajinikanth (Soundarya R Ashwin)   Co-production   Mythological   Released Q1 FY 2015
                 

Aagadu (Telugu)

  Mahesh Babu, Tamannah (Srinu Vaitla)   Co-production   Action/Comedy   Q2 FY 2015
                 
Tevar   Arjun Kapoor, Sonakshi Sinha (Amit Sharma)   Co-production   Action   Q3 FY 2015
                 
Happy Ending   Saif Ali Khan, Ileana D Cruz (Raj Nidimoru & D.K. Krishna)   Co-production   Romance/Comedy   Q3 FY 2015
                 
Action Jackson   Ajay Devgn, Sonakshi Sinha (Prabhudheva)   Co-production   Action   Q3 FY 2015
                 
Thala-55   Ajith (Gautham Menon)   Acquisition   Action   Q4 FY 2015
                 
Aankhen2   Akshay Kumar (Vipul Shah)   Co-production   Comedy   Q4 FY 2015

_______________

(a)The list of films set forth in the table above is for illustrative purposes only, is not complete and only includes released and anticipated future releases. Due to the uncertainties involved in the development and production of films, the date of their completion can be significantly delayed, planned talent can change and, in certain circumstances, films can be cancelled or not approved by the Indian Central Board of Film Certification. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business— Our films are required to be certified in India by the Central Board of Film Certification.”

 

Seasonality

 

Theater attendance in India has traditionally been highest during school holidays, national holidays and during festivals, and we typically aim to release big-budget films at these times. This timing of releases also takes account of competitor film releases, Indian Premier League cricket matches and the timing dictated by the film production process and as a result, our quarterly results can vary from one year to the next.

 

Content Development and Sourcing

 

We currently acquire films using two principal methods — by acquiring rights for films produced by others, generally through a license agreement, and by co-producing films with a production house, typically referred to as a banner, that is usually owned by a top Indian actor, director or writer, on a project by project basis. We regularly co-produce and acquire film content from some of the leading banners in India, including Red Chillies Entertainment Private Limited, Illuminati Films, Nadiadwala Grandson Entertainment Pvt. Limited, Excel Entertainment, affiliates of Vinod Chopra Films Private Limited and Alumbra Entertainment Media Private Limited. Regardless of the acquisition method, over the past five years, we have typically obtained exclusive global distribution rights in all media for a minimum period of five to 20 years from the Indian initial theatrical release date, although the term can vary for certain films for which we may only obtain international or only Indian distribution rights, and occasionally soundtrack or other rights are excluded from the rights acquired. On co-produced films, we typically have exclusive distribution rights for at least 20 years, co-own the copyright in such film in perpetuity and, after the exclusive distribution right period, share control over the further exploitation of the film.

 C: 
72
 

We believe producers bring proposed films to us not only because of established relationships, but also because they want to leverage our proven distribution and marketing capabilities. Our in-house creative team also directly develops film ideas and contracts with writers and directors for development purposes. When we originate a film concept internally, we then approach appropriate banners for co-production. Our in-house creative team also participates in the selection of our slate with other members of our management through our analysis focused on the likelihood of the financial success of each project. Our management is extensively involved in the selection of our high budget films in particular. Regardless of whether a film will be acquired or co-produced, we determine the likely value to us of the rights to be acquired for each film based on a variety of factors, including the stars cast, director, composer, script, estimated budget, genre, track record of the production house, our relationship with the talent and historical results from comparable films.

 

Our primary focus is on sourcing a diversified portfolio of films expected to generate commercial success. We generally co-produce our high budget films and acquire rights to more medium and low budget films. Our model of acquiring or co-producing films rather than investing in significant in-house production capability allows us to work on more than one production with key talent simultaneously, since the producer or co-producer takes the lead on the time intensive process of production, allowing us to scale our film slate more effectively. The following table summarizes typical terms included in our acquisition and co-production contracts.

 

    Acquisition   Co-production
Film Cost   Negotiated “market value”   Actual cost of production or capped budget and 10-15% production fee
         
Rights   5-20 years   Exclusive distribution rights for at least 20 years after which Eros shares control over the further exploitation of the film, and co-owned copyright in perpetuity, subject to applicable copyright laws
         
Payment Terms   10-30% upon signature
Balance upon delivery or in installments between signing and delivery
  In accordance with film budget and production schedule
         
Recoupment Waterfall   “Gross” revenues
Less 10-20% Eros distribution fee (% of cost or gross revenues)
Less print, advertising costs (actuals)
Less cost of the film
Net revenues generally shared equally
  Generally same as Acquisition except sometimes Eros also charges interest and/or a production or financing fee for the cost of capital and overhead recharges

 

Where we acquire film rights, we pay a negotiated fee based on our assessment of the expected value to us of the completed film. Although the timing of our payment of the negotiated fee for an acquired film to its producer varies, typically we pay the producer between 10% and 30% of a film’s negotiated acquisition cost upon signing the acquisition agreement, and the remainder upon delivery of the completed film or in installments paid between signing and delivery. In addition to the negotiated fee, the producer usually receives a share of the film’s revenue stream after we recoup a distribution fee on all revenues, the entire negotiated fee and distribution costs, including prints and ads. After we sign an acquisition agreement, we do not exercise any control over the production process, although we do retain complete control over the distribution rights we acquire.

 

For films that we co-produce, in exchange for our commitment to finance typically 100% of the agreed-upon production budget for the film and agreed budget adjustments, we typically share ownership of the intellectual property rights in perpetuity and secure exclusive global distribution rights for all media for at least 20 years. After we recoup our expenses, we and the co-producers share in the proceeds of the exploitation of the intellectual property rights. Pending determination of the actual production cost of the film, we also agree to a pre-determined production fee to compensate the co-producer for his services, which typically ranges from 10%-15% of the total budget. We typically also provide a share of net revenues to our co-producers. Net revenues generally means gross revenues less our distribution fee, distribution cost and the entire amount we have paid as committed financing for production of the film. Our distribution fee varies from co-produced film to co-produced film, but is generally either a continuing 10% to 20% fee on all revenues, or a capped amount that is calculated as a percentage of the committed financing amount for production of the film. In some cases, net revenues also deduct an overhead charge and an amount representing an interest charge on some or all of the committed financing amount. Typically, once we agree with the co-producer on the script, cast and main crew including the director, the budget and expected cash flow through a detailed shooting schedule, the co-producer takes the lead in production and execution. We normally have our executive producer on the film to oversee the project.

 C: 
73
 

 

We reduce financing risk for both acquired and co-produced films by capping our obligation to pay or advance funds at an agreed-upon amount or budgeted amount. We also frequently reduce financial risk on a film to which we have committed funds by pre-selling rights in that film.

 

Pre-sales give us advance information about likely cash flows from that particular film product, and accelerate cash flow realizable from that product. Our most common pre-sale transactions are the following:

·pre-selling theatrical rights for certain geographic areas, such as theaters outside the main theater circuits in India or certain non-Indian territories, for which we generally get nonrefundable minimum guarantees plus a share of revenues above a specified threshold;
·pre-selling television rights in India, generally by bundling releases in a package that is licensed to satellite television operators for a specified run; and
·pre-selling certain music rights, including for movie soundtracks and ringtones.

 

From time to time we also acquire specific rights to films that have already been released theatrically. We typically do not acquire global all-media rights to such films, but instead license limited rights to distribution channels, like television, audio and home entertainment only, or rights within a certain geographic area. As additional rights to these films become available, we frequently seek to license them as well, and our package of distribution rights in a particular film may therefore vary over time. We work with producers not only to acquire or co-produce new films, but also to license from them other rights they hold that would supplement rights we hold or have previously held related to older films in our library. In certain cases, we may not hold full sequel or re-make rights or may share these rights with our co-producers.

 

Our Film Library

 

We currently own or license rights to films currently comprising over 3,000 titles. Of these titles, over 700 films comprise a library of Kannada films for which we have only digital rights. Our film library has been built up over more than 30 years and includes hits from across that time period, including Devdas, Hum Dil De Chuke Sanam, Lage Raho Munna Bhai and Om Shanti Om. We have acquired most of our film content through fixed term contracts with third parties, which may be subject to expiration or early termination. We own the rights to the rest of our film content as co-producers or, with respect to one film, sole producer of those films. Through such acquisition and co-production arrangements, we seek to acquire rights to at least 70 additional films each year. While we typically hold rights to exploit our content through various distribution channels, including theatrical, television and new media formats, we may not acquire rights to all distribution channels for our films. In particular, we do not own or license the music rights to a majority of the films in our library. We expect to maintain more than half of the rights we presently own through at least 2015.

 

In an effort to reach a wide range of audiences, we maintain rights to a diverse portfolio of films spanning various genres, generations and languages. More than half of our library is comprised of films first released ten or more years ago, including films released as early as the 1940s. We own or license rights to films produced in several regional languages, including Tamil, Telugu, Kannada, Marathi and Punjabi.

 

We treat our new releases as part of our film library one year from the date of their initial theatrical release. We believe our extensive film library provides us with unique opportunities for content exploitation, such as our dedicated Eros content channel carried by various cable companies outside India. Our extensive film library provides us with a reliable source of recurring cash flow after the theatrical release period for a film has ended. In addition, because our film library is large and diversified, we believe that we can more effectively leverage our library in many circumstances by licensing not just single films but multiple films.

 C: 
74
 

 

A summary of certain key features of our film library rights as of March 31, 2014 follows below.

 

    Hindi Films   Regional Language Films
(excluding Kannada films)
  Kannada Films
             
Approximate percentage of total library   26%   51%   24%
             
Approximate percentage of
co-production films
  1%   Less than 1%   Less than 1%
             
Minimum remaining term of exclusive distribution rights for co-production films (approximate percentage of rights expiring at the earliest in the periods indicated)   2015 or earlier: 10%
2016-2020: 8%
2021-2025: 0%
2026-2030: 0%
2031-2045: 5%
Perpetual rights, subject to applicable copyright law limitations: 77%
  Perpetual rights, subject to applicable copyright law limitations: 100%   Not applicable
             
Remaining term of exclusive distribution rights for acquisitions (approximate percentage of rights expiring earliest in the periods indicated)   2015 or earlier: 19%
2016-2020: 35%
2021-2025: 25%
2026-2030: 3%
2031-2045: 4%
Perpetual rights, subject to applicable copyright law limitations: 14%
  2015 or earlier: 2%
2016-2020: 4%
2021-2025: 20%
2026-2030: 0%
2031-2045: 1%
Perpetual rights, subject to applicable copyright law limitations: 73%
  Perpetual rights, subject to applicable copyright law limitations: 100%
             
Date of first release (by Eros or prior rights owner)   1943-2014   1958-2014   *
             
Rights in major distribution channels   Theatrical: 55%
Television syndication: 75%
Digital: 62%

  Theatrical: 52%
Television syndication: 74%
Digital: 60%

  Theatrical: 100%
             
Music Rights (approximate percentage of films)   49%   24%   0%
             
Production Years (approximate percentage of films produced in the periods indicated)   1943-1965: 2%
1966-1990: 6%
1991-2014: 92%
  1943-1965: 0%
1966-1990: 2%
1991-2014: 98%
  *

 

(*) Our Kannada digital rights library was acquired in September 2010, subsequent to the production and date of first release for these films, and consequently this information is not in our records.

 

“High budget” films refer to Hindi films with direct production costs in excess of $8.5 million and Tamil and Telugu films with direct production costs in excess of $7.0 million, in each case translated at the historical average exchange rate for the applicable fiscal year. “Low budget” films refer to both Hindi, Tamil, and Telugu films with less than $1.0 million in direct production costs, in each case translated at the historical average exchange rate for the applicable fiscal year. “Medium budget” films refer to Hindi, Tamil and Telugu films within the remaining range of direct production costs.

 

 C: 
75
 

Distribution Network and Channels

 

We distribute film content primarily through the following distribution channels:

·theatrical, which includes multiplex chains and stand-alone theaters;
·television syndication, which includes satellite television broadcasting, cable television and terrestrial television; and
·digital, which primarily includes IPTV, VOD and internet channels.

 

We generally monetize each new film we release through an initial twelve month revenue cycle commencing after the film’s theatrical release date. Thereafter, the film becomes part of our film library where we seek to continue to monetize the content through various platforms. The diagram below illustrates a typical distribution timeline through the first twelve months following theatrical release of one of our films.

 

Film release first cycle timeline

 

 

 

We currently acquire films both for global distribution, which includes the Indian domestic market as well as international markets and for international distribution only.

 

Certain information regarding our initial distribution rights to films initially released in the three fiscal years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is set forth below:

 

    Year ended March  31,
    2014   2013   2012
Global (India and International)                        
Hindi films     23       16       11  
Regional films (excluding Tamil films)     3       3       2  
Tamil films     8       3       —    
International Only                        
Hindi films     14       14       16  
Regional films (excluding Tamil films)           —         1  
Tamil films     21       38       46  
India Only                        
Hindi films           —         —    
Regional films (excluding Tamil films)           —         —    
Tamil films           3       1  
Total     69       77       77  

 

We distribute content in over 50 countries through our own offices located in key strategic locations across the globe, including separate offices maintained by Ayngaran for distribution of Tamil films that we do not distribute directly, and through our distribution partners. In response to Indian cinemas’ continued growth in popularity across the world, especially in non-English speaking markets, including Germany, Poland, Russia, Southeast Asia and Arabic speaking countries, we offer dubbed and/or subtitled content in over 25 different languages. In addition to our internal distribution resources, our global distribution network includes relationships with distribution partners, sub-distributors, producers, directors and prominent figures within the Indian film industry and distribution arena.

 

 C: 
76
 

Theatrical Distribution and Marketing

 

Indian Theatrical Distribution. The Indian theatrical market is comprised of both multiplex and single screen theaters that utilize both prints and in some cases, digital formats and is divided into six circuits. We distribute our content in all of the circuits through our internal distribution offices in Mumbai, Delhi and Punjab or through sub-distributors in other circuits. Our primarily internal distribution network allows us greater control, transparency and flexibility over the core regions in which we distribute our films, and allows us to retain a greater portion of revenues per picture as a result of direct exploitation instead of using sub-distributors, which requires the payment of additional fees or commissions.

 

The largest number of screens in India that we book for a particular film will be booked for the first week of theatrical release, because a substantial portion of box office revenues are collected in the first week of a film’s theatrical exhibition. We entered into agreements with certain key multiplex operators to share net box office collections for our theatrical releases with the exhibitor for a predetermined fee of 50% of net box office collections for the first week, after which the split decreases over time. These agreements expired in June 2011, and we now enter into agreements on a film-by-film and exhibitor-by-exhibitor basis instead of entering into long-term agreements. To date, our film-by-film agreements have been on terms that are no less favorable than the terms of the prior settlement agreements; however, we cannot guarantee such terms can always be obtained.

 

For highly anticipated new releases, we typically also receive an advance payment from multiplex operators which is credited against the predetermined fee, and we typically obtain non-refundable minimum guarantees from single screen exhibitors and agree to a revenue sharing arrangements above the minimum guarantee.

 

The broad theatrical distribution during the first week after initial release of a film requires that a significant number of prints be made available at the outset of the theatrical run.

 

As the Indian film industry is moving towards digital film distribution, we are increasing our focus on this opportunity which we anticipate will continue to reduce our distribution and print production costs. In India, the cost of distributing a digital film print is lower than the cost of distributing a digital film print in the United States. The cost of producing a digital film print is lower than the cost of producing a physical film print. Utilization of digital film media also provides additional protection against unauthorized copying, which enables us to capture incremental revenue that we believe are at risk of loss through content piracy.

 

Pursuant to the Cinematograph Act, Indian films must be certified for adult viewing or general viewing by the Central Board of Film Certification, or CBFC, which looks at factors such as the interest of sovereignty, integrity and security of India, friendly relations with foreign states, public order and morality. Obtaining a desired certification may require us to modify the title, content, characters, storylines, themes or concepts of a given film.

 

Theatrical Distribution Outside India. Outside India, we distribute our films theatrically through our offices in Dubai, Singapore, the U.S., the United Kingdom, Australia and Fiji and through sub-distributors. In our international markets, instead of focusing on wide releases, we select a smaller number of theaters that play films targeted at the expatriate South Asian population or the growing international audiences for Indian films. We generally theatrically release subtitled versions of our films internationally on the release date in India, and dubbed versions of films in countries outside India 12 to 24 weeks after their initial theatrical release in India.

 

Marketing. The pre-release marketing of a film is an integral part of our theatrical distribution strategy. Our marketing team creates marketing campaigns tailored to market and movie, utilizing print, brand tie-ups, music pre-releases, outdoor advertising and online advertising to generate momentum for the release of a film. We generally begin print media public relations as soon as a film commences shooting, with full marketing efforts commencing two to three months in advance of a film’s release date, starting with a theatrical trailer for the film promoted as part of another film currently playing in theaters. In addition, usually between six to eight weeks before the initial Indian theatrical release date, we separately release clips from the films featuring musical numbers. Those clips and the accompanying music tracks are separately available for purchase and add to consumer awareness and anticipation of the upcoming film release. We also maintain a Facebook page, which supplies background detail, chat opportunities and photos of upcoming films as well as links to our YouTube content.

 

We also use promotional agreements and integrated television marketing to subsidize marketing costs and expand our marketing reach. We partner with leading consumer companies in India which support our marketing campaigns in exchange for including their brands in promotional billboards, print ads and other marketing materials for our new film releases. Our marketing teams also work with our film stars to coordinate promotional appearances on popular television programming, timed to coincide with the marketing period for upcoming theatrical releases.

 

Our marketing efforts are primarily managed by employees located in offices across India or in one of our international offices in Dubai, Singapore, the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia and Fiji. Occasionally, sub-distributors manage marketing efforts in regions that do not have a dedicated Eros or Ayngaran marketing team, using the creative aspects developed by us for our marketing campaigns. Managing marketing locally permits us to more easily identify appropriate local advertising channels and results in more effective and efficient marketing.

 C: 
77
 

 

Television Distribution

 

India Distribution. We believe that the increasing television audience in India creates new opportunities for us to license our film content, and expands audience recognition of the Eros name and film products. We license Indian film content (usually a combination of new releases and existing films in our library), to satellite television broadcasters operating in India under agreements that generally allow them to telecast a film over a stated period of time in exchange for a specified license fee. We have, directly or indirectly, licensed content for major Indian television channels such as Sony, the Star Network and Zee TV. There are several models for satellite television syndication in India. In the “syndication model,” a group of channels share the broadcast of a specified set of films between them in a certain order and pay us separate license fees. In the alternative “licensing model,” which is currently the predominant model in India, we grant an exclusive license in favor of one particular channel for broadcast on its channels for a specified period of time. In fiscal 2012, we negotiated terms with Sahara One Media and Entertainment Limited for broadcast on their general entertainment channel that entitle us to additional license fees based on box office performance, over and above the minimum guarantee license fee. Regardless of the model, following the first cycle license period, we seek to continue to license the content for the subsequent cycles.

 

Television pre-sales in India are an important factor in enhancing revenue predictability for our business. Where we do pre-sales, we negotiate a set license fee which is payable over time with the last payment due on delivery of the film. For example, for the three high budget Hindi films that we released in fiscal 2014, we had contractual revenue commitments in place prior to their release that allowed us to recoup 43%, 48% and 73% of our direct production costs for those films. In the case of the high budget Telugu film that we released in fiscal 2014, we recouped over 100% of our direct production costs through contractual commitments prior to the film’s release.

 

While we released no high budget Tamil films in fiscal 2014, in the case of high budget Tamil films that we released in fiscal 2013, we recouped 100% of our direct production costs through contractual commitments prior to the release of those films. From time to time, we also sell television syndication rights indirectly through companies that aggregate television rights for resale. While a large part of our revenues came from such licensing of television rights through aggregators in fiscal 2012, in 2013 and 2014 we moved away from using aggregators and entered into direct licensing agreements with Viacom 18 Media Private Limited (Colors) and Multiscreen Media Private Limited (Sony) that covered a number of new, forthcoming and library titles.

 

Our content is typically released on satellite television three to six months after the initial theatrical release. In India there are currently six direct to home, or DTH, providers. The new release films that we will offer to HBO Defined and HBO Hits as part of our collaboration with HBO Asia will be provided in the first window after theatrical release. We have offered some of our films through DTH service providers, but we have also licensed these rights with the satellite TV rights to satellite channel providers. As the number of DTH subscribers increase in India, we anticipate that we will have an opportunity to license directly for DTH exploitation. We have also provided content to regional cable operators. Although DTH distribution is still relatively small in India, with Indian telecom networks and DTH platforms expanding their services, we are beginning to see an increased interest for video on demand in India. We also sub-license some of our films for broadcast on Doordarshan, the sole terrestrial television broadcast network, which is government owned. The Indian cable system is currently highly fragmented and predominantly an analog platform, although there are companies that are leading the cable digitization and consolidation such as DEN and Hathway. While local cable operators are unwilling and unable to pay standard licensing rates for our content, and cable television licensing has not been a material source of revenue for us, we are beginning to see early signs of growth in cable television licensing. We believe that as the cable industry migrates towards digital technology and moves toward consolidation, cable television licensing will represent a more significant revenue stream for our business.

 

International Distribution. Outside of India, we license Indian film content for broadcasting on major channels and platforms around the world, such as Channel 4 and SBS Australia. We also license dubbed content to Europe, Arabic-speaking countries and in Southeast Asia and other parts of the world. Often such licenses include not just new releases, but films grouped around the same star, director or genre. International pre-sales of television, music and other distribution rights are a significant component of our overall pre-sale strategy. We believe that our international distribution capabilities and large library of content enable us to generate a larger portion of our revenue through international distribution than the film entertainment industry average of 7% in India as reported by the FICCI Report 2014.

 

Digital Distribution

 

In addition to our theatrical and television distribution networks, we have a global network for the digital distribution of our content, which consists of full length films, music, music videos, clips and other video content. Through our digital distribution channel we distribute content primarily in IPTV, VOD (including SVOD and DTH) and online internet channels. Our film content is distributed in original language, subtitled into local languages or dubbed, in each case as driven by consumer or regional market preferences. With our large library of content and slate of new releases, we have sought to capitalize on changes in consumer demand through early adoption of new formats and services, which we believe enables us to generate a larger portion of our revenue through digital distribution than the film entertainment industry average in India.

 C: 
78
 

 

With a significant portion of the Indian and international population rapidly moving toward digital technology, we are increasing our focus on providing on demand services, although the platforms and strategies differ by region. Under current Indian law, the Indian cable providers will be required to transfer from analog to digital formats by December 31, 2014. Outside of India, there is a proliferation of cable, satellite and internet services that we supply. In addition, with the proliferation of internet users, we are increasing our online distribution presence as well. These platforms enable us to continue to monetize a film in our library long after its theatrical release period has ended. In addition, the speed, ease of availability and prices of digital film distribution diminish incentives for unauthorized copying and content piracy.

In North America, we have an agreement with International Networks, a subsidiary of Comcast, to provide a SVOD service called “Bollywood Hits On Demand. ” The service is now carried on Comcast, Cox Communications, Rogers Communication, Cablevision and Time Warner Cable. We provide all programming for this film and music channel, and we share revenues with the cable provider. We also provide content to other VOD service providers, including Pan Universe International and Efacet Enterprises Limited.

We currently supply internet streaming ad-supported sites such as our Eros channel on YouTube with short form film and audio visual content and our own www.erosentertainment.com website. On YouTube, where we have exceeded 2.0 billion views to date since our launch in 2007 and have over 2.3 million free subscribers, we sell banner and pre-roll advertisements, and share these advertising revenues with Google.

In order to capitalize on emerging trends like growing Internet usage, increased broadband internet penetration and availability of faster 3G/4G mobile networks, in August 2012, we launched Eros Now, our on-demand entertainment portal accessible via internet-enabled devices, with a limited number of movies and music videos. We expect that Eros Now, which is already accessible via tablets such as the iPad and Android devices, will eventually include our full film library. We expect Eros Now to be supported by both advertising and subscription revenues. Fees from advertisers will support the website’s free content, while the premium plan will be a subscription, fee-based service.

The premium service will allow subscribers greater access to ad-free media content from multiple devices in addition to playback options. We believe that Eros Now will serve as a platform to further exploit our extensive library content, as well as increase the depth and penetration of our user base. In the future, we believe the combination of this digital distribution platform, coupled with our film library, will offer a comprehensive and attractive outlet for advertisers.

In June 2014, we executed a term sheet to acquire a controlling stake in Techzone, a Mobile Value Added Services (“MVAS”) provider for telecom operators based in India, for an undisclosed sum. This acquisition is subject to certain conditions precedent apart from customary legal, regulatory and financial requirements.

Techzone is an aggregator, developer and distributor of entertainment content via mobile platforms in India. Techzone is particularly focused on the Bollywood films and music markets and has significant region-specific content in Tamil and Telugu. The company has relationships and billing integration with major telecom networks in India to distribute its content and also has its own “Mobile Shortcode” 56060. Techzone makes its content available to end-users via various methods such as caller ring-back tones (CRBT), mobile radio, short message service (SMS), wireless application protocol (WAP) and interactive voice response (IVR).

Techzone has completed an average of 25 million SMS, WAP or IVR transactions per month over the past three years across 12 major telecom operators in India for which it bills the customers directly through its billing platform. This excludes CRBT transactions which are also marketed and distributed by Techzone but billed by the telecom operators directly. In a given month, a single customer may engage in multiple transactions.

With 870 million mobile subscribers (including over 60 million internet enabled smart phones) in India in 2013, we believe that Techzone will be a strong addition to our Eros Now strategy to increase distribution of content through digital platforms.

Physical and Other Distribution

 

We also distribute globally our film content through physical formats (DVDs and Video Compact Discs, or VCDs), in hotels and on airlines, and for use on mobile networks. We distribute and license content on physical media throughout the world, including on Blu-ray and DVDs, and in India on VCD and DVD. In India, and to service South Asian consumers internationally, we distribute to major retail chains (such as Planet-M) and internet platforms such as Amazon, as well as supplying local wholesalers and retailers. We also license content to third party distributors internationally to provide content dubbed into local languages for consumption by non-South Asian audiences. We also have direct sales to corporate customers, primarily in India, who bundle our DVDs or VCDs with their own products for promotional purposes. This aspect of our business works on a volume basis, with the low margins being offset by large confirmed orders. We have provided content for various mobile platforms such as Singtel and Shotformats Digital Productions.

 C: 
79
 

 

Music

 

Music is integral to our films, and when we obtain global, all-media rights in our acquired or co-produced films music rights typically are included. Film music rights are often marketed and monetized separate from the underlying film, both before and after the release of the related films. In addition, we act as a music publisher for third party owned music rights within India. Through our internal resources and network of licensees, we are able to provide our consumers with music content directly, through third party platforms or through licensing deals. The content is primarily taken from our film content and the revenues are derived from mobile rights, MP3 tracks, sold via third party platforms such as iTunes and Rhapsody as well as streaming services such as Spotify and Rdio, digital streaming, physical CDs and publishing/master rights licensing.

 

We also exploit the music publishing and master rights we own, which involves directly licensing songs to radio and television channels in India, synchronizing of music content to film, television and advertisers globally, as well as receiving royalties from public performance of these songs when they are played at public events. Ancillary revenues from public performances in India are collected and paid over to us through Phonographic Performance Limited and The Indian Performing Rights Society, which monitor, collect and distribute royalties to their members.

 

LMB Holdings Limited —“B4U”

 

As of March 31, 2014, we owned approximately 24% of B4U. We have no board representation, no involvement in policy decision making, we do not provide input in respect to technical know-how and have no material contract with B4U. As a result we do not exercise significant influence over it. B4U is a global television network that provides Indian programming across two digital television channels, B4U Music and B4U Movies. B4U is available in many countries around the world including India, the United States, United Kingdom, Canada and countries in the Middle East and Africa.

 

Valuable Technologies Limited

 

As of March 31, 2014, we owned 7.21% of Valuable Technologies Limited, or Valuable. Valuable manages and operates a number of companies in the media and entertainment, technology and infrastructure industries, including UFO Moviez, a digital cinema network in India; Boxtech, a division that provides technology backed service support for digital movie rentals; and ImPACT, a settlement platform for computerized theatrical ticketing and sales data

 

Intellectual Property

 

As our revenue is primarily generated from commercial exploitation of our films and related content, our intellectual property rights are a critical component of our business. Unauthorized use of intellectual property, particularly piracy of DVDs and CDs, is widespread in India and other countries, and the mechanisms for protecting intellectual property rights in India and such other countries are not as effective as those of the United States and certain other countries. We participate directly and through industry organizations in actions against persons who have illegally pirated our content, and we also deal with piracy by promoting a film to ensure maximum revenues early in its release and shortening the period between the theatrical release of a film and its legitimate availability on DVD and VCD. This is supported by the trend in the Indian market for a significant percentage of a film’s box office receipts to be generated in the first few weeks after release.

 

The Indian Copyright Act, 1957, or the Copyright Act, provides for registration of copyrights, transfer of ownership and licensing of copyrights and infringement of copyrights and remedies available in that respect. The Copyright Act affords copyright protection to cinematographic films and sound recordings. For cinematographic films, copyright is granted for a certain period of time, usually for a period of 60 years from the beginning of the calendar year following the year in which such film is published, subsequent to which the work falls in the public domain and any act of reproduction of the work by any person other than the author would not amount to infringement. Following the issuance of the International Copyright Order, 1999, subject to certain conditions and exceptions, certain provisions of the Copyright Act apply to nationals of all member states of the World Trade Organization, the Berne Convention and the Universal Copyright Convention.

 

The Copyright Act was amended in 2012 to allow authors of literary and musical works (which may be included as part of a cinematograph film) to retain the right to receive royalty for the utilization of such work (other than as part of the cinematograph film).

 C: 
80
 

 

Although the state governments in India serve as the enforcing authorities of the Copyright Act, the Indian government serves an advisory role in assisting with enforcement of anti-piracy measures. In December 2009, the Union Information & Broadcasting Ministry established a task force to recommend measures to combat film, video and cable piracy, which submitted recommendations in September 2010, including:

·as a condition to licenses being granted to theaters and multiplexes by district authorities, theater and multiplex operators should be required to prohibit viewers from carrying a cam-cording device inside the theater;
·encouraging state governments to enact legislation providing for preventive detention of video and audio pirates and bring video pirates under the Goonda Act; and
·undertaking measures to ensure high fidelity in genuine DVDs to discourage the public from buying pirated versions.

 

However, these are recommendations of the task force, and there can be no assurance that any of these recommendations will be accepted and become binding law or regulation in a timely manner, or at all.

 

While copyright registration is not a prerequisite for acquiring or enforcing such rights, registration creates a presumption favoring the ownership of the right by the registered owner. Registration may expedite infringement proceedings and reduce delay caused due to evidentiary considerations. Neither we nor our Indian subsidiaries currently have any registered copyrights in India. The registration of certain types of trademark is prohibited, including where the property sought to be registered is not distinctive.

 

We use a number of trademarks in our business, all of which are owned by our subsidiaries. Our Indian subsidiaries currently own over 50 Indian registered trademarks and domain names, which are used in their business, including the registered trademark “Eros,” “Eros International,” “Eros Music,” and “B on Demand.” However, we have not yet received Indian trademark registration for certain of our trademarks used in India. A majority of these registrations, and certain applications for registrations, are in the name of our subsidiaries Eros India, Eros Films or Eros Digital Private Limited, with whom we have an informal arrangement with respect to the use of such trademarks. The registration of any trademark in India is a time-consuming process, and there can be no assurance that any such registration will be granted.

 

The Indian Trade Marks Act, 1999, or the Trademarks Act, governs the registration, acquisition, transfer and infringement of trademarks and remedies available to a registered proprietor or user of a trademark. The registration of a trademark is valid for a period of ten years but can be renewed in accordance with the specified procedure.

 

Until recently, to obtain registration of a trademark in multiple countries, an applicant was required to make separate applications in different languages and disburse different fees in the respective countries. However, the Madrid Protocol enables nationals of member countries, including India, to secure protection of trademarks by filing a single application with one fee and in one language in their country of origin. The Trademarks Act was amended by the Trade Marks (Amendment) Act 2010, or the Trademarks Amendment Act. The Trademarks Amendment Act empowers the Registrar of Trade Marks to deal with international applications originating from India as well as those received from the International Bureau and to maintain a record of international registrations. This amendment also removes the discretion of the registrar to extend the time for filing a notice of opposition of published applications and provides for a uniform time limit of four months in all cases. Further, it simplifies the law relating to transfer of ownership of trademarks by assignment or transmission and brings the law generally in line with international practice. Pursuant to the Madrid Protocol and the Trademarks Act, we have obtained trademarks in Egypt, the European Community, United Arab Emirates, Australia and the United States.

 

The remedies available in the event of infringement under the Copyright Act and the Trademarks Act include civil proceedings for damages, account of profits, injunction and the delivery of the infringing materials to the owner of the right, as well as criminal remedies including imprisonment of the accused and the imposition of fines and seizure of infringing materials.

 

 C: 
81
 

 

Competition

 

The Indian film industry’s rapid growth is changing the competitive landscape. We believe we were one of the first companies in India to create an integrated business of sourcing new Indian film content through co-productions and acquisitions while building a valuable library of rights in existing content and also distributing Indian film content globally across formats. Some of our direct competitors, such as UTV Motion Pictures, Reliance Entertainment and Viacom Studio 18, have moved toward similar models in addition to their other business lines within the Indian entertainment industry. We also face competition from the direct or indirect presence in India of significant global media companies, including the major Hollywood studios. The Walt Disney Company, or Disney, has acquired UTV and Viacom has ownership interests in Viacom Studio 18, while other Hollywood studios, such as Warner, News Corporation and Sony, have established local operations in India for film distribution, and have released a limited number of Indian films. Our primary competitors for Indian film content in the markets outside of India are UTV, Reliance Entertainment and Viacom Studio 18. We believe our experience and understanding of the Indian film market positions us well to compete with new and existing entrants to the Indian media and entertainment sector. Rentrak reports our 2012 market share as 40% of all theatrically released Indian language films in the United Kingdom, including releases by Ayngaran, our majority-owned subsidiary, based on gross collections, and 43% in the United States on the same basis, and from 1980 to 2012 we had the highest market share of all theatrically released Indian language films in the United Kingdom based on gross collections. Competition within the industry is based on relationships, distribution capabilities, reputation for quality and brand recognition.

 

Properties

 

Our properties consist primarily of studios, office facilities, warehouses and distribution offices, most of which are located in Mumbai, India. We own our corporate and registered offices in Mumbai and rent our remaining properties in India. Five of these leased properties are owned by members of the Lulla family. The leases with the Lulla family were entered into at what we believe were market rates. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We have entered into certain related party transactions and may continue to rely on our founders for certain key development and support activities.” We also own or lease four properties in the United Kingdom, the United States and Dubai in connection with our international operations outside of India. Property, plant and equipment with a net carrying amount of approximately $ 10.1 million (2013: $11.5 million) have been pledged to secure borrowings, and we currently do not have any significant plans to construct new properties or expand or improve our existing properties.

 

The following table provides detail regarding our properties in India and globally.

 

Location   Size   Primary Use   Leased Owned
Mumbai, India   13,992 sq. ft.   Corporate Office   Owned
Mumbai, India   2,750 sq. ft.   Studio Premises   Leased(1)
Mumbai, India   8,094 sq. ft.   Executive Accommodation   Leased(1)
Mumbai, India   120 sq. ft.   Film Negatives Warehouse   Leased
Mumbai, India   120 sq. ft.   Film Prints Warehouse   Leased
Mumbai, India   2,750 sq. ft.   Corporate   Owned
Delhi, India   2200 sq. ft.   Film Distribution Office   Leased
Punjab, India   437.5 sq. ft.   Film Distribution Office   Leased
Mumbai, India   2926 sq. ft.   DVD warehouse   Leased
Dubai, United Arab Emirates   536 sq. ft.   Corporate Office   Leased
Secaucus, New Jersey, U.S.   10,000 sq. ft.   Corporate Office   Leased(1)
London, England   7,549 sq. ft.   DVD Warehouse   Owned
London, England   4,506 sq. ft.   Corporate Office   Leased(1)

_______________

(1) Leased directly or indirectly from a member of the Lulla family.

 

 C: 
82
 

 

Employees and Employer Relations

 

As of March 31, 2014, we had 262 employees, with 201 employed by Eros India and based in India, 26 by Ayngaran and its subsidiaries and based in India and the United Kingdom, and the remainder employed by our international subsidiaries. All are full time employees. Our employees are not unionized. We believe that our employee relations are good.

 

Litigation

 

From time to time, we and our subsidiaries are involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. The following discussion summarizes examples of such matters. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we currently believe that the final outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

In December 2009, the Director General of the Competition Commission of India, or the CCI, had issued a report alleging formation of a cartel in contravention of the Competition Act by, among others, Mr. Sunil Lulla, Ms. Jyoti Deshpande and Mr. Nandu Ahuja, on account of their participation in certain meetings in March through April 2009, during a deadlock between film producers/distributors and multiplex owners over revenue-sharing. In May 2011, the CCI directed Mr. Lulla, Ms. Deshpande and Mr. Ahuja to provide an undertaking to refrain from anticompetitive practices, imposed a penalty of $1,522 on each of them, and directed the Secretary, CCI to initiate proceedings against them for alleged failure to cooperate in inquiries, each of whom filed separate appeals challenging this order.

 

In October 2011, the CCI imposed a penalty of $472 against these individuals, on account of their alleged failure to cooperate in certain inquiries, each of whom filed separate appeals challenging the order. The Competition Appellate Tribunal dismissed their appeals in July 2013. Mr. Lulla, Ms. Deshpande and Mr. Ahuja have subsequently paid the penalty imposed on them. The Company had supported these individuals in contesting these proceedings.

 

In September 2010, Eros India filed two suits before the CCI against certain Indian film industry organizations, seeking injunctions to restrict these organizations from acting in a cartel-like manner and enforcing anti-competitive rules and agreements so that our films in certain territories in India would be exhibited and distributed without restriction. In February 2012, the CCI directed certain Indian film industry organizations to refrain from anticompetitive practices and imposed a penalty on these organizations. These organizations filed appeals before the Competition Appellate Tribunal, challenging the orders of the CCI. The Competition Appellate Tribunal dismissed the appeals in May 2013. The organizations filed a special leave petition before the Supreme Court of India challenging the order of the Competition Appellate Tribunal. In February 2014, the Supreme Court of India dismissed the appeals filed by these organizations, and upheld the decision of the Competition Appellate Tribunal.

 

Eros India and its subsidiaries are involved in ordinary course government tax audits and assessments, which typically include assessment orders for previous tax years including on account of disallowance of certain claimed deductions.

 

Eros is also named in various lawsuits challenging its ownership of some of its intellectual property or its ability to distribute these films in India. A number of these lawsuits seek injunctive relief restraining Eros from releasing or otherwise exploiting various films, including Toonpurka Superhero, Om Shanti Om, Anjaana Anjaani, Kochadaiiyaan, Bhoot Returns and Goliyon Ki Rasleela-Ram-leela. While the lawsuits continue, the films have all been released.

 

Unlike in the United States, in India, private citizens are permitted to initiate criminal complaints against companies and other individuals. Eros and certain executives have been named in certain criminal complaints from time to time.

 

If, as a result of such complaints, criminal proceedings are initiated by the relevant authorities in India and the Company or any of its executives are found guilty in such criminal proceedings, our executives could be subject to imprisonment as well as monetary penalties. We believe the claims brought to date are without merit and we intend to defend them vigorously.

 

For instance, in relation to the film Goliyon Ki Rasleela-Ram-leela, certain civil and criminal proceedings had been initiated in various local courts in India in and around November 2013, including arrest warrants against Mr. Kishore Lulla and others involved in the making of this film, alleging that this film disrespected religious sensibilities and seeking to restrain its release or seeking directions for a review of its film certification. We have contested such claims in the local courts as well as by way of petitions filed by us before the Supreme Court of India. While hearings or investigations continue in some of these proceedings, we have obtained interim orders in our favor from the Supreme Court of India as well as certain of the local courts where such proceedings are being heard, including stays on all criminal proceedings against Eros India, Mr. Kishore Lulla and other persons involved in the making of the film. This film was released in November 2013.

 

 C: 
83
 

 

REGULATION

 

The following description is a summary of various sector-specific laws and regulations applicable to Eros.

 

Material Isle of Man Regulations

 

Companies Regime.

 

The Isle of Man is an internally self-governing dependent territory of the British Crown. It is politically and constitutionally separate from the United Kingdom and has its own legal system and jurisprudence based on English common law principles.

 

Isle of Man company law is largely based on that of England and Wales. There are two separate codes of company law, embodied in the Companies Acts of 1931-2004 (commonly referred to as the 1931 Act as the principal Act is the Companies Act 1931) and the Companies Act 2006 (commonly referred to as the 2006 Act), respectively. Our company was incorporated on March 31, 2006 under the 1931 Act. Effective September 29, 2011, it re-registered as a company incorporated under the 2006 Act.

 

The 2006 Act updates and modernizes Isle of Man company law by introducing a new simplified corporate vehicle into Isle of Man law. The new corporate vehicle follows the international business company model available in a number of other jurisdictions. Companies incorporated or re-registered under the 2006 Act are governed solely by its provisions and, except in relation to liquidation and receivership, are not subject to the provisions of the 1931 Act.

 

The following are some of the key characteristics of companies incorporated under the 2006 Act:

 

Share Capital.

 

Under the 2006 Act, there is no longer the concept of authorized capital. Therefore, shares may be issued with or without par value.

 

Dividends, Redemptions and Buy-Backs.

 

Subject to compliance with the memorandum and articles of association, the 2006 Act allows a company to declare and pay dividends, and to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own shares subject only to meeting a solvency test set out in the 2006 Act. A company satisfies the solvency test if: (i) it is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of business: and (ii) the value of the company’s assets exceeds the value of its liabilities.

 

Capacity and Powers.

 

Companies incorporated under the 2006 Act have separate legal personality and perpetual existence. In addition, such companies have unlimited capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity; this is so regardless of corporate benefit and regardless of whether or not it is in the best interests of the company to do so. The 2006 Act specifically states that no corporate act is beyond the capacity of a company incorporated under the 2006 Act by reason only of the fact that the relevant company has purported to restrict its capacity in any way in its memorandum or articles or otherwise. A person who deals in good faith with a company incorporated under the 2006 Act is entitled to assume that the directors of the company are acting without limitation.

 

Miscellaneous.

 

In addition to the foregoing, the following other points should be noted in relation to companies incorporated under the 2006 Act:

 

(a)there are no prohibitions in relation to the company providing financial assistance for the purchase of its own shares;

 

(b)there is no differentiation between public and private companies, but a company may adopt a name ending in the words “Public Limited Company” or “public limited company” or the abbreviation “PLC” or “plc”;

 

(c)there are simple share offering/prospectus requirements;

 

(d)there are reduced compulsory registry filings;

 

 C: 
84
 

 

(e)the statutory accounting requirements are simplified; and

 

(f)the company may pay for directors’ professional indemnity insurance but may not directly indemnify directors. The 2006 Act allows a company to indemnify and purchase indemnity insurance for its directors.

 

Shareholders should note that the above list is not exhaustive.

 

Exchange Controls

 

No foreign exchange control regulations are in existence in the Isle of Man in relation to the exchange or remittance of sterling or any other currency from the Isle of Man and no authorizations, approvals or consents will be required from any authority in the Isle of Man in relation to the exchange and remittance of sterling and any other currency whether awarded by reason of a judgment or otherwise falling due and having been paid in the Isle of Man.

 

Material Indian Regulations

 

We are subject to other Indian and international regulations which may impact our business. In particular, the following regulations have a significant impact on our business.

 

Notification of Industry Status.

 

The Indian film industry was conferred industry status by a press release issued by the MIB on May 10, 1998.

 

Film Certification.

 

The Cinematograph Act authorizes the CBFC, in accordance with the Cinematograph (Certification) Rules, 1983, or the Certification Rules, for sanctioning films for public exhibition in India. Under the Certification Rules, the producer of a film is required to apply in the specified format for certification of such film, with the prescribed fee. The film is examined by an examining committee, which determines whether the film:

·is suitable for unrestricted public exhibition;
·is suitable for unrestricted public exhibition, with a caution that the question as to whether any child below the age of 12 years may be allowed to see the film should be considered by the parents or guardian of such child;
·is suitable for public exhibition restricted to adults;
·is suitable for public exhibition restricted to members of any profession or any class of persons having regard to the nature, content and theme of the film;
·is suitable for certification in terms of the above if a specified portion or portions be excised or modified therefrom; or
·that the film is not suitable for unrestricted or restricted public exhibitions, or that the film be refused a certificate.

 

A film will not be certified for public exhibition if, in the opinion of the CBFC, the film or any part of it is against the interests of the sovereignty, integrity or security of India, friendly relations with foreign states, public order, decency or morality, or involves defamation or contempt of court or is likely to incite the commission of any offence. Any applicant, if aggrieved by any order of the CBFC either refusing to grant a certificate or granting a certificate that restricts exhibition to certain persons only, may appeal to the Film Certification Appellate Tribunal constituted by the Central Government in India under the Cinematograph Act.

 

A certificate granted or an order refusing to grant a certificate in respect of any film is published in the Official Gazette of India and is valid throughout India for ten years from the date of grant. Films certified for public exhibition may be re-examined by the CBFC if any complaint is received. Pursuant to grant of a certificate, film advertisements must indicate that the film has been certified for such public exhibition.

 C: 
85
 

 

The Central Government in India may issue directions to licensees of cinemas generally or to any licensee in particular for the purpose of regulating the exhibition of films, so that scientific films, films intended for educational purposes, films dealing with news and current events, documentary films or indigenous films secure an adequate opportunity of being exhibited. The Central Government in India, acting through local authorities, may order suspension of exhibition of a film, if it is of the opinion that any film being publicly exhibited is likely to cause a breach of peace. Failure to comply with the Cinematograph Act may attract imprisonment and/or monetary fines.

 

Separately, the Cable Television Networks Rules, 1994 require that no film or film song, promotional material, trailer or film music video, album or their promotional materials, whether produced in India or abroad, shall be carried through cable services unless it has been certified by the CBFC as suitable for unrestricted public exhibition in India.

 

The Cinematograph Bill 2010, or the Cinematograph Bill, is proposed to be introduced in the Parliament of India to supersede the Cinematograph Act, 1952, to bring the process of certification of films for exhibition in line with the present technological and social scenario and to implement effective systems to combat piracy. The Government of India, or GoI is proposing an additional multiple certification system for feature films by amending the Cinematograph Act, 1952 to conform to the international norms. The Cinematograph Bill proposes different groups of rating for various age groups of film viewers Films could also be classified as ’S,’ suitable for exhibition restricted to members of any profession or any class of persons. The Cinematograph Bill would empower the GoI to establish advisory panels at all the regional centers of Central Board of Film Certification, which could consist of members qualified to judge the effects of films on the public. The Cinematograph Bill proposes to deal with issues relating to piracy by imposing penalties for unauthorized issue of negatives or copies of the film or making duplicate prints/copies.

 

Financing.

 

In October 2000, the Ministry of Finance, GOI notified the film industry as an industrial concern in terms of the Industrial Development Bank of India Act, 1964, pursuant to which loans and advances to industrial concerns became available to the film industry.

 

The Reserve Bank of India, or the RBI, by circular dated May 14, 2001, permitted commercial banks to finance up to 50.0% of total production cost of a film. Further, by an RBI circular dated June 8, 2002, bank financing is now available even where total film production cost exceeds approximately $1.5 million. Banks which finance film productions customarily require borrowers to assign the film’s intellectual property or music audio/video/CDs/DVDs/internet, satellite, channel, export/international rights as part of the security for the loan, such that the banks would have a right in negotiation of valuation of such intellectual property rights.

 

Labor Laws.

 

Depending on the nature of work and number of workers employed at any workplace, various labor related legislations may apply. Certain significant provisions of such labor related laws are provided below.

 

The Employees (Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions) Act, 1952, or the EPF Act, applies to factories employing 20 or more employees and such other establishments as notified by the Government from time to time. It requires all such establishments to be registered with the relevant Provident Fund Commissioner. Also, such employers are required to contribute to the employees’ provident fund the prescribed percentage of the basic wages and certain cash benefits payable to employees. Employees are also required to make equal contributions to the fund. A monthly return is required to be submitted to the relevant Provident Fund Commissioner in addition to the maintenance of registers by employers.

 

Competition Act.

 

The Competition Act, 2002, or the Competition Act, prohibits practices that could have an appreciable adverse effect on competition in India. Under the Competition Act, any arrangement, understanding or action, whether formal or informal, which causes or is likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect on competition in India is void. Any agreement among competitors which directly or indirectly determines purchase or sale prices, results in bid rigging or collusive bidding, limits or controls production, supply, markets, technical development, investment or the provision of services, or shares the market or source of production or provision of services in any manner, including by way of allocation of geographical area or types of goods or services or number of customers in the market, is presumed to have an appreciable adverse effect on competition. Further, the Competition Act prohibits the abuse of a dominant position by any enterprise either directly or indirectly, including by way of unfair or discriminatory pricing or conditions in the sale of goods or services, using a dominant position in one relevant market to enter into, or protect, another relevant market, and denial of market access. Further, acquisitions, mergers and amalgamations which exceed certain revenue and asset thresholds require prior approval by the Competition Commission of India.

 C: 
86
 

 

Under the Competition Act, the Competition Commission has powers to pass directions/impose penalties in cases of anti-competitive agreements, abuse of dominant position and combinations. In the event of failure to comply with the orders or directions of the Competition Commission, without reasonable cause, such person is punishable with a fine extending to approximately $1,522 for each day of such non-compliance, subject to a maximum of approximately $1.5 million. If there is a continuing non-compliance the person may be punishable with imprisonment for a term extending up to three years or with a fine which may extend up to approximately $3.8 million or with both as the Chief Metropolitan Magistrate, Delhi may deem fit. In case of offenses committed by companies, the persons responsible to the company for the conduct of the business of the company will be liable under the Competition Act, except when the offense was committed without their knowledge or when they had exercised due diligence to prevent it. Where the contravention committed by the company took place with the consent or connivance of, or is attributable to any neglect on the part of, any director, manager, secretary or other officer of the company, such person is liable to be punished. The Competition Act also provides that the Competition Commission has the jurisdiction to inquire into and pass orders in relation to an anti-competitive agreement, abuse of dominant position or a combination, which even though entered into, arising or taking place outside India or signed between one or more non-Indian parties, but causes or is likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect in the relevant market in India. Cases which were previously pending before the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practice Commission have been transferred to the Competition Commission of India.

 

Indian Takeover Regulations.

 

The Takeover Regulations came into effect on October 22, 2011, superseding the earlier takeover regulations. The Takeover Regulations provide the process, timing and disclosure requirements for a public announcement of an open offer in India and the applicable pricing norms.

 

Pursuant to the Takeover Regulations, a requirement to make a mandatory open offer by an “acquirer” (together with persons acting in concert with it) for at least 26% of the total shares of the Indian listed company, to all shareholders of such company (excluding the acquirer, persons acting in concert with it and the parties to any underlying agreement including persons deemed to be acting in concert) is triggered, subject to certain exemptions including transfers between promoters, if an acquirer acquires shares or voting rights in the Indian listed company, which together with its existing holdings and those of any persons acting in concert with him entitle the acquirer and persons acting in concert to exercise 25% or more of the voting rights in the Indian listed company; or an acquirer that holds between 25% and the maximum permissible non-public shareholding of an Indian listed company, acquires additional voting rights of more than 5% during a financial year; or an acquirer acquires, directly or indirectly, control over an Indian listed company, irrespective of acquisition of shares or voting rights in the Indian listed company.

 

An acquisition of shares or voting rights in, or control over, any company that would enable a person to exercise or direct the exercise of such percentage of voting rights in, or control over, an Indian listed company, the acquisition of which would otherwise attract the obligation to make an open offer under the Takeover Regulations will also trigger a mandatory open offer under the Takeover Regulations. Where the primary target of the acquisition is an overseas parent of an Indian listed company and the Indian listed company represents over 80% of a specified materiality parameter (including asset value, revenue or market capitalization) of the overseas parent company, such acquisition would be treated as a “direct acquisition” of the Indian listed company.

 

Indian Companies Act.

 

A majority of the provisions and rules under the Companies Act, 2013 have recently been notified, resulting in the corresponding provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 ceasing to have effect. The Companies Act, 2013 has brought into effect significant changes to the Indian company law framework, such as in the provisions related to issue of capital, disclosures, corporate governance norms, audit matters, and related party transactions. The Companies Act, 2013 has also introduced additional requirements which do not have equivalents under the Companies Act, 1956, including the introduction of a provision allowing the initiation of class action suits in India against companies by shareholders (pending notification by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs of India) or depositors, a restriction on investment by an Indian company through more than two layers of subsidiary investment companies (subject to certain permitted exceptions), and prohibitions on advances to directors. Indian companies with net worth, turnover or net profits of INR 5,000 million or higher during any financial year are also required to spend 2.0% of their average net profits during the three immediately preceding financial years on activities pertaining to corporate social responsibility. Further, the Companies Act, 2013 imposes greater monetary and other liability on Indian companies, their directors and officers in default, for any non-compliance.

 

 C: 
87
 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers and directors as of June 30 , 2014.

 

Name   Age   Position
Directors      
Kishore Lulla   52   Director, Executive Chairman
Jyoti Deshpande   43   Director, Group Chief Executive Officer, Managing Director
Vijay Ahuja   57   Director, Vice Chairman
Sunil Lulla   49   Director, Executive Vice Chairman
Naresh Chandra(1)(2)(3)(4)   79   Director, Chairman of Remuneration Committee and Nomination Committee
DilipThakkar(1)(2)(3)(4)   77   Director, Chairman of Audit Committee
Michael Kirkwood(1)(2)(3)   67   Director
Executive Officers        
Ken Naz   55   President of Americas Operations
Pranab Kapadia   42   President of Europe and Africa Operations
Surender Sadhwani   58   President of Middle East Operations
Andrew Heffernan   47   Chief Financial Officer
Mark Carbeck   42   Chief Corporate & Strategy Officer

_______________

(1) Independent director
(2) Member of the Audit Committee
(3) Member of the Remuneration Committee
(4) Member of the Nomination Committee

 

Mr. Kishore Lulla is a director and our Chairman. Mr. Lulla received a bachelors’ degree in Arts from Mumbai University. He has over 30 years of experience in the media and film industry. He is a member of the British Academy of Film and Television Arts and Young Presidents’ Organization and also a board member for the School of Film at the University of California, Los Angeles. He has been honored at the Asian Business Awards 2007 and the Indian Film Academy Awards 2007 for his contribution in taking Indian cinema global. As our Chairman, he has been instrumental in expanding our presence in the United Kingdom, the U.S., Dubai, Australia, Fiji and other international markets. He served as our Chief Executive Officer from June 2011 until May 2012 and has served as a director since 2005. Mr. Kishore Lulla is the brother of Mr. Sunil Lulla and a cousin of Mr. Ahuja and Mr. Sadhwani.

 

Ms. Jyoti Deshpande is a director and our Group Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director. She had worked with us from 2001 until May 2011 when she resigned from our Board and served as a Consultant to the Company until November 2011 in connection with our initial public offering in the U.S. She rejoined the Company in her former Group CEO/MD position on June 22, 2012. With a degree in Commerce and Economics and an MBA from Mumbai University, Ms. Deshpande has over 20 years of experience in Indian media and entertainment across advertising, media consulting, television and film. Ms. Deshpande has been a key member of the Eros leadership team since 2001 and was instrumental in our initial public offering on AIM in 2006,Eros India’s listing on the Indian Stock Exchanges in 2010 and our initial public offering on the NYSE in November 2013.

 

Mr. Vijay Ahuja is a director and our Vice Chairman. Mr. Ahuja received a bachelors’ degree in commerce from Mumbai University. Mr. Ahuja co-founded our United Kingdom business in 1988 and has since played an important role in implementing our key international strategies, helping expand our business to its present scale by making a significant contribution to our development in the South East Asian markets, such as Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia and Hong Kong. Mr. Ahuja has served as a director since April 2005. Mr. Ahuja is a cousin of Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla.

 

Mr. Sunil Lulla is a director and is Executive Vice Chairman and Managing Director of Eros India. He received a bachelors’ degree in commerce from Mumbai University. Mr. Lulla has over 20 years of experience in the media industry. Mr. Lulla has valuable relationships with talent in the Indian film industry and has been instrumental in our expansion into distribution in India as well as home entertainment and music. He has served as a director since 2005 and led our growth within India for many years before being appointed Executive Vice Chairman and Managing Director of Eros India in February 2010. Mr. Sunil Lulla is the brother of Mr. Kishore Lulla and cousin of Mr. Ahuja and Mr. Sadhwani.

 C: 
88
 

 

Mr. Naresh Chandra is a director. Mr. Chandra received a masters’ degree in Science from Allahabad University. A former civil servant, he joined the Indian Administrative Services in 1956 and has served as Chief Secretary in the State of Rajasthan, Commonwealth Secretariat Advisor on Export Industrialization and Policy in Colombo (Sri Lanka), Advisor to the Government of Jammu and Kashmir and Secretary to the Ministries of Water Resources, Defense, Home and Justice in the Government of India. In December 1990, he became Cabinet Secretary, the highest post in the Indian civil service. In 1992, he was appointed Senior Advisor to the Prime Minister of India. He served as the Governor of the state of Gujarat in 1995-1996 and Ambassador of India to the United States of America in 1996-2001. In 2007, he chaired the Government of India’s Committee on Corporate Audit and Governance, the Committee on Private Companies and Limited Companies Partnerships and the Committee on Civil Aviation Policy, and he was honored with the Padma Vibhushan, a high civilian award. Mr. Chandra serves as director of ten other Indian companies and two foreign companies. He has served as a director since July 2007.

 

Mr. Dilip Thakkar is a director. Mr. Thakkar received a degree in Commerce and Law from Mumbai University. A practicing chartered accountant since 1961, Mr. Thakkar has significant financial experience. He is a senior partner of Jayantilal Thakkar & Co. Chartered Accountants and a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in India. In 1986 he was appointed by the Reserve Bank of India as a member of the Indian Advisory Board for HSBC Bank and the British Bank of the Middle East for a period of eight years. He is the former President of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society and was then Chairman of its International Taxation Committee. Mr. Thakkar serves as a non-executive director of 14 other listed public limited companies in India and seven foreign companies. He has served as a director since April 2006.

 

Mr. Michael Kirkwood is a director. Mr. Kirkwood received a degree in Economics at Stanford University. Mr. Kirkwood retired from a 31-year career with Citigroup at the end of 2008 where he was most recently UK Country Head and Chairman of the Corporate Bank. He previously served with Citicorp in the USA, Scandinavia and Switzerland. From 2001-2005 he served as a Non-Executive Director of engineering group Kidde plc and Audit Committee chairman. From 2008- 2011, he was Deputy Chairman of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s Advisory Board. During his career in London, Mr. Kirkwood has served as Deputy Chairman of the British Bankers Association, Chairman of British-American Business, Chairman of the Association of Foreign Banks, President of the Chartered Institute of Bankers, a member of the CBI Financial Services Council and Master of the International Bankers Livery Company. He also served as HM Lieutenant for the City of London in 2004. Mr. Kirkwood is currently a Board Member of UK Financial Investments Ltd (UKFI), the British government company established to manage the public stakes in UK banks, and AngloGold Ashanti Limited, a global South Africa-based gold mining group, as well as Chairman of UK healthcare group Circle Holdings plc and Senior Advisor of Ondra Partners LLP. He is a Fellow of the Royal Society for the Arts, a Fellow of the Chartered Institute of Bankers and was appointed a Companion of the Order of St Michael and St George (CMG) in the 2003 Queen’s Birthday Honours. He joined the board of directors on February 1, 2012.

 

Mr. Andrew Heffernan is our Chief Financial Officer. A qualified chartered accountant, Mr. Heffernan was an audit manager with Grant Thornton UK LLP from 1991-1996, mainly handling media clients. From 1996-2001 Mr. Heffernan worked as a consultant for a number of film and television production clients. In 2001 Mr. Heffernan returned to Grant Thornton UK LLP to help build its media and entertainment practice in film, television and computer games with responsibilities spanning corporate finance, consultancy and audit. Mr. Heffernan joined us as CFO in May 2006 and has since spearheaded the finance function for the group.

 

Mr. Ken Naz is our President of Americas Operations. Mr. Naz has over 30 years of experience in media and entertainment. In the early 1970s, Mr. Naz worked in the Indian film distribution and exhibition business in Canada. He obtained his business education at a Toronto University before joining Cineplex Odeon Cinemas in the business development department and later serving as head of operations of “A Theater Near You.” Mr. Naz joined us in 1997 and was instrumental in setting up our U.S. office to service markets in the United States, Canada and other parts of North and South America.

 

Mr. Pranab Kapadia is our President of United Kingdom, Europe and Africa Operations. Mr. Kapadia received a Master’s degree in Management Studies from Bombay University (India) majoring in Finance. Mr. Kapadia’s experience as Head of Operations & Programming for Zee Network in Europe for eight years and Business Head of Adlabs Films (U.K.) Limited for one year has given him significant insight into developing technical solutions with minimum costs in order to keep entry barriers low for price sensitive Asian customer and a strong understanding of the entertainment needs of South Asians internationally. He joined us in 2007.

 C: 
89
 

 

Mr. Surender Sadhwani is our President of Middle East Operations. Mr. Sadhwani received a post graduate degree in commerce from University of Madras in 1980. He has 22 years of experience in the banking industry through his work with Andhra Bank in Chennai. In addition, Mr. Sadhwani spent several years in finance and account management for Hartmann Electronics in their Dubai office. He joined our Middle East operations in April 2004 and was promoted to President of Middle East Operations in April 2006. Mr. Sadhwani is a cousin of Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla.

 

Mr. Mark Carbeck is our Chief Corporate & Strategy Officer, with management responsibility for Investor Relations, Group M&A and Corporate Finance.  Mr. Carbeck was formerly a Director in Citigroup’s Investment Banking Division in London, having joined the firm in New York in 1997.  Most recently Mr. Carbeck led the European Media investment banking coverage efforts at Citigroup and has deep media industry knowledge and strong relationships with major UK and International media companies.  Mr. Carbeck graduated from the University of Chicago in 1994 with a Bachelors degree in History.  Mr. Carbeck joined us in April 2014. 

 

Service Contracts and Letters of Appointment

 

Each of Kishore Lulla, Andrew Heffernan and Mark Carbeck has entered into a service agreement with Eros Network Limited to provide services to us and our subsidiaries. The service agreements are terminable by either party with 12 months’ written notice. Eros Network Limited may terminate the agreements immediately in certain circumstances, including upon certain types of misconduct or upon paying the executive an amount equivalent to his base salary (inclusive of any bonus and benefits) for a twelve month period. The service agreements expire automatically upon the executive’s 65th birthday. The service agreements provide for private medical insurance and 25 paid vacation days per year. Upon termination, compensation will be paid for any accrued but untaken holiday. The executives receive a base gross annual salary, reviewed annually, and are entitled to participate in any current share option schemes and bonus schemes applicable to their positions maintained by the employing company. Each agreement contains a confidentiality provision and non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that restrict the executive for a period of six to twelve months after termination.

 

Kishore Lulla also executed a letter of appointment for service as one of our directors. Under the terms of the letter of appointment, Mr. Lulla received an annual fee of $93,750. In connection with our initial public offering on the NYSE, this letter of appointment was terminated, and for so long as Mr. Lulla is our executive officer, he will not receive compensation as a director.

 

Sunil Lulla, our director, has entered into an employment agreement with Eros India pursuant to which he serves as Executive Vice Chairman of Eros India. Sunil Lulla is entitled to receive a base gross annual salary, as well as medical insurance and certain other benefits and perquisites. Eros India may terminate the agreement upon thirty days’ notice if certain events occur, including a material breach of the agreement by Mr. Lulla. The agreement contains a confidentiality provision that restricts Mr. Lulla during the term of his employment and for a period of two years following termination and a non-competition provision that restricts him during the term of his employment.

 

Jyoti Deshpande, our director, has entered into an employment contract with us pursuant to which she serves as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director and is entitled to receive a gross base annual salary, private medical insurance and other standard benefits and is eligible to participate in any share option scheme and/or bonus scheme maintained from time to time and applicable to her position. In addition, Ms. Deshpande was issued 1,676,645 ordinary shares on September 18, 2013, of which an equal percentage of shares are restricted for one, two and three years from the date of issuance. In addition, on November 18, 2013, Ms. Deshpande received 181,818 A ordinary shares as part of a contractual arrangement, valued at $2.0 million based on the $11.00 initial public offering. The employment agreement is for an initial period of three years commencing September 1, 2013 and will continue thereafter until terminated by either party upon not less than 12 months’ prior written notice. We may, however, terminate the agreement immediately in certain circumstances, including upon certain types of misconduct or upon paying Ms. Deshpande an amount equal to her base salary for a 12 month period or remaining term of her employment, whichever is greater. There are certain conditions under which if the agreement is terminated before September 1, 2016, Ms. Deshpande may be required to surrender all or part of the shares issued to her under this agreement. The agreement expires automatically upon Ms. Deshpande’s 65th birthday. The agreement contains a confidentiality provision and non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that restrict Ms. Deshpande for a period of six to twelve months following termination. Ms. Deshpande, who is also a director on the board of Eros India, has a contract with Eros India that entitles her to a gross base salary and Ms. Deshpande has options to purchase up to 571,160 shares of Eros India at $1.14 per share with a 3-year vesting period commencing July 16, 2013. Ms. Deshpande also owns 142,790 shares of Eros India that came from previously vested options that she exercised. Ms. Deshpande also receives a salary in the United Kingdom for her duties under a separate contract.

 

Vijay Ahuja, our director and vice chairman, entered into a service agreement with Eros International Pte Ltd to provide services to us and our subsidiaries. The service agreement is terminable by either party with twelve months’ written notice. Eros International Pte Ltd may terminate the agreement immediately in certain circumstances, including upon certain types of misconduct or upon paying the executive an amount equivalent to his basic salary for a twelve month period. The agreement shall automatically terminate on his 65th birthday. Mr. Ahuja receives a basic gross annual salary and is entitled to participate in any current bonus scheme and/or option scheme applicable to his position. The agreement contains a confidentiality provision and non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that restrict Mr. Ahuja for a period of six months following termination.

 C: 
90
 

 

Our non-executive directors, Naresh Chandra, who also serves as Chairman of Eros India, and Dilip Thakkar, have entered into letters of appointment with us that provide them with annual fees of $78,125 for service as a director of Eros International Plc. The appointments are for an initial period of one year from July 2007 and April 2006 respectively, and thereafter are terminable by either the non-executive director or us with three months’ written notice, or by us immediately in the case of fraud. It was resolved at a board meeting held on June 5, 2014 that Dilip Thakkar and Naresh Chandra both be entitled to the same annual fees as Greg Coote and Michael Kirkwood of $ 93,750 with retrospective effect from fiscal 2014.

 

Michael Kirkwood has entered into a letter of appointment with us providing him with annual fees of $ 93,750 for service as a director of Eros International Plc. Mr. Kirkwood is also eligible for additional fees for certain additional Board related work or special projects. The initial term of this agreement is three years, from February 1, 2012, subject to Mr. Kirkwood’s re-election in accordance with our articles of association, and thereafter is terminable by either Mr. Kirkwood or us with three months’ written notice, or by us immediately in the case of fraud.

 

Pranab Kapadia, our President of Europe and Africa Operations, entered into a service agreement with Eros International Limited to provide services to us and certain of our subsidiaries. The service agreement is terminable by either party with three months’ written notice. Eros International Ltd may terminate the agreement immediately in certain circumstances, including upon certain types of misconduct or upon paying the executive an amount equivalent to his basic salary for a three month period. Mr. Kapadia receives a basic gross annual salary and is entitled to participate in any current bonus scheme applicable to his position. The agreement contains a confidentiality provision and non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that restrict him for a period of twelve months following termination.

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and our officers that require us to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, our officers and directors against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as officers and directors and to pay expenses incurred by them as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We believe that these provisions are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

 

Structure of Our Board of Directors

 

Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors consists of seven directors and one vacant seat and is divided into three classes of directors of the same or nearly the same number. At each annual general meeting, each of the directors of the class whose term is expiring shall be eligible for re-election to the board for a period of three years.

 

Greg Coote passed away on June 27, 2014. As a result of this recent development, the board of directors of the Company has not determined whether or when to fill the vacant seat on its board of directors.

 

All directors hold office until the expiry of their term of office, their resignation or removal from office for gross negligence or criminal conduct by a resolution of our shareholders or until they cease to be directors by virtue of any provision of law or they are disqualified by law from being directors or they become bankrupt or make any arrangement or composition with their creditors generally or they become of unsound mind. The term of office of the directors is divided into three classes:

·Class A, whose term will expire at the annual general meeting to be held in calendar year 2014;
·Class B, whose term will expire at the annual general meeting to be held in calendar year 2015; and
·Class C, whose term will expire at the annual general meeting to be held in calendar year 2016.

 

Our directors for fiscal 2015 are classified as follows:

·Class A: Naresh Chandra, Kishore Lulla and a vacant seat ;
·Class B: Michael Kirkwood, Jyoti Deshpande, and Vijay Ahuja; and
·Class C: Dilip Thakkar and Sunil Lulla.

 

 

 C: 
91
 

 

Governance Standards

 

We are subject to NYSE listing standards. However, as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from complying with certain corporate governance requirements of NYSE applicable to a U.S. issuer. Under NYSE rules applicable to us, we only need to:

  · establish an independent audit committee that has responsibilities set out in the NYSE rules;
  · provide prompt certification by our chief executive officer of any material non-compliance with any corporate governance rules of the NYSE;
  · provide periodic (annual and interim) written affirmations to the NYSE with respect to our corporate governance practices; and
  · include in our annual reports a brief description of significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those followed by U.S. companies.

 

We are currently in compliance with the applicable NYSE corporate governance requirements.

 

Board Committees

 

We currently have an Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nomination Committee. We believe that the composition of these committees will meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of these committees will comply with the requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules of the NYSE and the SEC rules and regulations applicable to us. Summarized below are the responsibilities of our Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nomination Committee.

 

Audit Committee

 

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter under which our Audit Committee operates. This charter sets forth the duties and responsibilities of our Audit Committee, which, among other things, include: (i) monitoring our and our subsidiaries’ accounting and financial reporting processes, including the audits of our financial statements and the integrity of the financial statements; (ii) monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) assessing our external auditor’s qualifications and independence; and (iv) monitoring the performance of our internal audit function and our external auditor. A copy of our Audit Committee charter is available on our web site at www.erosplc.com.

 

The current members of our Audit Committee are Messrs. Thakkar (Chair), Chandra and Kirkwood. The Audit Committee met seven times during fiscal 2014. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our Audit Committee is independent.

 

Remuneration Committee

 

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter under which our Remuneration Committee operates. This charter sets forth the duties and responsibilities of our Remuneration Committee, which, among other things, include assisting our Board of Directors in establishing remuneration policies and practices. A copy of our Remuneration Committee charter is available on our website at www.erosplc.com.

 

The current members of our Remuneration Committee are Messrs. Chandra (Chair), Thakkar and Kirkwood. The Remuneration Committee met four times during fiscal 2014. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our Remuneration Committee is independent.

 

Nomination Committee

 

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter under which our Nomination Committee operates. This charter sets forth the duties and responsibilities of our Nomination Committee, which, among other things, include recommending to our Board of Directors candidates for election at the annual meeting of shareholders and performing a leadership role in shaping the Company’s corporate governance policies. A copy of our Nomination Committee charter is available on our website at www.erosplc.com.

 

The current members of our Nomination Committee are Messrs. Chandra (Chair) and Thakkar . The Nomination Committee is an ad hoc committee and did not meet during fiscal 2014. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our Nomination Committee is independent.

 

 C: 
92
 

 

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Management’s Role in the Compensation-Setting Process

 

Compensation of senior executive directors officers and directors is determined by the Remuneration Committee of our Board of Directors. The Remuneration Committee reviews the performance of our directors and each of our executive officers and sets the scale and structure of their compensation. Where required the Remuneration Committee engages the services of external companies for the purposes of benchmarking of executive remuneration or such other remuneration related matter. As part of its role of overseeing the scale and structure of the compensation paid to our executive officers, the Remuneration Committee approves their service agreements with our subsidiaries and any bonus paid by our subsidiaries to such officers. The current members of the Remuneration Committee are three of our non-executive directors Naresh Chandra, Dilip Thakkar and Michael Kirkwood.

 

Objectives of Our Compensation Programs

 

In determining the scale and structure of the compensation for executive directors and senior executives, the Remuneration Committee takes into account the need to offer a competitive compensation structure to attract and maintain a skilled and experienced management team. The Remuneration Committee creates competitive compensation programs by reviewing market data and setting compensation at levels comparable to those at our competitors. We believe that a compensation program with a strong performance based element is a prerequisite to obtaining our performance and growth objectives.

 

The main components of the compensation for our executive officers are a base salary, share awards, annual bonus and stock options.

 

The Remuneration Committee reviews these three compensation components in light of individual performance of the executive officers, external market data and reports provided by outside experts or advisors.

 

The compensation of our non-executive directors is set by our board of directors as a whole, after consulting with outside experts or advisors.

 

The following tables and footnotes show the remuneration of each of our directors for fiscal 2014:

 

   Year ended March 31,
   2014
Salary
  2014
Director Fees
  2014
Benefits(1)
  2014
Total
  2013
Total
   (in thousands)
Kishore Lulla  $1,024   $309   $3   $1,336   $1,042 
Jyoti Deshpande   641            641    922 
Vijay Ahuja   396    39    5    440    407 
Sunil Lulla(2)   576    280    69    925    662 
Naresh Chandra   —      250    4    254    83 
Dilip Thakkar   —      88    —      88    79 
Michael Kirkwood   —      99    —      99    95 
Greg Coote(3)   —      38    —      38    —   
Total  $2,637   $1,103   $81   $3,821   $3,290 

 ________________

(1) Health insurance, except for Sunil Lulla (see Note (2) below).
(2) Sunil Lulla’s fiscal 2014 compensation consisted of the following (Indian Rupees translated to U.S. dollars at a rate of INR 58.8 per $1.00):

 

 C: 
93
 

 

Particulars  Sunil Lulla
INR
  Sunil Lulla
USD
Basic salary   12,000,000   $203,929 
Incentive compensation   10,200,000    173,340 
Reimbursements car/entertainment etc.   4,044,960    68,741 
Medical reimbursement   15,000    255 
Special pay   13,425,000    228,146 
Company rent accommodation   3,600,000    61,179 
Director’s fees    4,840,000      82,252  
Total India   48,124,960   $817,842 
Eros International Plc directors fee        106,691 
Total salary       $924,533 

 

(3) Greg Coote was appointed on November 18, 2013 and ceased serving as a director on June 27, 2014 .

 

The total compensation paid to our executive officers in fiscal 2014 was $20.6 million (2013: $5.2 million).

 

The following table and footnotes show the share awards issued to directors in fiscal 2014, less any nominal value paid:

 

   August 12,
2013
   September 18,
2013
   November 18,
2013
   IPO India
Plan
   Total 
   (in thousands) 
Kishore Lulla  $1,728   $   $   $   $1,728 
Jyoti Deshpande   864    6,101    2,000    364    9,329 
Dilip Thakkar   86                86 
Naresh Chandra   86                86 
Michael Kirkwood   86                86 
Total  $2,850   $6,101   $2,000   $364   $11.315 

  

On August 12, 2013, 477,000 ordinary shares were issued to certain directors and key management personnel. The mid-market price as at August 12, 2013 was $10.83 per share.

 

On September 18, 2013, 1,676,645 shares were issued to Jyoti Deshpande pursuant to her employment contract. The shares are restricted and vest over a period of three years on a pro-rata basis and the fair value will be expensed through the income statement over three years, from the date of grant. Mid-market price as at September 18, 2013 was $12.06 per share.

 

On November 18, 2013, 299,812 shares were issued at $11.00 per share to satisfy certain contractual arrangements with one of our directors.

 

On June 5, 2014, 361,000 ordinary A shares were approved by the Board to be awarded to certain directors subject to the closing price of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE reaching $16.37 or higher, and at the cost of nominal value per share to be paid by the directors to the Company, as shown in the table below:

 

  Number of
shares
Kishore Lulla 135,000
Sunil Lulla 100,000
Jyoti Deshpande 90,000
Dilip Thakkar 12,000
Naresh Chandra 12,000
Michael Kirkwood 12,000
  361,000

 

Eros India Incentive Compensation

 

Pursuant to a resolution of its board of directors dated November 11, 2011 and a resolution of its shareholders dated December 29, 2011, Eros India approved payment of an incentive bonus to Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla for services to Eros India of up to 1% of the net profits of Eros India in accordance with applicable India law. Any such incentive bonus shall be payable only as determined by the Board of Directors of Eros India from time to time. Kishore Lulla will be eligible for this incentive bonus for a period of three years, until October 31, 2014. Sunil Lulla will be eligible for this incentive bonus for the remainder of his tenure in office. The Remuneration Committee will take into account any of these incentive bonuses paid to Kishore Lulla or Sunil Lulla when making compensation determinations for each of them.

 

 C: 
94
 

 

Share-Based Compensation Plans

 

The compensation cost recognized with respect to all outstanding plans and by grant of shares, which are all equity settled instruments, is as follows:

 

   As at March 31,
   2014  2013  2012
   (in thousands)
IPO India Plan  $499   $703   $177 
JSOP   1,075    1,185    —   
Management Scheme (Staff Share Grant)   16,847    —      2,712 
Total  $18,421   $1,888   $2,889 

 

This charge is included as administrative costs in our income statement. The fair value per share for each grant of options and the assumptions used in such calculation are as follows:

 

   IPO Plan   JSOP Plan   IPO India Plan 
Scheme  June 2006   April 2012   December 2009   August 2010   July 2012   October 2013 
                         
Option strike price   GBP 5.28    GBP 7.92    INR 117    INR 91    INR 75    INR 150 
Maturity (in years)   10    6    5.25    5.25    7.00    5.00 
Expected term (in years)   5    5    4    4    4    4.5 
Number of instruments granted   62,438    2,000,164    1,729,512    83,628    571,160    300,000 
                               
Share price   GBP 5.17    USD 11.00(1)   INR 175    INR 175    INR 175    INR 145 
Expected volatility   25%(2)   34%(3)   75%(2)   60%(2)   25%(4)   35%(4)
Risk free interest rate   4.78%    2.24% to 2.32%    6.3%    6.5%    6.27%    8.57% 
Expected dividend yield   0%    0%    0%    0%    0%    0% 
Average fair value of the granted options at the grant date(5)   GBP 0.63    GBP 0.65    INR 89    INR 78    INR 106    INR 55 
                               
Range of fair values of the granted options at the grant date   GBP 0.58-0.68    GBP 0.61-0.78    INR 75-100    INR 66-85    INR 106    INR 55 

_______________

(1)Following the initial public offering of its ‘A’ ordinary shares on the NYSE, the strike price of the JSOP Plan shares have been rebased to $11.00 as per the deeds governing these shares.
(2)The expected volatility in respect of the IPO Plan June 2006 in relation to Eros International Plc and Eros International Media Limited in respect of the IPO India Plan December 2009, and August 2010 have been arrived at by taking the weighted average share price movements of three peer companies as neither of these entities’ shares were listed at the date of grant.
(3)The expected volatility has been arrived at by the reviewing the implied volatilities of comparable companies to Eros International Plc and the observable historic volatility of these companies.
(4)The expected volatility in respect of the Eros International Media Limited in respect of the IPO India Plan July 2012 and October 2013 are based on the Company’s historic volatility.
(5)The fair value of options under the JSOP Plan April 2012 were measured using a Monte-Carlo simulation models. Fair values of options granted under all other schemes are measured using a Black Scholes model.

 

 C: 
95
 

The IPO Plan

 

The IPO Plan was adopted to grant options to senior management involved with our initial public offering on AIM. The sole performance criterion attached to the options was met when our shares were admitted to trading on AIM. The options are fully vested. We do not intend to grant additional options under the IPO Plan.

 

The table below summarizes the IPO Plan.

 

   2014  2013  2012
   Number of
shares
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
  Number of
shares
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
  Number of
shares
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
Outstanding on April 1   62,438    GBP 5.28    62,438    GBP 5.28    62,438    GBP 5.28 
Lapsed   —      —      —      GBP 5.28    —      GBP 5.28 
Forfeited by the option holder   —      —      —      —      —      —   
Outstanding at March 31   62,438    GBP 5.28    62,438    GBP 5.28    62,438    GBP 5.28 
Exercisable on March 31   62,438    GBP 5.28    62,438    GBP 5.28    62,438    GBP 5.28 

 

The options outstanding at March 31, 2014 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of one year.

 

The JSOP Plan

 

On March 29, 2012, the Board of Directors approved a joint share ownership program, or JSOP, pursuant to which certain employees and executive Directors of Eros International Limited may acquire shares jointly with the trustee of our Employee Benefit Trust upon receiving a grant by our Board of Directors to do so.

 

On April 18, 2012, the Company issued 2 , 000,164 ordinary shares at an initial value set forth in the deeds governing these shares to our Employee Benefit Trust. Under the deeds governing these shares, each participant will be required to pay a nominal amount to acquire shares and the trustee will be required to pay the Company the remaining market value of such shares, as defined in the relevant deed, at time of acquisition. The consideration for these shares was funded by a loan from the company to the Employee Benefit Trust, which will be repaid upon demand by the Company, by all cash held by the Employee Benefit Trust within seven days of receipt of such demand and by cash received upon sale of any shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust, within seven days of such sales. These shares are subject to three different vesting and performance conditions set out in separate JSOP deeds. Under two of these deeds, our Board of Directors may permit up to 20% of the applicable shares in the aggregate to vest after May 31, 2014 subject only to certain share price conditions.

 

On June 5, 2014 the Board of Directors permitted such a vesting. After May 31, 2015, some or all of the remaining shares under these two deeds will vest automatically only if a specified level of total shareholder return or earnings per share, as applicable, has been met. The shares covered by the third deed automatically vest in their entirety after May 31, 2015, if the specified level of total shareholder return has been met. Until a participant’s rights in these shares vest and any share price condition is met, the rights to vote and receive dividends associated with such unvested shares will remain with the trustee. The level of shareholders’ return is calculated as a percentage movement in the market price of our shares from the grant date to vesting date.  Level of earnings per share is calculated as a percentage movement in the earnings per share from as at March 31, 2012 to March 31, 2015.  These specified levels are agreed for each employee and vary between the employees.

 

The table below summarizes the JSOP Plan.

 

    2014   2013
    Number of
shares
  Exercise
price
  Number of
shares
  Exercise
price
Outstanding on April 1 at beginning of period     2,000,164       $11.00       2,000,164       GBP  7.92  
Granted     —         —         —         —    
Outstanding at March 31 at end of period     2,000,164       $11.00       2,000,164       GBP  7.92  
                                 
Exercisable on March 31     2,000,164       $11.00       —         —    

 

The options outstanding at March 31, 2014 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of eight years.

 

 C: 
96
 

The IPO India Plan

 

Our subsidiary Eros India has instituted an employee share option scheme “ESOP 2009” (the “IPO India Plan”) for eligible employees. The IPO India Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the board of directors of Eros India.

 

The terms and conditions of the IPO India Plan are as follows:

 

   2014   2013 
   Number of
shares of Eros
International
Media Ltd.
   Weighted
average
exercise
price
   Number of
shares of Eros
International
Media Ltd.
   Weighted
average
exercise
price
 
Outstanding at April 1   1,176,568   $2.06    811,861   $2.80 
Granted during the year   300,000    2.55    571,160    1.38 
Lapsed   (27,036)   2.97    (21,970)   2.96 
Exercised   (51,850)   1.66    (184,483)   2.14 
Outstanding at March 31   1,397,682   $1.99    1,176,568   $2.06 
Exercisable at March 31   646,474   $2.26     312,687    $1.87 

 

The exercise price of the options for an employee was based on factors such as seniority, tenure, criticality and performance of the employee and was calculated at a discount of 0-50% of what management believes to be the fair share price at grant date, based on, among other things, a valuation by an independent valuer. Options vest as follows:

·20% of the Options shall vest on the completion of 12 months from the grant date
·20% of the Options shall vest on the completion of 24 months from the grant date
·30% of the Options shall vest on the completion of 36 months from the grant date
·30% of the Options shall vest on the completion of 48 months from the grant date

 

The weighted average share price of Eros India options at the dates the options were exercised in the year ended March 31, 2014 were $1.66. The options outstanding at March 31, 2014 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of six months and a range of exercise prices from $1.25 to $2.90 (weighted average exercise price $1.99).

 

Management Scheme (Staff Share Grant)

 

The Management Scheme (Staff Share Grant) cost of $16,847,000 represents the cost of shares granted to employees less any amounts paid in respect of the shares issued on August 12, 2013, September 18, 2013 and November 18, 2013.

 

On August 12, 2013, 1,431,000 unrestricted shares were issued to employees at $3.61 per share based on the mid-market price. These shares had no vesting conditions.

 

On September 18, 2013, 5,029,935 shares were issued to our CEO and Managing Director at $4.02 per share based on the mid-market price. These shares are restricted and vest over a period of three years on a pro-rata basis and the fair value is being expensed through the income statement over three years from the date of grant.

 

On November 18, 2013, 299,812 A ordinary shares were granted to eligible employees at $ nil per share. These shares had no vesting conditions. Fair value is measured on the basis of market value as at the date of grant.

 

As per the contractual terms of the remuneration agreement with our CEO and Managing Director, 181,818 shares worth $ 2,000,000 were issued on completion of our initial public offering on the NYSE. Fair value is determined as our share price as at the date of our initial public offering on the NYSE and was expensed through the income statement immediately.

 

 C: 
97
 

The Option Awards

 

On March 29, 2012, our board of directors approved to grant options for A ordinary shares, or the Option Awards, to employees and Directors of the Company and certain of our subsidiaries. The aggregate number of Option Awards, together with any A ordinary shares issued pursuant to the JSOP, will not exceed 8% of our issued share capital following the offering. On April 17, 2012, we approved to grant to our employees 807,648 ordinary share options with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share. These options will be subject to three different vesting and performance conditions, similar to those described above for the shares issued under the JSOP on April 18, 2012. Our Board of Directors may permit up to 10% of the applicable options to vest after May 31, 2013, and up to an aggregate of 20% of the applicable options to vest after May 31, 2014. After May 31, 2015, the remaining options subject to these vesting and performance conditions will vest automatically if a specified level of total shareholder return or earnings per share, as applicable, has been met. The third group of options will automatically vest in their entirety after May 31, 2015, if the specified level of total shareholder return has been met. Although approved by the Board, no shares/options have been granted so far.

 

 C: 
98
 

 

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

 

The following table and accompanying footnotes provide information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of June 6, 2014 , unless otherwise noted, with respect to:

  · each person or group who beneficially owns 5% or more of our issued A ordinary shares or B ordinary shares;
  · each member of our board of directors and each named executive officer (as listed in the Summary Compensation Table under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”);
  · all members of our board of directors and executive officers as a group; and
  · the selling shareholders.

 

Beneficial ownership, which is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, means the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting or dispose or direct the disposition of our ordinary shares. The number of our ordinary shares beneficially owned by a person includes ordinary shares issuable with respect to options or similar convertible securities held by that person that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

 

The number of shares and percentage beneficial ownership of the issued shares after the consummation of this offering is based on 30,194,340 issued and outstanding A shares (or 30,719,340 issued and outstanding A shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) and 25,555,220 issued and outstanding B ordinary shares. Each A ordinary share is entitled to one vote on all matters upon which the ordinary shares are entitled to vote, and each B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes. See “Risk Factors — The Founders Group, which includes our Chairman Kishore Lulla, will continue to hold a substantial interest after the offering and through the voting rights afforded to our B ordinary shares and held by the Founders Group, will continue to have the ability to exercise a controlling influence over our business, which will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.”

 

As of June 6, 2014, 0.98% of our outstanding securities were held by nine record holders in the United States.

 

Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, shares are owned directly or indirectly with sole voting and investment power, subject to applicable marital property laws.

 

                    Number of A Ordinary  Shares
Beneficially Owned Immediately 
After Consummation of this Offering
  Number of B Ordinary  Shares
Beneficially Owned Immediately 
After Consummation of this Offering
    Number of Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned Prior to the Offering
  Assuming the Underwriters’
Option is 
Not Exercised
  Assuming the Underwriters’
Option is 
Exercised in Full
  Assuming the
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
  Assuming the
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in Full
Beneficial Owners   Number
of
A Shares
  Percent
of
Class
  Number
of
B Shares
  Percent
of
Class
  Number
of
A Shares
  Percent
of 
Class
  Number
of
A Shares
  Percent
of
Class
  Number
of
B Shares
  Percent
of
Class
  Number
of
B Shares
  Percent
of
Class
5% Beneficial Owners                                                
Kishore Lulla(1) (11)   1,282,949   5.5%   25,555,220   100.0%   1,282,949   4.2%   757,949   2.5%   25,555,220   100.0%   25,555,220   100.0%
Vijay Ahuja(2)       24,793,987   97.0%           24,793,987   97.0%   24,793,987   97.0%
Sunil Lulla(3)(4) (11)   1,000,000   4.3%   25,388,353   99.3%   1,000,000   3.3%   475,000   1.5%   25,388,353   99.3%   25,388,353   99.3%
Beech Investments(5)       24,793,987   97.0%           24,793,987   97.0%   24,793,987   97.0%
Capital Research Global Investors (12)    2,130,962   9.1%         2,130,962   7.1%     2,130,962   6.9%         
Fullerton Fund Management Company Ltd (13)   2,000,000   8.5%       2,000,000   6.6%   2,000,000   6.5%        
IBIS Capital Partners LLP (14)   1,472,354   6.3%        1,472,354   4.9%   1,472,354   4.8%         
TIAA CREF Investment Management (15)   1,255,940   5.3%       1,255,940   4.2%   1,255,940   4.1%        
                                                 
Our Directors                                                
Kishore Lulla(1) (11)   1,282,949   5.5%   25,555,220   100.0%   1,282,949   4.2%   757,949   2.5%   25,555,220   100.0%   25,555,220   100.0%
Jyoti Deshpande(6)   2,239,611   9.5%       1,939,611   6.4%   1,939,611   6.3%        
Vijay Ahuja(2)       24,793,987   97.0%           24,793,987   97.0%   24,793,987   97.0%
Sunil Lulla(3)(4) (11)   1,000,000   4.3%   25,388,353   99.3%   1,000,000   3.3%   475,000   1.5%   25,388,353   99.3%   25,388,353   99.3%
Dilip Thakkar(4)   36,057   *       36,057   *   36,057   *        
Naresh Chandra(4)   36,057   *       36,057   *   36,057   *        
Michael Kirkwood(9)   27,000   *       27,000   *   27,000   *        

 

 C: 
99
 

 

                    Number of A Ordinary  Shares
Beneficially Owned Immediately 
After Consummation of this Offering
  Number of B Ordinary  Shares
Beneficially Owned Immediately 
After Consummation of this Offering
    Number of Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned Prior to the Offering
  Assuming the Underwriters’
Option is 
Not Exercised
  Assuming the Underwriters’
Option is 
Exercised in Full
  Assuming the
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
  Assuming the
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in Full
Beneficial Owners   Number
of
A Shares
  Percent
of
Class
  Number
of
B Shares
  Percent
of
Class
  Number
of
A Shares
  Percent
of 
Class
  Number
of
A Shares
  Percent
of
Class
  Number
of
B Shares
  Percent
of
Class
  Number
of
B Shares
  Percent
of
Class
Our Executive Officers                                                
Kishore Lulla(1) (11)   1,282,949   5.5%   25,555,220   100.0%   1,282,949   4.2%   757,949   2.5%   25,555,220   100.0%   25,555,220   100.0%
Jyoti Deshpande(6)   2,239,611   9.5%       1,939,611   6.4%   1,939,611   6.3%        
Vijay Ahuja(2)       24,793,987   97.0%           24,793,987   97.0%   24,793,987   97.0%
Sunil Lulla(3)(4) (11)   1,000,000   4.3%   25,388,353   99.3%   1,000,000   3.3%   475,000   1.5%   25,388,353   99.3%   25,388,353   99.3%
Ken Naz(7) (10)   16,733   *       16,733   *   16,733   *        
Surender Sadhwani(8)   62,619   *       62,619   *   62,619   *        
Andrew Heffernan(9) (10)   171,901   *       146,901   *   146,901   *        
Pranab Kapadia(9) (10)   13,366   *       13,366   *   13,366   *        
Mark Carbeck (9) (10)                        
                                                 
Selling Shareholders                                                
Jyoti Deshpande(6)   2,239,611   9.5%       1,939,611   6.4%   1,939,611   6.3%        
Andrew Heffernan(9) (10)   171,901   *       146,901   0.5%   146,901   *        
Eros Ventures (11)   1,000,000   4.3%       1,000,000   3.3%   475,000   1.5%        
Kishore Lulla(1) (11)   1,282,949   5.5%   25,555,220   100.0%   1,282,949   4.2%   757,949   2.5%   25,555,220   100.0%   25,555,220   100.0%
Sunil Lulla(3)(4) (11)   1,000,000   4.3%   25,388,353   99.3%   1,000,000   3.3%   475,000   1.5%   25,388,353   99.3%   25,388,353   99.3%
                                                 
All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)   3,886,293   16.5%   25,555,220   100.0%   3,561,293   11.8%   3,036,293   9.9%   25,555,220   100.0%   25,555,220   100.0%
Selling shareholders as a group   3,694,461   15.7%       3,369,461   11.2%   2,844,461   9.3%        

_______________

(1) Kishore Lulla’s interest in certain of his shares is by virtue of his holding ownership interest in and being a potential beneficiary of discretionary trusts that hold our shares and serving as trustee of the Eros Foundation, a U.K. registered charity that holds our shares. The address of Kishore Lulla is Fort Anne, Douglas, Isle of Man IM15PD.
(2) Vijay Ahuja’s interest in shares is by virtue of his being a potential beneficiary of discretionary trusts that hold our shares. The address of Vijay Ahuja is 10 Draycott Park, No. 07-07, Draycott 8, Singapore—259405.
(3) Sunil Lulla’s interest in shares is by virtue of his being a potential beneficiary of discretionary trusts that hold shares in the Company.
(4) The address of Sunil Lulla, Dilip Thakkar and Naresh Chandra is 901-902, 9th Floor, Supreme Chambers, Veera Desai Road, Andheri (West) Mumbai, India.
(5) Beech Investments Limited, c/o SG Hambros Trust Company (Channel Islands) Limited, 18 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, JE4 8RT. Beech Investments, a company incorporated in the Isle of Man, is owned by discretionary trusts that include Eros founder Arjan Lulla and Eros directors Kishore Lulla, Vijay Ahuja and Sunil Lulla as beneficiaries. The shares currently held by Beech Investments Limited are being held as B ordinary shares, but will convert into A ordinary shares (pursuant to Section 22.1 of the Articles of Association) upon being transferred to a person who is not a Permitted Holder (as defined in Section 22.1 of the Articles of Association).
(6) Jyoti Deshpande’s interest in certain of her shares is by virtue of her prior existing shareholding vested options received as compensation and the 1,676,645 of our shares which she was issued on September 18, 2013 under her employment agreement. The address of Jyoti Deshpande is Fort Anne, Douglas, Isle of Man IM15PD.
(7) The address of Ken Naz is 550 County Avenue, Secaucus, New Jersey 07094.
(8) The address of Surender Sadhwani is 529, Building No. 8, Dubai Media City, P.O. Box 502121, Dubai, U.A.E.
(9) The address of Andrew Heffernan, Pranab Kapadia, Mark Carbeck and Michael Kirkwood is 13 Manchester Square, London, United Kingdom W1U3PP.
(10) Andrew Heffernan, Pranab Kapadia, Ken Naz and Mark Carbeck have potential interests in A ordinary shares as a result of their interests in the JSOP Plan and IPO Plan. In aggregate these interests do not increase their potential ownership to more than 1%.
(11) Eros Ventures Limited (c/o SG Hambros Trust Company (Channel Islands) Limited, Trident Chambers, Wickhams Cay, P.O. Box 146, Road Town, Tortola, BVI. Eros Ventures, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, is owned by discretionary trusts that include Eros directors Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla as beneficiaries.
(12) The address of Capital Research Global Investors is 333 South Hope Street, Los Angeles, California 90071.
(13) Fullerton Fund Management Company Ltd is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited, which is a wholly owned by Minister for Finance of Singapore. The address of Fullerton Fund Management Company Ltd is 60B Orchard Road, #06-18 Tower 2, The Atrium@Orchard, Singapore 238891.
(14) The information regarding the beneficial ownership of IBIS Capital Partners LLP is dated as of June 16, 2014 and is based on the Schedule 13G filed jointly with the SEC by IBIS Capital Partners LLP, IBIS Global Media Fund, IBIS Global Media Fund II, Peter Wilton, and David Forster on June 19, 2014.  IBIS Capital Partners LLP holds these shares on behalf of IBIS Global Media Fund, IBIS Global Media Fund II, Peter Wilton, and David Forster.  The address of IBIS Capital Partners LLP is 22 Soho Square, London, United Kingdom W1D4NS.
(15) The address of TIAA CREF Investment Management is 730 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

 

 C: 
100
 

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The following is a description of transactions since April 1, 2011 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our issued share capital had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

Family Relationships

 

Mr. Kishore Lulla, our director and Chairman, is the brother of Mr. Sunil Lulla, our director, and a cousin of Mr. Vijay Ahuja, our director and Vice Chairman, and of Mr. Surender Sadhwani, our President of Middle East Operations. Mr. Sunil Lulla is the brother of Mr. Kishore Lulla and a cousin of Mr. Ahuja and Mr. Sadhwani. Mr. Ahuja is a cousin of Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla. Mr. Sadhwani is a cousin of Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla. Mr. Arjan Lulla, our founder, the father of Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla, uncle of Mr. Ahuja and Mr. Sadhwani and an employee of Redbridge Group Ltd., is the Honorary President of Eros and a director of our subsidiary Eros Worldwide. Mrs. Manjula Lulla and Ms. Rishika Lulla, the wife and daughter of Mr. Kishore Lulla, respectively, are both employees of our subsidiary. Krishika Lulla is the wife of Sunil Lulla and an employee of Eros India.

 

Leases

 

Pursuant to a lease agreement that expires on February 28, 2015, Eros India Limited leases apartments for studio use 2,750 square feet of real property at Kailash Plaza, 3rd Floor, Opp. Laxmi Industrial Estate, Andheri (W), Mumbai, from Manjula K. Lulla, the wife of Kishore Lulla. Beginning in August 2010, the lease requires Eros India to pay $5,000 each month under this lease. Pursuant to a lease that expires in September 30, 2015, Eros India leases for use as executive accommodations the property Aumkar Bungalow, Gandhi Gram Road, Juhu, Mumbai, from Sunil Lulla.

 

Pursuant to a lease agreement that expires on March 31, 2015, the Group leases for U.S. corporate offices, the real property at 550 County Avenue, Secaucus, New Jersey, from 550 County Avenue Property Corp, a Delaware corporation owned by Beech Investments and of which our President of Americas Operations Ken Naz serves as a director. The current lease commenced on April 1, 2010, and requires the Group to pay $11,000 each month.

 

Pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in March 2018, including renewal periods, the Group leases for U.K. corporate offices, the real property at 13 Manchester Square, London from Linecross Limited, a U.K. company owned indirectly by a discretionary trust of which Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla are potential beneficiaries. The current lease commenced on November 19, 2009 and requires us to pay $158,000 each quarter.

 

Honorary Appointment of Mr. Arjan Lulla

 

Pursuant to an agreement the Group entered into with Redbridge Group Ltd. on June 27, 2006, the Group agreed to pay an annual fee set each year by its board of directors of $339,000, $322,000 and $321,000 in the year ended March 31, 2014, the year ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended March 2012 respectively, for the services of Arjan Lulla, the father of Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla, uncle of Vijay Ahuja and Surender Sadhwani and an employee of Redbridge Group Ltd. The agreement makes Arjan Lulla honorary life president and provides for services including attendance at board meetings, entrepreneurial leadership and assistance in setting the Group’s strategy. Redbridge Group Ltd. is an entity owned indirectly by a discretionary trust of which Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla are potential beneficiaries.

 

Lulla Family Transactions

 

The Group has engaged in transactions with NextGen Films Pvt. Ltd., an entity owned by the husband of Puja Rajani, sister of Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla, each of which involved the purchase and sale of film rights. NextGen Films Pvt. Ltd. sold film rights $22,205,000, $23,613,000 and $12,483,000 to the Group in the year ended March 31, 2012, in the year ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended March 31, 2014, respectively. NextGen Films Pvt. Ltd. purchased film rights, including production services of $3,923,000 in March 31, 2014, $3,859,000 from the Group in the year ended March 31, 2013 and Nil in the year ended March 31, 2012.

 

The Group also engaged in transactions with Everest Entertainment Pvt. Ltd. entity owned by the brother of Manjula K. Lulla, wife of Kishore Lulla, each of which involved the purchase and sale of film rights. Everest Entertainment Pvt. Ltd. sold film rights of $18,000, $16,000 and $ 700 to the Group in the year ended March 31, 2012, in the year ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended March 31, 2014 respectively, and purchased from the Group film rights of $0 in the year ended March 31, 2014, $0 in the year ended March 31, 2013, and $6,000 in the year ended March 31, 2012.

 C: 
101
 

 

Relationship Agreement

 

Both we and our subsidiaries, including Eros India, acquire rights in Indian movies. Under a 2009 Relationship Agreement among Eros India, Eros Worldwide and us, certain intellectual property rights and all distribution rights for Indian films (other than Tamil films) outside of the territories of India, Nepal and Bhutan held by the Eros India Group are assigned exclusively to Eros Worldwide. Eros Worldwide in turn is entitled to assign its rights to us and to other entities within the Eros group of companies, excluding the Eros India Group and Ayngaran and its subsidiaries, or the Eros International Group.

 

Eros Worldwide provides a lump sum minimum guaranteed fee to the Eros India Group for each Indian film (other than a Tamil film) assigned to it by Eros India under the Relationship Agreement, in a fixed payment equal to 30% of the production cost of such film, including all costs incurred in connection with the acquisition, pre-production, production or post-production of such film, plus an amount equal to 30% of such fixed payment. We refer to these payments collectively as the Minimum Guaranteed Fee. Eros Worldwide is also required to reimburse the Eros India Group for 130% of certain pre-approved distribution expenses in connection with such film. In addition, 30% of the gross proceeds received by the Eros International Group from exploitation of such films, after certain amounts are retained by the Eros International Group, are payable over to the Eros India Group.

 

No share of gross proceeds from an Indian film is payable by the Eros International Group to the Eros India Group until the Eros International Group has received and retained an amount equal to the Minimum Guaranteed Fee, a 20% fee on all gross proceeds outside the territories of India, Nepal and Bhutan, including gross proceeds related to the exploitation of related film ancillary rights, and 100% of the distribution expenses incurred by the Eros International Group or for which Eros Worldwide has provided reimbursement to the Eros India Group.

 

Under the 2009 Relationship Agreement, the Eros India Group also assigns to Eros Worldwide all non-film music publishing rights. The non-film music publishing rights are the exclusive right to exploit, outside of the territories of India, Nepal and Bhutan, music compositions and performances held by the Eros India Group, other than such music publishing rights related to an Indian film (other than a Tamil film). Eros Worldwide is entitled to assign its non-film music publishing rights to us and the other entities within the Eros International Group. For such non-film music publishing rights, Eros Worldwide agrees to pay the Eros India Group 75% of the gross proceeds received related to such non-film music publishing rights, after certain amounts are retained by Eros International Group. Eros Worldwide is also required to reimburse the Eros India Group for 130% of certain pre-approved distribution expenses in connection with such non-film music publishing rights. No share of gross proceeds is payable by the Eros International Group to the Eros India Group until the Eros International Group has received and retained 100% of its distribution expenses incurred in connection with such non-film music publishing rights or for which Eros Worldwide has provided reimbursement to the Eros India Group. The initial term of the 2009 Relationship Agreement will expire in December 2014.

 

Thereafter, the agreement will be automatically renewed for successive two year terms unless terminated by any party by 90 days’ written notice on or before commencement of any renewal term.

 

Beech Investments

 

Mr. Sadhwani is the beneficial owner of Victoria Landmark Global Holdings Limited, a Mauritian entity, which in fiscal 2011 received approximately $1.6 million from Ganges Green Energy Pvt. Limited in exchange for consultancy services. Ganges Green Energy Pvt. Limited is owned indirectly by an entity that indirectly owns 66% of Beech Investments and of which Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla are potential beneficiaries.

 

Dhrishti

 

In 2011 and 2012, we licensed a large portion of our television syndication rights to Dhrishti, which accounted for 11.8% and 23.0% of our revenue in fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, respectively. The son of Mr. Sadhwani, one of our executive officers, served as a director of Dhrishti between May 5, 2011 and October 21, 2011. We have no ongoing relationship with Dhrishti.

 

Eros Foundation

 

On October 6, 2011, we issued 250,000 A ordinary shares to the Eros Foundation, a U.K. registered charity, for no consideration. Such shares were granted by our Remuneration Committee to Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla as compensation, each of whom directed the issuance of such shares to the Eros Foundation. Mr. Kishore Lulla and his wife, Mrs. Manjula K. Lulla, are trustees, but not beneficiaries, of the foundation.

 

 C: 
102
 

Special Purpose Entities

 

During fiscal 2011, we entered into transactions with certain special purpose entities that had been incorporated to produce films within the U.K. Andrew Heffernan, our Chief Financial Officer and a director of various subsidiaries, previously served as a director for these special purpose entities. These special purpose entities include Illuminati Films Limited, Vijay Galani Movies Ltd. and Nadiadwala Grandson Entertainment Ltd.

 

 C: 
103
 

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

We were incorporated in the Isle of Man as Eros International Plc on March 31, 2006 under the 1931 Act, as a public company limited by shares. Effective as of September 29, 2011, we were de-registered under the 1931 Act and re-registered as a company limited by shares under the 2006 Act. The 2006 Act provides that re-registration does not prejudice or affect in any way the continuity or legal validity of a company.

 

Unless our board of directors shall otherwise direct, the share capital available for issue is GBP 25,000,000 divided into 83,333,333 ordinary shares designated as either A ordinary shares or B ordinary shares. The maximum number of B ordinary shares which may be issued is 27,616,885 B ordinary shares.

 

On March 31, 2014, our authorized share capital consisted of 83,333,333 ordinary shares, of GBP 0.30 par value per share, of which 49,074,560 ordinary shares were in issue, these were designated as 23,519,340 A ordinary shares and 25,555,220 B ordinary shares.

 

The following is a description of the material provisions of our ordinary shares and the other material terms of our articles of association and certain provisions of Isle of Man law. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our articles of association, copies of which have been filed with the SEC.

 

Board of Directors

 

Under our Articles of Association, the 2006 Act and the committee charters and governance policies adopted by our board of directors, our board of directors controls our business and actions. Our board of directors consists of between three and twelve directors and will be divided into three staggered classes of directors of the same or nearly the same number. At each annual general meeting, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. No director may participate in any approval of a transaction in which he or she is interested. The directors receive a fee determined by our board of directors for their services as directors and such fees are distinct from any salary, remuneration or other amounts that may be payable to the directors under our articles. However, any director who is also one of our subsidiaries’ officers is not entitled to any such director fees but may be paid a salary and/or remuneration for holding any employment or executive office, in accordance with the articles. Our directors are entitled to be repaid all reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of their duties as directors. There is no mandatory retirement age for our directors.

 

Our articles provide that the quorum necessary for the transaction of business may be determined by our board of directors and, in the absence of such determination, is the majority of the members of our board of directors. Subject to the provisions of the 2006 Act, the directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, guarantee, indemnify and to mortgage or charge our assets.

 

Ordinary Shares

 

Dividends

 

Holders of our A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares whose names appear on the register on the date on which a dividend is declared by our board of directors are entitled to such dividends according to the shareholders’ respective rights and interests in our profits and subject to the satisfaction of the solvency test contained in the 2006 Act. Any such dividend is payable on the date declared by our board of directors, or on any other date specified by our board of directors. Under the 2006 Act, a company satisfies the solvency test if (a) it is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of its business and (b) the value of its assets exceeds the value of its liabilities. Under certain circumstances, if dividend payments are returned to us undelivered or left uncashed, we will not be obligated to send further dividends or other payments with respect to such ordinary shares until that shareholder notifies us of an address to be used for the purpose. In the discretion of our board of directors, all dividends unclaimed for a period of twelve months may be invested or otherwise used by our board of directors for our benefit until claimed (and we are not a trustee of such unclaimed funds) and all dividends unclaimed for a period of twelve years after having become due for payment may be forfeited and revert to us.

 

Voting Rights

 

Each A ordinary share is entitled to one vote on all matters upon which the ordinary shares are entitled to vote, and each B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes. In order to vote at any meeting of shareholders, a holder of B ordinary shares will first be required to certify that it is a permitted holder as defined in our articles.

 C: 
104
 

 

General Meetings

 

Unless unanimously approved by all shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting, all general meetings for the approval of a resolution appointing a director may be convened by our board of directors with at least 21 days’ notice (excluding the date of notice and the date of the general meeting), and any other general meeting may be convened by our Board of Directors with at least 14 days’ notice (excluding the date of notice and the date of the general meeting). A quorum required for any general meeting consists of shareholders holding at least 30% of our issued share capital. The concept of “ordinary,” “special” and “extraordinary” resolutions is not recognized under the 2006 Act, and resolutions passed at a meeting of shareholders only require the approval of shareholders present in person or by proxy, holding in excess of 50% of the voting rights exercised in relation thereto. However, as permitted under the 2006 Act, our articles of association incorporate the concept of a “special resolution” (requiring the approval of shareholders holding 75% or more of the voting rights exercised in relation thereto) in relation to certain matters, such as directing the management of our business (subject to the provisions of the 2006 Act and our articles), sanctioning a transfer or sale of the whole or part of our business or property to another company (pursuant to the relevant section of the 1931 Act) and allocating any shares or other consideration among the shareholders in the event of a winding up.

 

Rights to Share in Dividends

 

Our shareholders have the right to a proportionate share of any dividends we declare.

 

Limitations on Right to Hold Shares

 

Our board of directors may determine that any person owning shares (directly or beneficially) constitutes a “prohibited person” and is not qualified to own shares if such person is in breach of any law or requirement of any country and, as determined solely by our board of directors, such ownership would cause a pecuniary or tax disadvantage to us, another shareholder or any of our other securities. Our board of directors may direct the prohibited person to transfer the shares to another person who is not a prohibited person. Any such determination made or action taken by our board of directors is conclusive and binding on all persons concerned, although in the event of such a transfer, the net proceeds of the sale of the relevant shares, after payment of our costs of the sale, shall be paid by us to the previous registered holders of such shares or, if reasonable inquiries failed to disclose the location of such registered holders, into a trust account at a bank designated by us, the associated costs of which shall be borne by such trust account. A prohibited person would have the right to apply to the Isle of Man court if he or she felt that our board of directors had not complied with the relevant provisions of our articles of association.

 

Our articles also identify certain “permitted holders” of B ordinary shares. Any B ordinary shares transferred to a person other than a permitted holder will, immediately upon registration of such transfer, convert automatically into A ordinary shares. In addition, if, at any time, the aggregate number of B ordinary shares in issue constitutes less than 10% of the aggregate number of A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares in issue, all B ordinary shares in issue will convert automatically into A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis.

 

Untraceable Shareholders

 

Under certain circumstances, if any payment with respect to any ordinary shares has not been cashed and we have not received any communications from the holder of such ordinary shares, we may sell such ordinary shares after giving notice in accordance with procedures set out by our articles to the holder of the ordinary shares and any relevant regulatory authority.

 

Action Required to Change Shareholder Rights or Amend Our Memorandum or Articles of Association

 

All or any of the rights attached to any class of our ordinary shares may, subject to the provisions of the 2006 Act, be amended either with the written consent of the holders of 75% of the issued shares of that class or by a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of shares of that class. Furthermore, our memorandum and articles of association may be amended by a special resolution of the holders of 75% of the issued shares.

 

Liquidation Rights

 

On a return of capital on winding up, assets available for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares will be distributed among holders of our ordinary shares on a pro rata basis. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders proportionately.

 C: 
105
 

 

Minority Shareholder Protections

 

Under the 2006 Act, if a shareholder believes that the affairs of the company have been or are being conducted in a manner that is unfair to such shareholder or unfairly prejudicial or oppressive, the shareholder can seek a range of court remedies including winding up the company or setting aside decisions in breach of the 2006 Act or the company’s memorandum and articles of association. Further, if a company or a director of a company breaches or proposes to breach the 2006 Act or its memorandum or articles of association, then, in response to a shareholder’s application, the Isle of Man Court may issue an order requiring compliance with the 2006 Act or the memorandum or articles of association; alternatively, the Isle of Man Court may issue an order restraining certain action to prevent such a breach from occurring.

 

The 2006 Act also contains provisions that enable a shareholder to apply to the Isle of Man court for an order directing that an investigation be made of a company and any of its associated companies.

 

Anti-takeover Effects of Our Dual Class Structure

 

As a result of our dual class structure, the Founders Group and our executives and employees will have significant influence over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentrated control could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that other shareholders may view as beneficial.

 

U.K. Takeover Code

 

The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, or the City Code, will apply to us, if the UK Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, or the Panel, considers that our place of central management and control is in the United Kingdom, the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man. Under the City Code (amongst other rules designated to protect shareholders), if an acquisition of interests in the A ordinary shares and/or B ordinary shares were to increase the aggregate holding of an acquirer and persons acting in concert with it to an interest in the A ordinary shares and/or B ordinary shares carrying 30% or more of the voting rights exercisable at a general meeting of the Company, the acquirer and, depending upon the circumstances, persons acting in concert with it, would be required (except with the consent of the Panel) to make a cash offer for the outstanding A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares at a price not less than the highest price paid for any interest in the A ordinary shares or B ordinary Shares (as applicable) by the acquirer or persons acting in concert with it during the 12 months prior to the announcement of the offer. Offers for different classes of equity share capital must be comparable and the Panel should be consulted in advance in such cases. A similar obligation to make such a mandatory offer would also arise on the acquisition of an interest in A ordinary shares and/or B ordinary shares by a person holding (together with persons acting in concert with it) an interest in A ordinary shares and/or B ordinary shares carrying between 30% and 50% of the voting rights in the Company if the effect of such acquisition was to increase the percentage of shares carrying voting rights in which it is interested.

 

Indian Takeover Regulations

 

The Takeover Regulations came into effect on October 22, 2011, superseding the earlier takeover regulations. For further discussion of these regulations, see “Regulation—Material Indian Regulation—Indian Takeover Regulations.”

 

Compulsory Acquisitions under the 2006 Act

 

Under the 2006 Act, where a scheme or contract involving the acquisition of a company’s shares has within sixteen weeks after the making of the offer been approved by the holders of not less than 90% in value of the shares affected, the acquiring party may, within eight weeks after the expiration of the sixteen-week period, by notice to the remaining shareholders compulsorily acquire their shares. The dissenting shareholders may, however, within one month of the date of the notice, apply to court for relief.

 

Differences in Corporate Law

 

The following chart summarizes certain material differences between the rights of holders of our A ordinary shares and the rights of holders of the common stock of a typical corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware that result from differences in governing documents and the laws of Isle of Man and Delaware.

 C: 
106
 

 

    Isle of Man Law   Delaware Law
         
General Meetings  

The 2006 Act does not require a company to hold an annual general meeting of its shareholders. Subject to anything contrary in the company’s memorandum and articles of association, a meeting of shareholders can be held at such time and in such place, within or outside the Isle of Man, as the convener of the meeting considers appropriate. Under the 2006 Act, the directors of a company (or any other person permitted by the company’s memorandum and articles of association) may convene a meeting of the shareholders of a company. Further, the directors of a company must call a meeting to consider a resolution requested in writing by shareholders holding at least 10% of the company’s voting rights. The Isle of Man Court may order a meeting of members to be held and to be conducted in such manner as the Court orders, among other things, if it is of the opinion that it is in the interests of the shareholders of the company that a meeting of shareholders is held.

 

Our articles require our Board of Directors to convene annually a general meeting of the shareholders at such time and place, and to consider such business, as the Board of Directors may determine.

  Shareholders of a Delaware corporation generally do not have the right to call meetings of shareholders unless that right is granted in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws. However, if a corporation fails to hold its annual meeting within a period of 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date has been designated for a period of 13 months after its last annual meeting, the Delaware Court of Chancery may order a meeting to be held upon the application of a shareholder.
         
Quorum Requirements for General Meetings   The 2006 Act provides that a quorum at a general meeting of shareholders may be fixed by the articles. Our articles provide a quorum required for any general meeting consists of shareholders holding at least 30% of the issued share capital of the Company.   A Delaware corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws can specify the number of shares that constitute the quorum required to conduct business at a meeting, provided that in no event will a quorum consist of less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting.
         
Board of Directors   Our articles provide that unless and until otherwise determined by our Board of Directors, the number of directors will not be less than three or more than 12, with the exact number to be set from time to time by the Board of Directors. While there is no concept of dividing a board of directors into classes under Isle of Man law, there is nothing to prohibit a company from doing so. Consequently, under our articles, our Board of Directors is divided into three classes, each as nearly equal in number as possible and at each annual general meeting, each of the directors of the relevant class the term of which shall then expire shall be eligible for re-election to the Board of Directors for a period of three years.   A typical certificate of incorporation and bylaws would provide that the number of directors on the board of directors will be fixed from time to time by a vote of the majority of the authorized directors. Under Delaware law, a board of directors can be divided into up to three classes.
         

 

 C: 
107
 

 

    Isle of Man Law   Delaware Law
         
Removal of Directors  

Under Isle of Man law, notwithstanding anything in the memorandum or articles or in any agreement between a company and its directors, a director may be removed from office by way of shareholder resolution. Such resolution may only be passed (a) at a meeting of the shareholders called for such purposes including the removal of the director or (b) by a written resolution consented to by a shareholder or shareholders holding at least 75% of the voting rights.

 

The 2006 Act provides that a director may be removed from office by a resolution of the directors if the directors are expressly given such authority in the memorandum or articles, but our articles do not provide this authority.

  A typical certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, subject to the rights of holders of any preferred stock, directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority, or in some instances a supermajority, of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. A certificate of incorporation could also provide that such a right is only exercisable when a director is being removed for cause (removal of a director only for cause is the default rule in the case of a classified board).
         
Vacancy of Directors  

Subject to any contrary provisions in a company’s memorandum or articles of association, a person may be appointed as a director (either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director) by a resolution of the directors or by a resolution of the shareholders.

 

Our articles provide that any vacancy resulting from, among other things, removal, resignation, conviction and disqualification, may be filled by another person willing to act as a director by way of shareholder resolution or resolution of our Board of Directors. Any director appointed by the Board of Directors will hold office only until the next annual general meeting of the Company, when he will be subject to retirement or re-election.

  A typical certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred stock, any vacancy, whether arising through death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal, an increase in the number of directors or any other reason, may be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors, even if such directors remaining in office constitute less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. Any newly elected director usually holds office for the remainder of the full term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders at which the term of the class of directors to which the newly elected director has been elected expires.
         
Interested Director Transactions   Under Isle of Man law, as soon as a director becomes aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the company, he must disclose this interest to the board of directors. Our articles provide that no director may participate in approval of a transaction in which he or she is interested.   Under Delaware law, some contracts or transactions in which one or more of a Delaware corporation’s directors has an interest are not void or voidable because of such interest provided that some conditions, such as obtaining the required approval and fulfilling the requirements of good faith and full disclosure, are met. For an interested director transaction not to be voided, either the shareholders or the board of directors must approve in good faith any such contract or transaction after full disclosure of the material facts or the contract or transaction must have been “fair” as to the corporation at the time it was approved. If board or committee approval is sought, the contract or transaction must be approved in good faith by a majority of disinterested directors after full disclosure of material facts, even though less than a majority of a quorum.
         

 

 C: 
108
 

 

    Isle of Man Law   Delaware Law
         
Cumulative Voting   There is no concept of cumulative voting under Isle of Man law.   Delaware law does not require that a Delaware corporation provide for cumulative voting. However, the certificate of incorporation of a Delaware corporation may provide that shareholders of any class or classes or of any series may vote cumulatively either at all elections or at elections under specified circumstances.
         
Shareholder Action Without a Meeting   A written resolution will be passed if it is consented to in writing by shareholders holding in excess of 50% of the rights to vote on such resolution. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, and our articles provide that, in such circumstances, the resolution takes effect on the earliest date upon which shareholders holding a sufficient number of votes to constitute a resolution of shareholders have consented to the resolution in writing. Any holder of B ordinary shares consenting to a resolution in writing is first required to certify that it is a permitted holder as defined in our articles. If any written resolution of the shareholders of the company is adopted otherwise than by unanimous written consent, a copy of such resolution must be sent to all shareholders not consenting to such resolution upon it taking effect.   Unless otherwise specified in a Delaware corporation’s certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by shareholders at an annual or special meeting may be taken by shareholders without a meeting, without notice and without a vote, if consents, in writing, setting forth the action, are signed by shareholders with not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize the action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote were present and voted. All consents must be dated. No consent is effective unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action are delivered to the corporation.
         
Business Combinations   Under Isle of Man law, a merger or consolidation must be approved by, among other things, the directors of the company and by shareholders holding at least 75% of the voting rights. A scheme of arrangement (which includes, among other things, a sale or transfer of the assets of the company) must be approved by, among other things, the directors of the company, a 75% shareholder majority and also requires the sanction of the court.   With certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a Delaware corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority (unless the certificate of incorporation requires a higher percentage) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.
         
Interested Shareholders   There are no equivalent provisions under Isle of Man law relating to interested shareholders.   Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in specified corporate transactions (such as mergers, stock and asset sales and loans) with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the time that the shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. Subject to specified exceptions, an “interested shareholder” is a person or group that owns 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock (including any rights to acquire stock pursuant to an option, warrant, agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion or exchange rights, and stock with respect to which the person has voting rights only), or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the voting stock at any time within the previous three years.

 

 C: 
109
 

 

    Isle of Man Law   Delaware Law
         
        A Delaware corporation may elect to “opt out” of, and not be governed by, Section 203 through a provision in either its original certificate of incorporation or its bylaws, or an amendment to its original certificate or bylaws that was approved by majority shareholder vote. With a limited exception, this amendment would not become effective until 12 months following its adoption.
         
Limitations on Personal Liability of Directors   Under Isle of Man law, a director who vacates office remains liable under any provisions of the 2006 Act that impose liabilities on a director in respect of any acts or omissions or decisions made while that person was a director.   A Delaware corporation may include in its certificate of incorporation provisions limiting the personal liability of its directors to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for many types of breach of fiduciary duty. However, these provisions may not limit liability for any breach of the duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, the authorization of unlawful dividends, shares repurchases or shares barring redemptions, or any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. A typical certificate of incorporation would also provide that if Delaware law is amended so as to allow further elimination of, or limitations on, director liability, then the liability of directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law as so amended. However, these provisions would not be likely to bar claims arising under U.S. federal securities laws.
         
Indemnification of Directors and Officers  

A company may indemnify against all expenses, any person who is or was a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings (threatened, pending or completed), by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director of the company, or who is or was, at the request of the company, serving as a director or acting for another company.

 

Any indemnity given will be void and of no effect unless such person acted honestly and in good faith and in what such person believed to be in the best interests of the company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct of such person was unlawful.

  Under Delaware law, subject to specified limitations in the case of derivative suits brought by a corporation’s shareholders in its name, a corporation may indemnify any person who is made a party to any third party action, suit or proceeding on account of being a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation (or was serving at the request of the corporation in such capacity for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses, including attorney’s fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the action, suit or proceeding through, among other things, a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the suit or proceeding (even though less than a quorum), if the person:
         

 

 C: 
110
 

 

    Isle of Man Law   Delaware Law
         
       

·   acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation or, in some circumstances, at least not opposed to its best interests; and

·   in a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Delaware law permits indemnification by a corporation under similar circumstances for expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection with the defense or settlement of a derivative action or suit, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which the action or suit was brought determines upon application that the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for the expenses which the court deems to be proper.

 

To the extent a director, officer, employee or agent is successful in the defense of such an action, suit or proceeding, the corporation is required by Delaware law to indemnify such person for reasonable expenses incurred thereby. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such persons in defending any action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of that person to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined that that person is not entitled to be so indemnified.

         
Appraisal Rights   There is no concept of appraisal rights under Isle of Man law.   A shareholder of a Delaware corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights pursuant to which the shareholder may receive cash in the amount of the fair value of the shares held by that shareholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration the shareholder would otherwise receive in the transaction.

 

 C: 
111
 

 

    Isle of Man Law   Delaware Law
         
Shareholder Suits  

The Isle of Man Court may, on application of a shareholder, permit that shareholder to bring proceedings in the name and on behalf of the company (including intervening in proceedings to which the company is a party). In determining whether or not leave is to be granted, the Isle of Man Court will take into account such things as whether the shareholder is acting in good faith and whether the Isle of Man Court itself is satisfied that it is in the interests of the company that the conduct of the proceedings should not be left to the directors or to the determination of the shareholders as a whole.

 

Under Isle of Man law, a shareholder may bring an action against the company for a breach of a duty owed by the company to such shareholder in that capacity.

  Under Delaware law, a shareholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the corporation to enforce the rights of the corporation, including for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. An individual also may commence a class action suit on behalf of himself or herself and other similarly situated shareholders where the requirements for maintaining a class action under Delaware law have been met. A person may institute and maintain such a suit only if such person was a shareholder at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the suit or his or her shares thereafter devolved upon him or her by operation of law. Additionally, under established Delaware case law, the plaintiff generally must be a shareholder not only at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the suit, but also through the duration of the derivative suit. Delaware law also requires that the derivative plaintiff make a demand on the directors of the corporation to assert the corporate claim before the suit may be prosecuted by the derivative plaintiff, unless such demand would be futile. In such derivative and class actions, the court has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.
         
Inspection of Books and Records  

Upon giving written notice, a shareholder is entitled to inspect and to make copies of (or obtain extracts of) the memorandum and articles and any of the registers of shareholders, directors and charges. A shareholder may only inspect the accounting records (and make copies or take extracts thereof) in certain circumstances.

 

Our articles provide that no shareholder has any right to inspect any accounting record or other document of the company unless he is authorized to do so by statute, by order of the Isle of Man Court, by our Board of Directors or by shareholder resolution.

  All shareholders of a Delaware corporation have the right, upon written demand, to inspect or obtain copies of the corporation’s shares ledger and its other books and records for any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a shareholder.

 

 C: 
112
 

 

    Isle of Man Law   Delaware Law
         
Amendment of Governing Documents   Under Isle of Man law, the shareholders of a company may, by resolution, amend the memorandum and articles of the company. The memorandum and articles of a company may authorize the directors to amend the memorandum and articles, but our memorandum and articles do not contain any such power. Our memorandum of association provides that our memorandum of association and articles of association may be amended by a special resolution of shareholders.   Under Delaware law, amendments to a corporation’s certificate of incorporation require the approval of shareholders holding a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment. If a class vote on the amendment is required by Delaware law, a majority of the outstanding stock of the class is required, unless a greater proportion is specified in the certificate of incorporation or by other provisions of Delaware law. Under Delaware law, the board of directors may amend bylaws if so authorized in the certificate of incorporation. The shareholders of a Delaware corporation also have the power to amend bylaws.
         
Dividends and Repurchases  

The 2006 Act contains a statutory solvency test. A company satisfies the solvency test if it is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of its business and where the value of the company’s assets exceeds the value of its liabilities.

 

Subject to the satisfaction of the solvency test and any contrary provision contained in a company’s articles, a company may, by a resolution of the directors, declare and pay dividends. Our articles provide that where the solvency test has been satisfied, our Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends (including interim dividends) out of our profits to shareholders according to their respective rights and interests in the profits of the company.

 

Under Isle of Man law, a company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own shares for any consideration, subject to, among other things, satisfaction of the solvency test.

 

Delaware law permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of statutory surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or for the preceding fiscal year as long as the amount of capital of the corporation following the declaration and payment of the dividend is not less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

 

Under Delaware law, any corporation may purchase or redeem its own shares, except that generally it may not purchase or redeem those shares if the capital of the corporation is impaired at the time or would become impaired as a result of the redemption. A corporation may, however, purchase or redeem capital shares that are entitled upon any distribution of its assets to a preference over another class or series of its shares if the shares are to be retired and the capital reduced.

 

Changes in Capital

 

The conditions in our articles of association governing changes in capital are not more stringent than as required under the 2006 Act. Our articles of association provide that our directors may, by resolution, alter our share capital. The 2006 Act subjects any reduction of share capital to the statutory solvency test. The 2006 Act provides that a company satisfies the solvency test if it is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of the company’s business and where the value of the company’s assets exceeds the value of its liabilities.

 

 C: 
113
 

 

History of Share Capital

 

The following table and footnotes provides a summary of the issue of our ordinary shares since April 1, 2011.

 

    Issued
Share Capital
As at April 1, 2011       38,711,253  
June 1, 2011(1)       35,925  
October 3, 2011(2)       691,780  
April 18, 2012(3)       2,000,164  
August 12, 2013(4)       477,000  
September 18, 2013(5)       1,676,645  
Shares issued on 3 for 1 stock consolidation to account for fractional shares       163  
November 18, 2013 (6)       5,000,000  
November 18, 2013 (6)       299,812  
November 18, 2013 (6)       181,818  
As at March 31, 2014       49,074,560  

_______________

  (1) Shares issued for employee bonus/remuneration issued at $10.80 a share based on the mid-market price on May 31, 2011.
  (2) Shares issued to employees and directors as bonus/remuneration at $9.99 a share based on the mid-market price on October 3, 2011.
  (3) Shares issued to the our Employee Benefit Trust pursuant to the JSOP at a value equal to the initial public offering price per share.
  (4) Shares issued for employee bonus/remuneration and contractual arrangements issued at $10.83 a share based on the mid-market price on August 12, 2013.
  (5) Shares issued for employee bonus/remuneration and contractual arrangements issued at $12.06 a share based on the mid-market price on September 18, 2013.
  (6)

On November 18, 2013, we completed the initial public offering of A ordinary shares on the NYSE, pursuant to which we issued and sold 5,000,000 A ordinary shares at a price of $11.00 per share.

 

Upon listing, we issued 299,812 A ordinary shares with a fair market value of $11.00 per share, to satisfy the share awards given to certain eligible employees, and 181,818 A ordinary shares with a fair market value of $11.00 per share, to satisfy certain contractual arrangements between us and a Director.

 

 C: 
114
 

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Upon completion of this offering, our issued share capital will be as follows: 30,194,340 A ordinary shares and 25,555,220 B ordinary shares (or 30,719,340 A ordinary shares and 25,555,220 B ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). All of the A ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates,” which includes Beech, without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our A ordinary shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our A ordinary shares.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

In connection with this offering we, the selling shareholders, our executive officers and directors and certain holders who are our current employees have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of our A ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common shares for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six months is entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act, subject to certain restrictions. Persons who are our affiliates (including persons beneficially owning 10% or more of our issued A and B ordinary shares) may sell within any three-month period a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of the following:

  · 1% of the number of our issued A and B ordinary shares, which will equal approximately 301,943 shares (or 307,193 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional A ordinary shares in full)  immediately after this offering; and
  · the average weekly trading volume of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

 

Such sales are also subject to manner-of-sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. Persons who are not our affiliates and have beneficially owned our restricted securities for more than six months but not more than one year may sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act subject to the availability of current public information about us. Persons who are not our affiliates and have beneficially owned our restricted securities for more than one year may freely sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our A ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell such A ordinary shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

 

 C: 
115
 

 

MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

Summary of Material Indian Tax Considerations

 

The discussion contained herein is based on the applicable tax laws of India as in effect on the date hereof and is subject to possible changes in Indian law that may come into effect after such date. The information set forth below is intended to be a general discussion only. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisers as to the consequences of purchasing the A ordinary shares, including, without limitation, the consequences of the receipt of dividend and the sale, transfer or disposition of the ordinary shares.

 

Based on the fact that Eros is considered for tax purposes as a company domiciled abroad, any dividend income in respect of A ordinary shares will not be subject to any withholding or deduction in respect of Indian income tax laws. Pursuant to amendments to the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, income arising directly or indirectly through the sale of a capital asset, including any share or interest in a company or entity registered or incorporated outside India, will be liable to tax in India, if such share or interest derives, directly or indirectly, its value substantially from assets located in India and whether or not the seller of such share or interest has a residence, place of business, business connection, or any other presence in India, if, on the specified date, the value of such assets (i) represents 20% of the fair market value of all assets owned by the company or entity, or (ii) exceeds the specified amount. The amendments do not deal with the interplay between the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, as amended, and the double taxation avoidance agreements that India has entered into with countries such as the U.S., the United Kingdom and Canada, in case of an indirect transfer. Accordingly, the implications of the recent amendments are presently unclear.

 

Further, dividend payments to us by our Indian subsidiaries are subject to withholding of dividend distribution tax in India, at an effective rate of 17%, including applicable cess (Indian education tax) and surcharge.

 

In addition to the above, the Government of India has proposed three major reforms in Indian tax laws, namely the goods and services tax or GST, the direct taxes code or DTC, and the General Anti Avoidance Rules or GAAR. The Government of India has not specified any timeline for the implementation of the GST and the DTC. The GST would replace the indirect taxes on goods and services, such as central excise duty, service tax, customs duty, central sales tax, state value added tax, surcharge and excise, currently being collected by the central and state governments in India. The DTC aims to reduce distortions in tax structure, introduce moderate levels of taxation, expand the tax base, facilitate voluntary compliance, and provide greater tax clarity and stability to investors in Indian projects and companies, as well as clarifying taxation provisions for international transactions. It aims to consolidate and amend laws relating to all direct taxes, such as income tax, dividend distribution tax and wealth tax, and facilitate voluntary compliance. The GAAR provisions were introduced through the Finance Act, 2012, to come into effect from 1 April 2016. The GAAR provisions intend to restrict “impermissible avoidance arrangements”, which would be any arrangement, the main purpose or one of the main purposes of which is to obtain a tax benefit and which satisfy at least one of the following tests: (i) creates rights, or obligations, not ordinarily created between persons dealing at arm’s length; (ii) results, directly or indirectly, in misuse or abuse of provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961; (iii) lacks, or is deemed to lack, commercial substance, in whole or in part; or (iv) is entered into or carried out by means, or in a manner, not ordinarily employed for bona fide purposes. If GAAR provisions are invoked, Indian tax authorities would have wide powers, including denial of tax benefit or a benefit under a tax treaty. As the taxation system is intended to undergo significant overhaul, its consequent effects on us cannot be determined at present and there can be no assurance that such effects would not adversely affect our business and future financial performance.

 

Summary of Material Isle of Man Tax Considerations

 

Tax residence in the Isle of Man

 

We are resident for taxation purposes in the Isle of Man by virtue of being incorporated in the Isle of Man.

 

Capital taxes in the Isle of Man

 

The Isle of Man has a regime for the taxation of income, but there are no taxes on capital gains, stamp taxes or inheritance taxes in the Isle of Man. No Isle of Man stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax will be payable on the issue or transfer of, or any other dealing in, the A ordinary shares.

 

Zero rate of corporate income tax in the Isle of Man

 

The Isle of Man operates a zero rate of tax for most corporate taxpayers, including the Company. Under the regime, the Company will technically be subject to Isle of Man taxation on its income, but the rate of tax will be zero; there will be no required withholding by the Company on account of Isle of Man tax in respect of dividends paid by the Company. The Company will be required to pay an annual corporation charge of approximately $385. It is part of an annual return fee, resulting in a total amount payable of approximately $492 per year.

 C: 
116
 

 

Isle of Man probate

 

In the event of death of a sole, individual holder of the A ordinary shares, an Isle of Man probate fee or administration may be required, in respect of which certain fees will be payable to the Isle of Man government, subject to the fee. Currently the maximum fee (where the value of an estate exceeds $312,500) is approximately $1,000.

 

Summary of Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following summary describes the material United States federal income tax consequences associated with the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our shares as of the date hereof. The discussion set forth below is applicable only to U.S. Holders (as defined below) and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire the shares.

 

Except where noted, this summary applies only to a U.S. Holder that holds shares as capital assets for United States federal income tax purposes. As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of a share that is for United States federal income tax purposes:

·an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
·a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
·an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
·a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

 

This summary does not describe all of the United States federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws, including if you are a broker, a dealer or trader in securities or currencies, a financial institution, a regulated investment company, a real estate investment trust, a cooperative, an insurance company, a pension plan, a tax-exempt entity, a person holding our shares as part of a hedging, integrated or conversion transaction, a constructive sale, a wash sale or a straddle, a person liable for alternative minimum tax, a person who owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of our voting stock, a person holding our shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States, a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes, a U.S. expatriate or a person whose “functional currency” for United States federal income tax purposes is not the United States dollar. The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and regulations (including proposed regulations), rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be replaced, revoked or modified, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

 

If a partnership holds our shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership holding our shares or a partner of a partnership holding our shares, you should consult your tax advisors as to the particular United States federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of the shares.

 

This discussion does not contain a detailed description of all the United States federal income tax consequences to you in light of your particular circumstances and does not address the effects of any state, local or non-United States tax laws. If you are considering the purchase, ownership or disposition of our A ordinary shares, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences to you in light of your particular situation as well as any other consequences to you arising under U.S. federal, state and local laws and the laws of any other applicable taxing jurisdiction in light of your particular circumstances.

 C: 
117
 

 

Taxation of Distributions

 

Subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions on the shares will be taxable as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Because we do not expect to keep track of earnings and profits in accordance with United States federal income tax principles, you should expect that a distribution in respect of the A ordinary shares will generally be treated and reported as a dividend to you. Such dividend income will be includable in your gross income as ordinary income on the day actually received by you or on the day received by your nominee or agent that holds the shares on your behalf. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations under the Code.

 

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, certain dividends received from a qualified foreign corporation may be subject to reduced rates of taxation. A foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid by that corporation on shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. We have been approved to list A ordinary shares on the NYSE and expect such shares to be considered readily tradable on an established securities market. However, even if the shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, we will not be treated as a qualified foreign corporation if we are a PFIC for the taxable year in which we pay a dividend or were a PFIC for the preceding taxable year. Non-corporate holders that do not meet a minimum holding period requirement during which they are not protected from a risk of loss or that elect to treat the dividend income as “investment income” pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the Code will not be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation regardless of our status as a qualified foreign corporation. For this purpose, the minimum holding period requirement will not be met if a share has been held by a holder for 60 days or less during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend, appropriately reduced by any period in which such holder is protected from risk of loss. In addition, the rate reduction will not apply to dividends if the recipient of a dividend is obligated to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. This disallowance applies even if the minimum holding period has been met. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in light of your particular circumstances.

 

Subject to certain conditions and limitations imposed by United States federal income tax rules relating to the availability of the foreign tax credit, some of which vary depending upon the U.S. Holder’s circumstances, any foreign withholding taxes on dividends will be treated as foreign taxes eligible for credit against your United States federal income tax liability. The application of the rules governing foreign tax credits depends on the particular circumstances of each U.S. Holder. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit, dividends paid on the A ordinary shares will be treated as income from sources outside the United States and will generally constitute “passive category income.” Further, in certain circumstances, you will not be allowed a foreign tax credit for foreign taxes imposed on certain dividends paid on the shares if you:

·have held shares for less than a specified minimum period during which you are not protected from risk of loss, or
·are obligated to make certain payments related to the dividends.

 

The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex and involve the application of rules that depend on your particular circumstances. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under your particular circumstances.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company

 

Based on the composition of our income and valuation of our assets, we do not believe we will be a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes for the 2014 taxable year, and we do not expect to become one in the future. However, because PFIC status is an annual factual determination that cannot be made until after the close of each taxable year and depends on the composition of a company’s income and assets and the market value of its assets from time to time, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year.

 

In general, a non-United States corporation will be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year in which:

·at least 75% of its gross income is passive income (the “income” test), or
·at least 50% of the value (determined based on a quarterly average) of its gross assets is attributable to assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income (the “asset” test).

 

 C: 
118
 

 

For this purpose, passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties and rents (except for certain royalties and rents derived from the active conduct of a trade or business), certain gains from commodities and securities transactions and the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income. If we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock of another corporation, we will be treated, for purposes of the PFIC tests described above, as directly owning our proportionate share of the other corporation’s assets and receiving our proportionate share of the other corporation’s income.

 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold our shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” received and any gain realized from a sale or other disposition, including a pledge, of shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below.

 

Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the shares will be treated as excess distributions. Under these special tax rules:

·the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for your A ordinary shares,
·the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and
·the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to tax at the highest applicable tax rate in effect for corporations or individuals, as appropriate, for that taxable year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

 

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition, or “excess distribution,” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the shares cannot be treated as capital and will be subject to the “excess distribution” regime described above, even if you hold the shares as capital assets.

 

In addition, non-corporate U.S. Holders will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation on any dividends received from us if we are a PFIC in our taxable year in which such dividends are paid or in the preceding taxable year.

 

You will be required to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 annually regarding any distributions received on the A ordinary shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the A ordinary shares if you hold our A ordinary shares in any year in which we are classified as a PFIC, and other reporting requirements may apply.

 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our A ordinary shares and any of our non-United States subsidiaries is also a PFIC, a U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of these rules. Under these circumstances, a U.S. Holder would be subject to United States federal income tax on (i) a distribution on the shares of a lower-tier PFIC and (ii) a disposition of shares of a lower-tier PFIC, both as if such U.S. Holder directly held the shares of such lower-tier PFIC. You are urged to consult your tax advisors about the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

 

In certain circumstances, in lieu of being subject to the excess distribution rules discussed above, you may make an election to include gain on the stock of a PFIC as ordinary income under a mark-to-market method, provided that such stock is regularly traded in other than de minimis quantities for at least 15 days are listed during each calendar quarter on a qualified exchange, as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations. Our A ordinary shares on the NYSE and we expect such shares to be “regularly traded” for purposes of the mark-to-market election.

 

If you make an effective mark-to-market election, you will include in each year that we are a PFIC, as ordinary income, the excess of the fair market value of your A ordinary shares at the end of the year over your adjusted tax basis in the A ordinary shares. You will be entitled to deduct as an ordinary loss in each such year the excess of your adjusted tax basis in the A ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. If you make an effective mark-to-market election, any gain you recognize upon the sale or other disposition of your A ordinary shares in a year in which we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income. Any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election.

 

Your adjusted tax basis in the shares will be increased by the amount of any income inclusion and decreased by the amount of any deductions under the mark-to-market rules. If you make a mark-to-market election, it will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years unless the A ordinary shares are no longer regularly traded on a qualified exchange or the Internal Revenue Service consents to the revocation of the election.

 C: 
119
 

 

A mark-to-market election should be made by filing IRS Form 8621 in the first taxable year during which the U.S. Holder held the A ordinary shares and in which we are a PFIC. A mark-to-market election would not be available with respect to a subsidiary PFIC of ours that a U.S. Holder is deemed to own for the purposes of the PFIC rules; accordingly, a U.S. Holder would not be able to mitigate certain of the adverse U.S. “excess distribution” federal income tax consequences of its deemed ownership of stock in our subsidiary PFICs by making a mark-to-market election. You are urged to consult your tax advisor about the availability of the mark-to-market election and whether making the election would be advisable in your particular circumstances.

 

Alternatively, holders of PFIC shares can sometimes avoid the rules described above by electing to treat such PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under Section 1295 of the Code. However, this option is not available to you because we do not intend to comply with the requirements, or furnish you with the information, necessary to permit you to make this election.

 

You are urged to consult your tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences of holding A ordinary shares if we are considered a PFIC in any taxable year.

 

Sale or Other Disposition of A Ordinary Shares

 

For United States federal income tax purposes, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale or exchange or other taxable disposition of a A ordinary share in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized for the share and your tax basis in the A ordinary share, in each case as determined in United States dollars. Subject to the discussion above under “Passive Foreign Investment Company,” such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. Capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders derived with respect to capital assets held for more than one year are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any gain or loss recognized by you will generally be treated as United States source gain or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. You are encouraged to consult your tax advisor regarding the availability of the U.S. foreign tax credit in your particular circumstances.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

In general, information reporting will apply to distributions in respect of our A ordinary shares and the proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our A ordinary shares that are paid to you within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless you are an exempt recipient. Backup withholding may apply to such payments if you fail to (i) provide a taxpayer identification number or (ii) certify that you are not subject to backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exemption from backup withholding must provide such certification on Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the United States information reporting and backup withholding rules.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against your United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Certain U.S. Holders who hold “specified foreign financial assets,” including shares of a non-U.S. corporation that are not held in an account maintained by a U.S. “financial institution,” the aggregate value of which exceeds $50,000 (or other applicable amount) during the tax year, may be required to attach to their tax returns for the year IRS Form 8938 containing certain specified information.

 

Medicare Tax

 

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts will be subject to an additional 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which may include all or a portion of their dividends and net gains from the disposition of shares. If you are a U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate or trust, you should consult your tax advisors regarding the applicability of this tax to your income and gains in respect of your investment in the A ordinary shares.

 

 C: 
120
 

 

UNDERWRITING

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Jefferies LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling shareholders and the underwriters, we and the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling shareholders, the number of A ordinary shares set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter   Number of
Shares
 
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                     Incorporated
     
Jefferies LLC      
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC      
Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.      
EM Securities LLC      
Total   7,000,000  

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the A ordinary shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

 

We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

 

The selling shareholders may be deemed “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

The underwriters are offering the A ordinary shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the A ordinary shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

 

Commissions and Discounts

 

The representatives have advised us and the selling shareholders that the underwriters propose initially to offer the A ordinary shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $       per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

 

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling shareholders. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

      Per Share       Without Option       With Option  
Public offering price   $       $       $    
Underwriting discount   $       $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $       $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders   $       $       $    

 

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $1.5 million and are payable by us. We have agreed with the underwriters to pay all expenses and application fees (including the legal fees of counsel for the underwriters) incurred and invoiced in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and the qualification of the A ordinary shares under the applicable securities laws of certain states and other jurisdictions. We expect underwriting-related expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, of approximately $50,000.

 

Option to Purchase Additional A Ordinary Shares

 

We and a selling shareholder have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,050,000 additional A ordinary shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional A ordinary shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

 

 C: 
121
 

 

No Sales of Similar Securities

 

We and the selling shareholders, our executive officers and directors have agreed not to sell or transfer any ordinary shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with ordinary shares, for 90 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

·offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any ordinary shares,
·sell any option or contract to purchase any ordinary shares,
·purchase any option or contract to sell any ordinary shares,
·grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any ordinary shares,
·lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any ordinary shares,
·request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the ordinary shares, or
·enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any ordinary shares whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

This lock-up provision applies to ordinary shares and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with ordinary shares. It also applies to ordinary shares owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. In the event that we lose our status as an emerging growth company and either (x) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Our A ordinary shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “EROS.”

 

Price Stabilization, Short Positions

 

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our ordinary shares. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the A ordinary, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

 

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our A ordinary shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our A ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of A ordinary shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

 

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our A ordinary shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our A ordinary shares. As a result, the price of our A ordinary shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

 C: 
122
 

 

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our A ordinary shares. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

 

Electronic Distribution

 

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

 

Other Relationships

 

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. For example, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith , Jefferies LLC and EM Securities LLC each served as an underwriter in connection with our initial public offering in the U.S.

 

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

A.to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

B.to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives ; or

 

C.in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

 

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

 

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

 

 C: 
123
 

 

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

 

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

 

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes ("CISA"). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

 

This prospectus supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

 

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

 

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

 

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

 

 C: 
124
 

 

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

 

The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the securities has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

 

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of Non-CIS Securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Non-CIS Securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

Where the Non-CIS Securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a)a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
(b)a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

 

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Non-CIS Securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(a)to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;
(b)where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
(c)where the transfer is by operation of law;
(d)as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
(e)as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

 

 C: 
125
 

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of our A ordinary shares offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Cains Advocates Limited. Certain matters as to U.S. federal law and New York law will be passed upon for us by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, Los Angeles, California. Legal matters as to Indian law will be passed upon for us by Amarchand & Mangaldas & Suresh A. Shroff & Co., or Amarchand, and for the underwriters by S&R Associates. Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP may rely upon Cains Advocates Limited as to certain matters governed by Isle of Man law, and on Amarchand as to certain matters governed by Indian law. Certain legal matters as to Isle of Man law will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simcocks Advocates Limited. O’Melveny & Myers LLP will pass upon certain legal matters as to U.S. federal securities laws and New York State law for the underwriters in connection with the offering of the  A ordinary shares.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated statement of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2012, included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton UK LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The consolidated statement s of financial position as of March 31, 2013 and 2014 and the related consolidated statement s of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2014, included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton India LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

On May 10, 2013, Grant Thornton UK LLP, or Grant Thornton UK, resigned as our independent registered public accounting firm. The resignation of Grant Thornton UK was not a result of any disagreements with Grant Thornton UK on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure. Grant Thornton UK’s reports on the financial statements of the Company for the years ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. There have been no reportable events with the Company as set forth in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

 

On May 10, 2013, our Board of Directors appointed Grant Thornton India LLP as the Company’s new independent registered public accounting firm. The decision to engage Grant Thornton India LLP was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on May 10, 2013.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our A ordinary shares to be sold in this offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and our share capital. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this prospectus certain information included in the registration statement. For further information about us and our share capital, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. With respect to the statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any agreement or any other document, in each instance, the statement is qualified in all respects by the complete text of the agreement or document, a copy of which has been filed or will be filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders under the federal proxy rules contained in Section 14(a), (b) and (c) of the Exchange Act, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. You may obtain copies of the information we file with the SEC by mail from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. We file annual, quarterly and current reports and other information with the SEC. Those filings and the registration statement, including the exhibits thereto, are, and will continue to be, available to the public on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Those filings also are, and will continue to be, available to the public on, or accessible through, our corporate website at www.erosplc.com. The information contained on or accessible through our corporate web site is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

 

 C: 
126
 

 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Grant Thornton India LLP F-2
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Grant Thornton UK LLP F-3
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of March 31, 2014 and 2013 F-4
Consolidated Income Statements for the Years Ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 F-5
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 F-7
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 F-8
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements F-11

 

 C: 
F-1
 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Eros International PLC

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Eros International PLC and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Eros International PLC and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2014, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Grant Thornton India LLP

 

Mumbai, India

June 17, 2014

 

 C: 
F-2
 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Eros International PLC

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows of Eros International Plc (the “Company”) and subsidiaries (together, the “Group”) for the year ended 31 March 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Eros International Plc and subsidiaries for the year ended 31 March 2012, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

/s/ Grant Thornton UK LLP

 

London, United Kingdom

July 12, 2012

 

 

 C: 
F-3
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

AS AT MARCH 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

       As at March 31 
   Note   2014   2013 
       (in thousands) 
ASSETS               
Non-current assets               
Property, plant and equipment   12   $10,166   $11,680 
Goodwill   13    1,878    1,878 
Intangible assets — trade name   13    14,000    14,000 
Intangible assets — content   14    577,704    535,304 
Intangible assets — others   15    1,515    2,117 
Available-for-sale investments   16    30,340    30,385 
Trade and other receivables   18    12,056     
Deferred tax assets   10    77    569 
        $647,736   $595,933 
                
Current assets               
Inventories   17   $566   $793 
Trade and other receivables   18    111,649    93,327 
Current tax receivable        611    962 
Cash and cash equivalents   20    145,449    107,642 
         258,275    202,724 
                
Total assets       $906,011   $798,657 
                
LIABILITIES               
Current liabilities               
Trade and other payables   19   $31,611   $28,979 
Short-term borrowings   22    92,879    79,902 
Current tax payable        4,090    1,846 
        $128,580   $110,727 
                
Non-current liabilities               
Long-term borrowings   22   $165,254   $165,898 
Other long term liabilities        393    357 
Derivative financial instruments   23    11,483    16,660 
Deferred tax   10    22,260    18,839 
        $199,390   $201,754 
                
Total liabilities       $327,970   $312,481 
                
EQUITY               
Equity               
Share capital   24   $26,322   $22,653 
Share premium        223,333    159,547 
Reserves        342,856    311,315 
Other components of equity   27    (39,315)   (29,432)
JSOP reserve   26    (25,505)   (25,505)
Equity attributable to equity holders of Eros International Plc       $527,691   $438,578 
                
Non-controlling interest        50,350    47,598 
Total equity       $578,041   $486,176 
Total liabilities and equity       $906,011   $798,657 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 C: 
F-4
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014, 2013 AND 2012

 

       Year ended March 31 
   Note   2014   2013   2012 
       (in thousands, except per share amounts) 
Revenue   4   $235,470   $215,346   $206,474 
Cost of sales        (132,933)   (134,002)   (117,044)
Gross profit        102,537    81,344    89,430 
Administrative costs        (42,680)   (26,308)   (27,992)
Operating profit        59,857    55,036    61,438 
Financing costs   7    (9,910)   (6,202)   (5,697)
Finance income   7    2,393    4,733    4,688 
Net finance costs   7    (7,517)   (1,469)   (1,009)
Other gains/(losses)   8    (2,353)   (7,989)   (6,790)
Profit before tax        49,987    45,578    53,639 
Income tax expense   9    (12,843)   (11,913)   (10,059)
Profit for the year   6   $37,144   $33,665   $43,580 
Attributable to:                    
Owners of Eros International Plc       $29,861   $27,107   $37,406 
Non-controlling interests        7,283    6,558    6,174 
        $37,144   $33,665   $43,580 
Earnings per share (cents)   11                
Basic earnings per share        65.5    68.7    95.7 
Diluted earnings per share        65.2    68.6    94.3 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 C: 
F-5
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014, 2013 AND 2012

 

       Year ended March 31 
   Note   2014   2013   2012 
       (in thousands, except per share amounts) 
Profit for the year       $37,144   $33,665   $43,580 
Other comprehensive income                    
Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss                    
Revaluation of property            1,726     
Items that will be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss                    
Available-for-sale financial assets                    
Reclassification to profit and loss                1,230 
Gain/(loss) arising during the year                4,829 
Exchange differences on translating foreign
operations
        (15,706)   (14,613)   (30,059)
Cash flow hedges                    
Reclassification to profit and loss        1,233        4,405 
Gain/(loss) arising during the year                (3,847)
        $(14,473)  $(14,613)  $(23,442)
Total other comprehensive (loss) for the year       $(14,473)  $(12,887)  $(23,442)
Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax       $22,671   $20,778   $20,138 
                     
Attributable to                    
Owners of Eros International Plc        19,978    16,194    18,536 
Non-controlling interests        2,693    4,584    1,602 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 C: 
F-6
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014, 2013 AND 2012

 

       Year ended March 31 
   Note   2014   2013   2012 
       (in thousands) 
Cash flow from operating activities                    
Profit before tax       $49,987   $45,578   $53,639 
Adjustments for:                    
Depreciation   12    789    1,003    1,275 
Share based payment   25    18,421    1,888    5,289 
Amortization of intangible content assets   14    99,620    101,955    86,525 
Amortization of other intangible assets   15    578    715    278 
Non-cash items   28    (308)   5,662    5,511 
Net finance charge   7    7,517    1,469    1,009 
Movement in trade and other receivables        (32,038)   (21,338)   (27,689)
Movement in inventories        216    254    342 
Movement in trade payables        927    13,634    5,861 
(Profit)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment        7    389    239 
Cash generated from operations        145,716    151,209    132,279 
Interest paid        (9,656)   (4,659)   (4,381)
Income taxes paid        (3,528)   (9,103)   (4,208)
Net cash generated from operating activities       $132,532   $137,447   $123,690 
Cash flows from investing activities                    
Purchase of property, plant and equipment       $(102)  $(86)  $(1,224)
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment        12    88    8 
Purchase of intangible film rights and related content        (163,150)   (186,676)   (148,662)
Purchase of intangible assets others        (112)   (473)   (1,572)
Interest received        2,332    4,819    3,796 
Net cash used in investing activities       $(161,020)  $(182,328)  $(147,654)
Cash flows from financing activities                    
Proceeds from disposal of subsidiary shares       $   $9,435   $ 
Net proceeds from issue of share capital        50,608        15 
Proceeds from issue of shares by subsidiary        150    596    1,498 
Dividend to non-controlling interests            (770)    
Proceeds from issuance of short term debt (term loans)        4,131         
Proceeds from issuance of short term debt (commercial paper)            1,842     
Repayment of short term debt (commercial paper)           (1,842)    
Proceeds/Repayment of short term debt (term loans)        6,343    (6,969)   19,588 
Proceeds from long-term borrowings        29,830    11,015    35,620 
Repayment of long-term borrowings        (21,665)   (1,836)   (4,965)
Net cash generated from financing activities       $69,397   $11,471   $51,756 
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents        40,909    (33,410)   27,792 
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents        (3,102)   (4,370)   (8,537)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year        107,642    145,422    126,167 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   20   $145,449   $107,642   $145,422 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 C: 
F-7
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2014

 

        Other components of equity  Reserves     Equity
Attributable to
Shareholders
       
  Share
capital
  Share
premium
account
  Currency
translation
reserve
  Available
 for sale
investments
  Revaluation
reserve
  Hedging
reserve
  Reverse
acquisition
reserve
  Merger
reserve
  Retained
earnings
  JSOP
reserve
  of EROS
International
PLC
  Non-
controlling
interest
  Total
equity
 
  (in thousands) 
Balance as of April 1, 2013 $22,653  $159,547  $(32,742) $5,802  $1,528  $(4,020) $(22,752) $62,097  $271,970  $(25,505) $438,578  $47,598  $486,176 
                                                     
Profit for the year                          29,861      29,861   7,283   37,144 
                                                     
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year        (11,116)        1,233               (9,883)  (4,590)  (14,473)
                                                     
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year        (11,116)        1,233         29,861      19,978   2,693   22,671 
                                                     
Issue of shares (refer to Note 24)  3,437   47,171                           50,608      50,608 
                                                     
Dividend paid by a subsidiary                                   15   15 
                                                     
Share based compensation  232   16,615                     1,574      18,421      18,421 
                                                     
Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control                       106         106   44   150 
                                                     
Balance as of March 31, 2014 $26,322  $223,333  $(43,858) $5,802  $1,528  $(2,787) $(22,752) $62,203  $303,405  $(25,505) $527,691  $50,350  $578,041 

 

During the year ended March 31, 2014 the Group’s Indian subsidiary, Eros International Media Limited, issued shares to its employees under an Employee Share Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) scheme resulting in an increase in the non-controlling interest in accordance with the policy set out in Note 3.2.

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 C: 
F-8
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2013

 

        Other components of equity  Reserves     Equity
Attributable to
Shareholders
       
  Share
capital
  Share
premium
account
  Currency
translation
reserve
  Available
 for sale
investments
  Revaluation
reserve
  Hedging
reserve
  Reverse
acquisition
reserve
  Merger
reserve
  Retained
earnings
  JSOP
reserve
  of EROS
International
PLC
  Non-
controlling
interest
  Total
equity
 
  (in thousands) 
Balance as of April 1, 2012 $21,687  $135,008  $(20,534) $5,802  $233  $(4,020) $(22,752) $57,766  $242,975     $416,165  $38,083  $454,248 
                                                     
Profit for the year                          27,107      27,107   6,558   33,665 
                                                     
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year        (12,208)     1,295                  (10,913)  (1,974)  (12,887)
                                                     
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year        (12,208)     1,295            27,107      16,194   4,584   20,778 
                                                     
Issues of shares to wholly owned trust (Note 24)  966   24,539                        (25,505)         
                                                     
Dividend paid by a subsidiary                                    (770)  (770)
                                                     
Share based compensation                          1,888      1,888      1,888 
                                                     
Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control                       4,331         4,331   5,701   10,032 
                                                     
Balance as of March 31, 2013 $22,653  $159,547  $(32,742) $5,802  $1,528  $(4,020) $(22,752) $62,097  $271,970  $(25,505) $438,578  $47,598  $486,176 

 

During the year ended March 31, 2013 the Group’s Indian subsidiary, Eros International Media Limited, issued shares to its employees under an ESOP scheme resulting in an increase in the non-controlling interest in accordance with the policy set out in Note 3.2.

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 C: 
F-9
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH31, 2012

 

        Other components of equity  Reserves     Equity
Attributable to
shareholders
    
  Share
capital
  Share
premium
account
  Currency
translation
reserve
  Available
 for sale
investments
  Revaluation
reserve
  Hedging
reserve
  Reverse
acquisition
reserve
  Merger
reserve
  Retained
earnings
  JSOP
reserve
  of EROS
International
PLC
  Non-
controlling
interest
 
  (in thousands) 
Balance as of April 1, 2011 $21,349  $128,296  $102  $(1,864) $233  $(4,578) $(22,752) $63,102  $205,745  $389,633  $35,742  $425,375 
                                                 
Profit for the year                          37,406   37,406   6,174   43,580 
                                                 
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year        (20,636)  7,666      558      (6,458)     (18,870)  (4,572)  (23,442)
                                                 
Total comprehensive income /(loss) for the year        (20,636)  7,666      558      (6,458)  37,406   18,536   1,602   20,138 
                                                 
Issues of shares upon exercise of options by employees  338   6,712                        7,050   177   7,227 
                                                 
Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control                       1,122   (176)  946   562   1,508 
                                                 
Balance as of March 31, 2012 $21,687  $135,008  $(20,534) $5,802  $233  $(4,020) $(22,752) $57,766  $242,975  $416,165  $38,083  $454,248 

 

During the year ended March 31, 2012 the Group’s Indian subsidiary, Eros International Media Limited, issued shares to its employees under an ESOP scheme resulting in an increase in the non-controlling interest in accordance with the policy set out in Note 3.2.

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 C: 
F-10
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1 NATURE OF OPERATIONS, GENERAL INFORMATION AND BASIS OF PREPARATION

 

Eros International Plc (“Eros”) and its subsidiaries’ (together with Eros, the “Group”) principal activities include the acquisition, co-production and distribution of Indian films and related content. Eros International Plc is the Group’s ultimate parent company. It is incorporated and domiciled in the Isle of Man. The address of Eros International Plc’s registered office is Fort Anne, Douglas, Isle of Man IM1 5PD. On November 18, 2013, Eros completed an Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) of 5,000,000 ‘A’ ordinary 30p shares, at a price to the public of $11.00 per share, raising $55 million in new capital before underwriting discounts and expenses. (Refer to Note 24)

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (see Note 35.1). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention on a going concern basis, with the exception of the revaluation of certain properties and certain financial instruments.

 

The Group’s accounting policies as set out below have been applied consistently throughout the Group to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated. The functional currency of Eros is U.S. Dollars. The presentation currency of the Group is U.S. Dollars as this is the currency that the majority of its funding and transactions are denominated in. A significant proportion of the Group’s trading is denominated in India Rupee (“INR”). However, the Group’s major financial liabilities are borrowed in U.S. Dollars and Eros is listed on the NYSE, an international financial market, so the Group continues to use U.S. Dollars as its presentation currency.

 

The financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2014 were approved by the Eros Board of Directors and authorized for issue on June 17, 2014.

 

2 GOING CONCERN

 

The Group meets its day to day working capital requirements and funds its investment in content through a variety of banking arrangements and cash generated from operations. Under the terms of such banking arrangements the Group is able to draw down in the local currencies of its operating businesses. The net foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities position at March 31, 2014 and 2013 are shown in Note 29.

 

The facilities (as set out in Note 22) are subject to individual covenants which vary but include provisions such as a fixed charge over certain assets, Total Available Facilities against statement of financial position value, net debt against earnings before interest, income, tax expense, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), and a negative pledge that restricts our ability to incur liens, security interests or similar encumbrances or arrangements on our assets. The Group is cash generating before capital expenditures and is in full compliance with the covenants contained in its existing bank Facilities. As at March 31, 2014 the Group had $145.4 million of cash and cash equivalents (2013: $107.6 million), $112.7 million of net debt (2013: $138.2 million) and undrawn amounts under its facilities of $19.8 million (2013: $4.3 million).

 

The Group is exposed to uncertainties arising from the global economic climate and also in the markets in which it operates. Market conditions could lead to lower than anticipated demand for the Group’s products and services and exchange rate volatility could also impact reported performance. The Directors have considered the impact of these and other uncertainties and factored them into their financial forecasts and assessment of covenant headroom. The Group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading performance (and available mitigating actions), show that the Group will be able to operate within the expected limits of the Facilities and provide headroom against the covenants for the foreseeable future. For this reason, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

 

  3 SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

3.1. Overall Considerations

 

The significant accounting policies that have been used in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are summarized below. Financial statements are subject to the application of significant accounting estimates and judgments. These are summarized in Note 34.

 

 C: 
F-11
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

3.2. Basis of Consolidation

 

The Group financial statements consolidate those of the Company and entities controlled by the Company and its subsidiary undertakings. Control exists when the Company has existing rights that give the Company the current ability to direct the activities which affect the entity’s returns; the Company is exposed to or has rights to a return which may vary depending on the entity’s performance; and the Company has the ability to use its powers to affect its own returns from its involvement with the entity.

 

Unrealized gains on transactions between the Group and its subsidiaries are eliminated. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Amounts reported in the financial statements of subsidiaries have been adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the accounting policies adopted by the Group.

 

Business combinations are dealt with by the purchase method. The purchase method involves the recognition at fair value of all identifiable assets and liabilities, including contingent liabilities of the subsidiary, at the acquisition date, regardless of whether or not they were recorded in the financial statements of the subsidiary prior to acquisition. On initial recognition, the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary are included in the consolidated statement of financial position at their fair values, which are also used as the bases for subsequent measurement in accordance with the Group accounting policies. Goodwill is stated after separating out identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition.

 

Changes in controlling interest in a subsidiary that do not result in gaining or losing control are not business combinations as defined by IFRS 3. The Group adopts the “equity transaction method” which regards the transaction as a realignment of the interests of the different equity holders in the Group. Under the equity transaction method an increase or decrease in the Group’s ownership interest is accounted for as follows:

  · the non-controlling component of equity is adjusted to reflect the non-controlling interest revised share of the net carrying value of the subsidiaries net assets;
  · the difference between the consideration received or paid and the adjustment to non-controlling interests is debited or credited to a different component of equity — merger reserves;
  · no adjustment is made to the carrying amount of goodwill or the subsidiaries’ net assets as reported in the consolidated financial statements; and
  · no gain or loss is reported in the income statement.

 

3.3. Segment Reporting

 

Operating Segments (“IFRS 8”) requires operating segments to be identified on the same basis as is used internally for the review of performance and allocation of resources by the Group chief executive officer. The revenues of films are earned over various formats; all such formats are functional activities of filmed entertainment and these activities take place on an integrated basis. The management team reviews the financial information on an integrated basis for the Group as a whole, with respective heads of business for each region and in accordance with IFRS 8, the Company provides a geographical split as it considers that all activities fall within one segment of business which is filmed entertainment. The management team also monitors performance separately for individual films or for at least 12 months after the theatrical release. Certain resources such as publicity and advertising, and the cost of a film are also reviewed globally.

 

Eros has identified four geographic areas, consisting of its main geographic areas (India, North America and Europe), together with the rest of the world.

 

3.4. Revenue

 

Revenue is recognized, net of sales related taxes, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed or determinable, the product is delivered or services have been rendered and collectability is reasonably assured. The Group considers the terms of each arrangement to determine the appropriate accounting treatment.

 

 C: 
F-12
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following additional criteria apply in respect of various revenue streams within filmed entertainment:

  · Theatrical — Contracted minimum guarantees are recognized on the theatrical release date. The Group’s share of box office receipts in excess of the minimum guarantee is recognized at the point they are notified to the Group.
  · Television — License fees received in advance which do not meet all the above criteria are included in deferred income until the above criteria is met.
  · Other — DVD, CD and video distribution revenue is recognized on the date the product is delivered or if licensed in line with the above criteria. Provision is made for physical returns where applicable. Digital and ancillary media revenues are recognized at the earlier of when the content is accessed or declared. Visual effects, production and other fees for services rendered by the Group and overhead recharges are recognized in the period in which they are earned and the stage of production is used to determine the proportion recognized in the period.

 

3.5. Goodwill

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Gain on bargain purchase is recognized immediately after acquisition in the consolidated income statement.

 

3.6. Intangible Assets

 

Non-Current Intangible assets acquired by the Group are stated at cost less accumulated amortization less impairment loss, if any, except those acquired as part of a business combination, which are shown at fair value at the date of acquisition less accumulated amortization less impairment loss, if any (film production cost and content advances are transferred to film and content rights at the point at which content is first exploited). “Eros” (the “Trade name”) is considered to have an indefinite life and is held at cost less impairment.

 

Content

 

Investments in films and associated rights, including acquired rights and distribution advances in respect of completed films, are stated at cost less amortization less provision for impairment. Costs include production costs, overhead and capitalized interest costs net of any amounts received from third party investors. A charge is made to write down the cost of completed rights over the estimated useful lives, writing off more in year one which recognizes initial income flows and then the balance over a period of up to nine years, except where the asset is not yet available for exploitation. The average life of the assets is the lesser of 10 years or the remaining life of the content rights. The amortization charge is recognized in the income statement within cost of sales. The determination of useful life is based upon Management’s judgment and includes assumptions on the timing and future estimated revenues to be generated by these assets, which are summarized in note 34.3.

 

Trade name

 

“Eros” the Trade name is considered to have an indefinite economic life because of the institutional nature of the corporate brand name, its proven ability to maintain market leadership and the Group’s commitment to develop, enhance and retain its value. The carrying value is reviewed at least annually for impairment and adjusted to recoverable amount if required.

 

Others

 

Other intangible assets, which comprise internally generated and acquired software used within the Group’s digital, home entertainment and internal accounting activities, are stated at cost less amortization less provision for impairment. A charge is made to write down the cost of completed rights over the estimated useful lives except where the asset is not yet available for exploitation. The average life of the assets is the lesser of 5 years or the remaining life of the asset. The amortization charge is recognized in the income statement within administrative expenses.

 

Subsequent expenditure

 

Expenditure on capitalized intangible assets subsequent to the original expenditure is included only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates.

 

 C: 
F-13
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Internally generated assets

 

An internally generated intangible asset arising from the Group’s software development activities that is expected to be completed is recognized only if all the following criteria are met:

  · an asset is created that can be identified (such as software and new processes);
  · it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and
  · the development cost can be measured reliably.

 

When these criteria are met and there are appropriate resources to complete development, the expenditure is capitalized at cost. Where these criteria are not met development expenditure is recognized as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. Internally generated intangible assets are amortized over their useful economic life from the date that they start generating future economic benefits.

 

3.7. Impairment Testing of Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Property, Plant and Equipment.

 

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). As a result, some assets are tested individually for impairment and some are tested at the cash-generating unit level. Goodwill is allocated to those cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from synergies of the related business combination and represent the lowest level within the Group at which Management monitors the related cash flows.

 

Goodwill and Trade names are tested for impairment at least annually. All other individual assets or cash-generating units are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

 

An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s or cash-generating unit’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value, reflecting market conditions less costs to sell, and value in use based on an internal discounted cash flow evaluation. Impairment losses recognized for cash-generating units, to which goodwill has been allocated, are credited initially to the carrying amount of goodwill. Any remaining impairment loss is charged pro rata to the other assets in the cash generating unit.

 

Film content costs are stated at the lower of unamortized cost or estimated recoverable amounts. In accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets, film content costs are assessed for indication of impairment on a library basis as the nature of the Group’s business, the contracts it has in place and the markets it operates in do not yet make an ongoing individual film evaluation feasible with reasonable certainty.

 

With the exception of goodwill, all assets are subsequently reassessed for indications that an impairment loss previously recognized may no longer exist.

 

3.8. Property, Plant & Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Land and freehold buildings are shown at what Management believes to be their fair value, based on, among other things, periodic but at least triennial valuations by an external independent valuer, less subsequent depreciation for freehold buildings. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold land and buildings are credited to other reserves in shareholders’ equity. Decreases that offset previous increases are charged against other reserves.

 

Depreciation is provided to write off the cost of all property, plant and equipment to their residual value as stated below:

 

    Rate of
depreciation
% straight line
per annum
 
Freehold Building   2-10  
Furniture & Fixtures and Equipment   15-20  
Vehicles and Plant & Machinery   15-40  

 

 C: 
F-14
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Material residual value estimates are updated as required, but at least annually, whether or not the asset is revalued.

 

3.9. Inventories

 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost in respect of goods for resale is defined as purchase price, including appropriate labor costs and other overheads. Cost in respect of raw materials is purchase price.

 

Purchase price is assigned using a weighted average basis. Net realizable value is defined as anticipated selling price or anticipated revenue less cost to completion.

 

3.10. Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments which are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

 

3.11. Borrowings

 

Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost with any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value recognized in the income statement within Finance costs over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Finance costs in respect of film productions and other assets which take a substantial period of time to get ready for use or for exploitation are capitalized as part of the asset.

 

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the statement of financial position date.

 

3.12. Financial Instruments

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized when a Group entity becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

 

Financial assets and liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets or liabilities (other than financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate, on initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss are recognized immediately in profit or loss.

 

A financial instrument is held for trading if:

  · it has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling/repurchasing it in the near term; or
  · on initial recognition it is part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that the Group manages together and has a recent pattern of short-term profit taking; or
  · it is a derivative that is not designated in a hedging relationship.

 

The fair value of financial instruments denominated in a foreign currency is determined in that foreign currency and translated at the spot rate at the end of the reporting period. The foreign exchange component forms part of its fair value gain or loss. Therefore for financial instruments that are classified as fair value through profit and loss, the exchange component is recognized in profit and loss through “other gains and losses”.

 C: 
F-15
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

3.13. Financial Instruments

 

Financial assets are divided into the following categories:

  · financial assets at fair value through profit and loss;
  · loans and receivables;
  · held-to-maturity investments; and
  · available-for-sale financial assets.

 

Financial assets are assigned to the different categories by management on initial recognition, depending on the nature and purpose of the financial assets. The designation of financial assets is re-evaluated at every reporting date at which a choice of classification or accounting treatment is available.

 

Loans and receivables

 

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Loans and receivables (including trade and other receivables, bank and cash balances) are measured subsequent to initial recognition at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. Any change in their value through impairment or reversal of impairment is recognized in the income statement.

 

Provision against trade receivables is made when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due to it in accordance with the original terms of those receivables. The amount of the write-down is determined as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows.

 

Held-to-maturity investments

 

Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that the Group’s management has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity.

 

Available-for-sale financial assets

 

Available-for-sale financial assets include non-derivative financial assets that are either designated as such or do not qualify for inclusion in any of the other categories of financial assets. All financial assets within this category are measured subsequently at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in other comprehensive income. Gains and losses arising from investments classified as available-for-sale are recognized in the income statement when they are sold or when the investment is impaired.

 

In the case of impairment of available-for-sale assets, any loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the income statement. Impairment losses recognized in the income statement on equity instruments are not reversed through the income statement. Impairment losses recognized previously on debt securities are reversed through the income statement when the increase can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in the income statement.

 

Where the Group consider that fair value can be reliably measured the fair values of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market are determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses its judgment to select a variety of methods and make assumptions that are mainly based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. Available-for-sale equity instruments that do not have a quoted price in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured are measured at cost less impairment at the end of each reporting period.

 

An assessment for impairment is undertaken at least at each statement of financial position date.

 

A financial asset is derecognized only where the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire or the financial asset is transferred and that transfer qualifies for de-recognition. A financial asset is transferred if the contractual rights to receive the cash flows of the asset have been transferred or the Group retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flows of the asset but assumes a contractual obligation to pay the cash flows to one or more recipients. A financial asset that is transferred qualifies for de-recognition if the Group transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset, or if the Group neither retains nor transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership but does transfer control of that asset.

 C: 
F-16
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

3.14. Financial Liabilities

 

Financial liabilities are classified as either ‘financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss’ or ‘other financial liabilities’. Financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method or at fair value through profit or loss.

 

Financial liabilities are classified as at fair value through profit or loss when the financial liability is held for trading such as a derivative, except for a designated and effective hedging instrument, or if upon initial recognition it is thus designated to eliminate or significantly reduce measurement or recognition inconsistency or it forms part of a contract containing one or more embedded derivatives and the contract is designated as fair value through profit or loss.

 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are stated at fair value. Any gains or losses arising of held for trading financial liabilities are recognized in profit or loss. Such gains or losses incorporate any interest paid and are included in the “other gains and losses” line item.

 

Other financial liabilities (including borrowing and trade and other payables) are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments (including all fees and points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the financial liability, or (where appropriate) a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

 

A financial liability is derecognized only when the obligation is extinguished, that is, when the obligation is discharged or cancelled or expires. Changes in liabilities’ fair value that are reported in profit or loss are included in the income statement within finance costs or finance income.

 

3.15. Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Group uses derivative financial instruments (“derivatives”) to reduce its exposure to interest rate movements.

 

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date the derivative contracts are entered into and are subsequently re-measured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in the profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship.

 

At the inception of the hedge relationship, the Group documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk.

 

Cash flow hedging

 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated under the heading of other reserves. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in profit or loss, and is included in the ‘other gains and losses’ line item.

 

Amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item is recognized in profit or loss, in the same line of the consolidated income statement as the recognized hedged item. However, when the hedged forecast transaction results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial asset or non-financial liability.

 

 C: 
F-17
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Cash flow hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes the hedging relationship, when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or when it no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any gain or loss recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

 

3.16. Provisions 

 

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligations and can be reliably measured. Provisions are measured at Management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligations at the statement of financial position date and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.

 

3.17. Leases

 

Leases in which significantly all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership are not transferred to the lessee are classified as operating leases. Payments under such leases are charged to the income statement on a straight line basis over the period of the lease.

 

3.18. Taxation

 

Taxation on profit and loss comprises current tax and deferred tax. Tax is recognized in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity or other comprehensive income in which case it is recognized in equity or other comprehensive income.

 

Current tax is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the statement of financial position date along with any adjustment relating to tax payable in previous years.

 

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the statement of financial position date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled in the appropriate territory.

 

Deferred tax in respect of undistributed earnings of subsidiaries is recognized except where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which temporary differences can be utilized.

 

3.19. Employee Benefits

 

The Group operates defined contribution pension plans and healthcare and insurance plans on behalf of its employees. The amounts due are all expensed as they fall due.

 

In accordance with IFRS 2 Share Based Payments, the fair value of shares or options granted is recognized as personnel costs with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at the grant date and spread over the period during which the recipient becomes unconditionally entitled to payment unless forfeited or surrendered. The Joint Share Ownership Plan (“JSOP”) (as described in Note 25) includes non-market based vesting conditions in addition to market based vesting conditions. The fair value of the option includes the effect of market based vesting conditions and excludes the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions.

 

The fair value of share options granted is measured using the Black Scholes model or a Monte-Carlo simulation model, each taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the grants are made. At each statement of financial position date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of non-market-based vesting conditions. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the revised estimate of the number of equity instruments that are expected to become exercisable, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves. None of the Group plans feature any options for cash settlements.

 

Upon exercise of share options, the proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs up to the nominal value of the shares are allocated to share capital with any excess being recorded as additional paid in capital.

 C: 
F-18
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

3.20. Foreign Currencies

 

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated at the prevailing rates of exchange at the statement of financial position date. Non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are translated at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined.

 

Any exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items at rates different from those at which they were initially recorded are recognized in the income statement in the period in which they arise. Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at rates prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

 

The assets and liabilities in the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries and related goodwill are translated at the prevailing rate of exchange at the statement of financial position date. Income and expenses are translated at the monthly average rate. The exchange differences arising from the retranslation of the foreign operations are recognized in other comprehensive income and taken in to the “Translation reserve” in equity. On disposal of a foreign operation the cumulative translation differences (including, if applicable, gains and losses on related hedges) are transferred to the income statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal.

 

3.21. Transactions Costs Relating to Equity Transactions:

 

The Group defers costs in issuing or acquiring its own equity instruments to the extent they are incremental costs directly attributable to an equity transaction that otherwise would have been avoided.  Such costs are accounted for as a deduction from equity (net of any related income tax benefit) upon completion of the equity transaction. The costs of an equity transaction which is abandoned is recognized as an expense.

 

3.22. Equity

 

Equity comprises the following components:

·Share capital – this represents the nominal value of equity shares;
·Share premium – this represents the excess over nominal value of the fair value of consideration received for equity shares, net of expenses of the share issue;
·Currency reserve – this represents the differences arising from translation of investments in overseas subsidiaries;
·Joint Share Ownership Reserve – this represents the cost of shares of Eros held by the employee benefit trust, consolidated as a part of the Group and treated as treasury shares;
·Reverse acquisition reserve – this represents the difference between the required total of the Group’s equity instruments and the reported equity of the legal parent;
·Available-for-sale investments – this represents fair value movement net of impairment loss, if any, recognized since the date of acquisition of investments:
·Revaluation reserve – this represents the fair value movement of land and buildings measured on a fair value basis;
·Hedging reserve – this represents effective portion of change in fair value of derivative instruments designated in a cash flow hedge relationship;
·Merger reserve – this represents the gain/loss recognized as a result of a change in parent undertakings ownership interest in a subsidiary undertaking without loss of control;
·Retained earnings – this represents undistributed earnings of the Group; and
·Non-Controlling Interests – this represents amounts attributable to non-controlling interests as a result of their interests in subsidiary undertakings.

 

4 BUSINESS SEGMENTAL DATA

 

The Group acquires, co-produces and distributes Indian films in multiple formats worldwide. Film content is monitored and strategic decisions around the business operations are made based on the film content, whether it is new release or library. Hence, Management identifies only one operating segment in the business, film content. We distribute our film content to the Indian population in India, the South Asian diaspora worldwide and to non-Indian consumers who view Indian films that are subtitled or dubbed in local languages. As a result of these distribution activities, Eros has identified four geographic markets: India, North America, Europe and the Rest of the world.

 

 C: 
F-19
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Revenues are presented based on the region of domicile and by customer location:

 

   Year ended March 31 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
Revenue by region of domicile            
India  $125,062   $128,001   $113,573 
Europe   21,152    31,450    41,828 
North America   13,622    10,797    10,454 
Rest of the world   75,634    45,098    40,619 
Total Revenue  $235,470   $215,346   $206,474 

 

   Year ended March 31 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
Revenue by customer location               
India  $117,647   $135,292   $136,942 
Europe   22,245    35,147    26,852 
North America   14,017    12,678    8,379 
Rest of the world   81,561    32,229    34,301 
Total Revenue  $235,470   $215,346   $206,474 

 

Revenue of $45,636,000 (2013: $14,460,000 and 2012: $6,287,000) from the United Arab Emirates is included within Rest of the world and revenue of $14,975,000 (2013: $34,945,000 and 2012: $25,059,000) from United Kingdom is included under Europe in the above table.

 

For the year ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013, no customers accounted for more than 10% of the Group’s total revenues. For the year ended March 31, 2012, an aggregator of television rights, Dhrishti Creations Pvt. Ltd. accounted for 11.8% of the Group’s total revenues. In each year no revenue arose in the Isle of Man.

 

   India   North
America
   Europe   Rest of the
World
 
   (in thousands) 
Assets                    
As of March 31, 2014  $245,887   $28   $39,618   $319,730 
As of March 31, 2013  $230,143   $44   $32,672   $302,120 

 

Segment assets of $276,865,000 (2013: $272,034,000) in the United Arab Emirates is included under Rest of the world and segment assets of $21,132,000 (2013: $28,014,000) in United Kingdom is included under Europe in the above table.

 

5 PERSONNEL

 

   Year ended March 31 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
Salaries  $10,413   $9,275   $7,733 
Social security and other employment charges   1,116    683    623 
Wages and expenses   11,529    9,958    8,356 
Share based compensation   18,421    1,888    2,889 
Pension charges   66    34    29 
Personnel costs  $30,016   $11,880   $11,274 

 

 C: 
F-20
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

   Year ended March 31 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
Key Management Compensation               
Short term benefits  $4,753   $3,859   $3,519 
Post-employment plans   39    41    29 
Share based compensation   15,796    1,303    1,479 
   $20,588   $5,203   $5,027 

 

Post-employment benefits all related to defined contribution plans/benefit plans.

 

6 PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

 

Profit for the year is arrived at after the following charged/(credited) to the income statement:

 

   Year ended March 31 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment  $789   $1,003   $1,275 
Amortization of other intangible assets   578    715    278 
Amortization of film and content rights   99,620    101,955    86,525 
Operating lease rentals   973    1,223    1,651 

 

7 FINANCE CHARGES AND INCOME

 

   Year ended March 31 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
Interest on bank overdrafts and loans  $17,382   $13,720   $4,936 
Profit/(losses) recognized on discontinuation of cash flow hedge accounting   1,233        4,405 
Interest expense on other borrowings           120 
Total interest expense for financial liabilities not classified at fair value through profit or loss   18,615    13,720    9,461 
Reclassification of gains on hedging previously recognized in other comprehensive income           2,223 
Capitalized interest on filmed content   (8,705)   (7,518)   (5,987)
Total finance costs   9,910    6,202    5,697 
Less: Interest revenue               
Bank Deposits   (2,393)   (4,206)   (2,355)
Held- to- maturity financial assets       (527)   (2,333)
Total finance income   (2,393)   (4,733)   (4,688)
                
Net finance costs  $7,517   $1,469   $1,009 

 

For the year ended March 31, 2014, the capitalization rate of interest was 7.4% (2013: 5.6%, 2012:5.2%).

 

8 OTHER GAINS AND LOSSES

 

   Year ended March 31 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
Losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment  $7   $389   $239 
Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses   (647)   1,933    1,057 
Net (gains)/losses on held for trading financial liabilities   (5,176)   5,667    4,264 
Reclassification adjustment relating to available-for-sale financial assets           1,300 
Transaction costs relating to equity transactions   8,169         
Others           (70)
   $2,353   $7,989   $6,790 

 

 C: 
F-21
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The net loss on held for trading financial liabilities in the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 principally relate to derivative instruments not designated in a hedging relationship.

 

The Company incurred $13,583,000 towards the issue and listing of the ‘A’ ordinary shares of the Company on the NYSE and contemporaneous delisting of AIM listed shares. As the transaction costs incurred relate to more than one transaction, the Company allocated these costs in proportion to the number of existing shares listed on NYSE and the number of shares newly issued. Transactions costs of $8,169,000 attributed towards listing of existing shares are recorded in profit or loss and as a result, $5,414,000 was recorded in equity.

 

9 INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

   Year ended March 31 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
Current tax expense  $6,487   $7,102   $4,946 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences   6,356    4,811    5,113 
Provision for income taxes  $12,843   $11,913   $10,059 

 

Reconciliation of tax charge

 

   Year ended March 31 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
Profit before tax  $49,987   $45,578   $53,639 
Income tax expense at tax rates applicable to individual entities   10,543    9,921    9,060 
Tax effect of:               
Effect of changes in tax rates on temporary differences brought forward   1,497         
Items not deductible for tax   741    421    451 
(Increase)/Utilization of tax losses           143 
Others   62    1,571    405 
Income tax expense  $12,843   $11,913   $10,059 

 

10 CHANGES IN DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities 

 

   Year ended March 31, 2014 
   Opening
Balance
   Recognized in
Profit & Loss
   Translation
Adjustment
   Closing
Balance
 
   (in thousands) 
Deferred tax assets:                    
Business loss carry forwards  $383   $(343)  $(40)  $ 
Expenses deductible in future years   17    (19)   2     
Minimum alternate tax carry- forward   9,661    2,186    (166)   11,681 
Property, plant and equipment   122    (45)       77 
Others   1,879    145    (144)   1,880 
Total deferred tax asset  $12,062   $1,924   $(348)  $13,638 
Deferred tax liabilities                    
Property, plant and equipment   (310)   (25)   24    (311)
Intangible assets   (29,969)   (8,308)   2,820    (35,457)
Others   (53)   53    (53)   (53)
Total deferred tax liability  $(30,332)  $(8,280)  $2,791   $(35,821)
                     
Net deferred tax asset / (liability)  $(18,270)  $(6,356)  $2,443   $(22,183)
As at March 31, 2014                    
Deferred tax asset                 $77 
Deferred tax liability                 $(22,260)

 

 C: 
F-22
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

   Year ended March 31, 2013 
   Opening
Balance
   Recognized in
Profit & Loss
   Translation
Adjustment
   Closing
Balance
 
   (in thousands) 
Deferred tax assets:                    
Business loss carry forwards  $403   $5   $(25)  $383 
Expenses deductible in future years   21    2    (6)   17 
Minimum alternate tax carry- forward   5,220    4,768    (327)   9,661 
Property, plant and equipment   78    45    (1)   122 
Others   1,843    131    (95)   1,879 
Total deferred tax asset  $7,565   $4,951   $(454)  $12,062 
Deferred tax liabilities                    
Property, plant and equipment   (160)   (161)   11    (310)
Intangible assets   (21,787)   (9,548)   1,366    (29,969)
Others       (53)       (53)
Total deferred tax liability  $(21,947)  $(9,762)  $1,377   $(30,332)
                     
Net deferred tax asset / (liability)  $(14,382)  $(4,811)  $923   $(18,270)
As at March 31, 2013                    
Deferred tax asset                 $569 
Deferred tax liability                 $(18,839)

 

   Year ended March 31, 2012 
   Opening
Balance
   Recognized in
Profit & Loss
   Translation
Adjustment
   Closing
Balance
 
   (in thousands) 
Deferred tax assets:                    
Business loss carry forwards   498   $(34)  $(61)  $403 
Expenses deductible in future years   19    5    (3)   21 
Minimum Alternative Tax carried forward   3,121    2,659    (560)   5,220 
Property plant and equipment   48    31    (1)   78 
Others   (300)   167    38    (95)
Total deferred tax asset   3,386   $2,828   $(587)  $5,627 
                     
Deferred tax liabilities                    
Property plant and equipment   (388)   190    38    (160)
Intangible assets   (16,335)   (8,020)   2,568    (21,787)
Others   (617)   2,548    7    1,938 
Total deferred tax liability  $(17,340)  $(5,282)  $2,613   $(20,009)
                     
Net deferred tax asset / (liability)  $(13,954)  $(2,454)  $2,026   $(14,382)
As at March 31, 2012                    
Deferred tax asset                 $407 
Deferred tax liability                 $(14,789)

 

 

Deferred tax is calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method using the local tax rate of the country in which the timing difference occurs.

 

The deferred tax assets have been recognized on the basis that there is sufficient certainty of profitability to utilize the available losses and tax credits. No deferred tax liabilities have been provided on the undistributed earnings of its subsidiaries to the extent of $18,942,000 as Eros is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

 C: 
F-23
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Eros International Media Limited is liable to pay Minimum Alternate Tax (“MAT”) under the Indian Income tax laws. The tax paid under MAT provisions can be carried forward and set-off against future income tax liabilities computed under normal tax provisions within a period of ten years, and has been treated as a deferred tax asset.

 

In addition to the amount charged in the income statement, no amounts relating to tax have been recognized in other comprehensive income: No amounts relating to tax have been recognized directly in equity.

 

11 EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands, except number of shares and earnings per share) 
   Basic   Diluted   Basic   Diluted   Basic   Diluted 
Earnings                              
Earnings attributable to the equity holders of the parent  $29,861   $29,861   $27,107   $27,107   $37,406   $37,406 
Potential dilutive effect related to share based compensation scheme in subsidiary undertaking       (141)       (23)       (507)
Adjusted earnings attributable to equity holders of the parent  $29,861   $29,720   $27,107   $27,084   $37,406   $36,899 
Number of shares                              
Weighted average number of shares   45,590,242    45,590,242    39,438,958    39,438,958    39,075,740    39,075,740 
Potential dilutive effect related to share based compensation scheme       16,525        17,457        62,438 
Adjusted weighted average number of shares   45,590,242    45,606,767    39,438,958    39,456,415    39,075,740    39,138,178 
Earnings per share                              
Earnings attributable to the equity holders of the parent per share (cents)   65.5    65.2    68.7    68.6    95.7    94.3 

 

The above table does not split the earnings per share separately for the A ordinary 30p shares and the B ordinary 30p shares as there is no variation in their entitlement to participate in undistributed earnings. All share and per share data provided herein gives effect to the three-for-one stock split conversion, that occurred in November 2013, retroactively.

 

Options under the JSOP can potentially dilute basic earnings per share and have been included as appropriate in the calculation of diluted earnings per share except where they are anti-dilutive. During the year ended March 31, 2013, 2,000,164 shares were not included in diluted earnings per share.

 

 C: 
F-24
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

12 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

   Year ended March 31, 2014 
   Land
and
Building
   Furniture,
Fittings and
Equipment
   Vehicles   Plant and
Machinery
   Total 
   (in thousands) 
Opening net carrying amount  $10,089   $760   $327   $504   $11,680 
Exchange differences   (639)   (61)   (29)   (46)   (775)
Additions       13        55    68 
Disposals       (64)   (72)   (22)   (158)
Adjustment of Depreciation on disposal       63    60    17    140 
Depreciation charge   (472)   (128)   (79)   (110)   (789)
Closing net carrying amount  $8,978   $583   $207   $398   $10,166 

 

   As at March 31, 2014 
   (in thousands) 
Cost or valuation  $11,245   $1,642   $937   $2,972   $16,796 
Accumulated depreciation   (2,267)   (1,059)   (730)   (2,574)   (6,630)
Net carrying amount  $8,978   $583   $207   $398   $10,166 

 

   Year ended March 31, 2013 
   Land and
Building
   Furniture,
Fittings and
Equipment
   Vehicles   Plant and
Machinery
   Total 
   (in thousands) 
Opening net carrying amount  $9,542   $917   $456   $1,707   $12,622 
Exchange differences   (524)   (15)   (27)   (106)   (672)
Revaluations   1,726                1,726 
Additions       16    16    55    87 
Disposals       (336)   (12)   (1,414)   (1,762)
Adjustment on Depreciation on disposal/revaluation   146    52    9    1,076    1,283 
Depreciation charge   (500)   (179)   (115)   (209)   (1,003)
Reclassification adjustments   (301)   305        (605)   (601)
Closing net carrying amount  $10,089   $760   $327   $504   $11,680 

 

   As at March 31, 2013 
   (in thousands) 
Cost or valuation  $12,099   $2,337   $1,702   $3,935   $20,073 
Accumulated depreciation   (2,010)   (1,577)   (1,375)   (3,431)   (8,393)
Net carrying amount  $10,089   $760   $327   $504   $11,680 

 

Property, Plant and Equipment with a net carrying amount of $10,055,000 (2013: $11,528,000) have been pledged to secure borrowings (see Note 22).

 

Land and buildings were revalued as at March 31, 2013 by independent valuers, not connected to the Group, on the basis of market value. Fair values were estimated based on recent market transactions, which were then adjusted for specific conditions relating to the land and buildings. As at March 31, 2014, had land and buildings of the Group been carried at historical cost less accumulated depreciation, their carrying amount would have been $7,072,000 (2013: $8,202,000)

 

 C: 
F-25
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

13 GOODWILL AND TRADE NAME

 

   Goodwill   Trade
Name
 
   (in thousands) 
Balance as at March 31, 2014  $1,878   $14,000 
Balance as at March 31, 2013  $1,878   $14,000 

 

Goodwill has been assessed for impairment at the Group level as the Group is considered as one single cash generating unit and represents the lowest level at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

 

The recoverable amount of the cash generating unit has been determined based on value in use. Value in use has been determined based on future cash flows after considering current economic conditions and trends, estimated future operating results, growth rates and anticipated future economic conditions.

 

As of March 31, 2014, for assessing impairment of goodwill, value in use is determined using discounted cash flow method. The estimated cash flows for a period of four years were developed using internal forecasts, and a pre-tax discount rate of 12.1% (2013:11.50%) and terminal growth rate of 4% (2013: 4%).

 

As of March 31, 2014, for assessing the impairment of the trade name, value in use is measured using the relief from royalty method based on a Royalty of 3% (2013: 3%) on the estimated total revenue for a period of four years and, a pre-tax discount rate of 14.1% (2013: 13.50%) and terminal growth rate of 4% (2013: 4%).

 

Management believes that any reasonably possible change in the key assumptions would not cause the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit.

 

The Trade Name is associated with the ‘Eros International’ and other Eros logos, and is considered to have an indefinite useful life, which view is supported by the intention of the Management to retain the trade name within the business indefinitely.

 

14 INTANGIBLE CONTENT ASSETS

 

   Gross
Content
Assets
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Content
Assets
 
   (in thousands) 
As at March 31, 2014            
Film and content rights  $847,095   $(449,413)  $397,682 
Content advances   179,605        179,605 
Film productions   417        417 
Non-current content assets  $1,027,117   $(449,413)  $577,704 
                
As at March 31, 2013               
Film and content rights  $766,387   $(396,034)  $370,353 
Content advances   163,781        163,781 
Film productions   1,170        1,170 
Non-current content assets  $931,338   $(396,034)  $535,304 

 

 

 C: 
F-26
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Changes in the content assets are as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31 
   2014   2013 
   (in thousands) 
Film productions          
Opening balance  $1,170   $ 
Additions       1,170 
Changes in foreign currency translation   (113)    
Transfer to film and content rights   (640)    
Closing balance  $417   $1,170 
           
Content advances          
Opening balance  $163,781   $162,377 
Additions (net of impairment loss of $4,081,000 (2013: $2,442,000))   162,495    174,567 
Exchange difference   (9,706)   (5,948)
Transfer to film and content rights   (136,965)   (167,215)
Closing balance  $179,605   $163,781 
           
Film and content rights          
Opening balance  $370,353   $310,715 
Amortization   (99,620)   (101,955)
Adjustments       (771)
Exchange difference   (10,656)   (4,851)
Transfer from other content assets   137,605    167,215 
Closing balance  $397,682   $370,353 

 

Intangible content assets with a carrying amount of $203,244,000 (2013: $193,857,000) have been pledged to secure borrowings (see Note 22).

 

15 OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

Other intangibles comprise of internally generated software used within the Group’s digital and home entertainment activities and internal accounting activities.

 

   Gross   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net 
   (in thousands) 
As at March 31, 2014  $4,360   $(2,845)  $1,515 
As at March 31, 2013  $4,384   $(2,267)  $2,117 

 

The changes in other intangible assets are as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31 
   2014   2013 
   (in thousands) 
Opening balance  $2,117   $1,870 
Additions during the year   84    473 
Reclassifications       554 
Amortization   (578)   (715)
Exchange difference   (108)   (65)
Closing balance  $1,515   $2,117 

 

Other intangible assets with a carrying amount of $94,000 (2013: $118,000) have been pledged to secure borrowings (see Note 22).

 

 C: 
F-27
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

16 AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS

 

   As at March 31 
   2014   2013 
   (in thousands) 
Triple Com Media Pvt. Limited  $423   $468 
Valuable Technologies Limited   11,097    11,097 
LMB Holdings Limited   16,800    16,800 
Valuable Innovations Private Limited   2,020    2,020 
   $30,340   $30,385 

 

The investment in Triple Com Media Pvt. Limited (“Triple Com”) represents 10% share of the issued share capital of that company. Triple Com is involved in the aggregation and syndication of television and cable media rights in India. In the year ended March 31, 2014, due to the range of potential outcomes in valuing Triple Com, the Board was unable to give, with reasonable certainty, a fair value in the absence of detailed financial and/or valuation related information. Management has therefore held it at cost which equates to the fair value as at March 31, 2012.

 

Eros acquired an interest in Valuable Technologies Limited (“Valuable”) in the year ended March 31, 2009. The Company manages and operates a number of companies within media and entertainment, technology and infrastructure. These companies include UFO Moviez, the leading provider of Digital projection solutions for cinemas in India, Boxtech which is involved with digital movie rentals, and Impact whose business is theatrical ticketing and sales data. As at March 31, 2014, Eros owns 7.21% of Valuable’s equity. In the year ended March 31, 2014, due to the range of potential outcomes in valuing Valuable, the Board was unable to give, with reasonable certainty, a fair value in the absence of detailed financial and/or valuation related information. Management has therefore held it at cost which equates to the fair value recognized in the year ended March 31, 2012.

 

Acacia Investments Holdings Limited (“Acacia”) is a dormant holding company and owns 24% of L.M.B Holdings Limited (“LMB”) which through its subsidiaries operates two satellite television channels B4U Music and B4U Movies. As of March 31, 2014 and prior, the Group had no Board representation, no involvement in policy decision making, did not provide input in respect of technical know-how and had no material contract with LMB or its subsidiaries nor did they have the power to exert significant influence. As a result Management have historically concluded throughout its ownership that as of March 31, 2014, they did not exert any significant influence over LMB or its subsidiaries. Due to the range of potential outcomes in valuing LMB, the Board was unable to give, with reasonable certainty, a fair value. Management has therefore held it at cost which equates to the fair value recognized in the year ended March 31, 2012.

 

In April 2010, Eros acquired a 1.27% interest in Valuable Innovations Private Limited at a total cost of $2,020,000. In the year ended March 31, 2014, due to the range of potential outcomes in valuing Valuable Innovations Private Limited, the Board was unable to give, with reasonable certainty, a fair value in the absence of detailed financial and/or valuation related information. Management have therefore held it at cost.

 

These investments in unquoted equity instruments are not held for trading. Instead, they are held for medium or long-term strategic purpose.

 

 

17 INVENTORIES

 

   As at March 31 
   2014   2013 
   (in thousands) 
Goods for resale  $566   $775 
Raw materials       18 
   $566   $793 

 

During the year ended March 31, 2014, inventory of $880,000 (2013: $1,123,000) was recognized in the income statements as an expense. In each year none of the expense was as a result of the write down of inventories. Inventories with a carrying amount of $351,000 (2013: $426,000) have been pledged as security for certain of the Group’s bank overdrafts (see note 22).

 

 C: 
F-28
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

18 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

   As at March 31 
   2014   2013 
   (in thousands) 
Trade accounts receivables  $109,933   $77,104 
Trade accounts receivables reserve   (469)   (759)
Trade accounts receivables net  $109,464   $76,345 
           
Other receivables   12,721    11,089 
Prepaid charges   1,520    5,893 
Trade and other receivables  $123,705   $93,327 
           
Current Trade and other receivables   111,649    93,327 
Non Current Trade and other receivables   12,056     
   $123,705   $93,327 

 

The age of financial assets that are past due but not impaired were as follows:

 

   As at March 31 
   2014   2013 
   (in thousands) 
Not more than three months  $30,216   $4,169 
More than three months but not more than six months   5,865    738 
More than six months but not more than one year   11,250    8,695 
More than one year   4,973    1,255 
   $52,304   $14,857 

 

The movements in the trade accounts receivables reserve are as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31 
             
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
At April 1  $759   $478   $221 
Provisions   2,166    427    381 
Utilizations   (2,456)   (146)   (124)
At March 31  $469   $759   $478 

 

As a result of a renegotiation of certain contracts during the year ended March 31, 2013, $5,500,000 of trade accounts receivables were rescinded and treated as impaired at March 31, 2013. The carrying amount of trade accounts receivables and other receivables are considered a reasonable approximation of fair value. Trade and other receivables with a net carrying amount of $25,482,000 (2013: $26,854,000) have been pledged to secure borrowings (see Note 22).

 

19 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

 

   As at March 31 
   2014   2013 
   (in thousands) 
Trade accounts payable  $10,868   $13,694 
Accruals & other payables   18,959    12,964 
Value added taxes & other taxes payable   1,784    2,321 
   $31,611   $28,979 

 

The Group considers that the carrying amount of trade accounts payable and accruals & other payables approximate their fair value.

 

 C: 
F-29
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

20 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

Cash and Cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and balance with banks. Cash and Cash equivalents included in the statement of cash flows comprise amounts in the statement of financial position.

 

   As at March 31 
   2014   2013 
   (in thousands) 
    
Cash at bank and in hand   145,449    107,642 
   $145,449   $107,642 

 

21 OPERATING LEASES

 

The minimum lease rentals to be paid under non-cancellable operating leases at March 31 were as follows:

 

   As at March 31 
   2014   2013 
   (in thousands) 
Within one year  $684   $1,068 
Within two to five years   2,001    2,507 
   $2,685   $3,575 

 

The Group leases various offices and warehouses under non-cancellable operating lease agreements.

 

22 BORROWINGS

 

An analysis of long-term borrowings is shown in the table below.

 

   Nominal      As at March 31 
   Interest Rate  Maturity   2014   2013 
          (in thousands) 
Asset backed borrowings                  
Term Loan  LIBOR+5.5%   2014-15   $   $928 
Term Loan  BPLR+2.75%   2014-15    165     
Term Loan  LIBOR+8.5%   2014-15        1,055 
Term Loan  13.3-15%   2014-15    645    633 
Term Loan  10-15%   2014-15    38    91 
Term Loan  BPLR+1.8%   2016-17    16,650    18,421 
Term Loan  BPLR+2.75%   2017-18    4,384    6,401 
Term Loan  BPLR+2.75%   2018-19    2,679     
           $24,561   $27,529 
                   
Other borrowings  10.50%   2021-22   $8,516   $10,257 
Revolving facility  LIBOR +1.90%- 2.90% and Mandatory Cost   2016-17    158,750    150,000 
           $167,266   $160,257 
                   
Nominal value of borrowings          $191,827   $187,786 
Cumulative effect of unamortized costs.           (1,716)   (2,767)
Installments due within one year           (24,857)   (19,121)
Long-term borrowings — at amortized cost          $165,254   $165,898 

 

 C: 
F-30
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

On July 31, 2013, an additional lender acceded to the revolving credit facility. The additional participation in the facility was $25.0 million. This increased the total facility amount to $167.5 million, following the amortization of $7.5 million which occurred in July 2013. The total facility has now been reduced to $158.75 million following a further amortization of $8.75 million which occurred in January 2014.

 

Base Rate (“BR”) is the interest rate set by the Bank of England. Bank prime lending rate (“BPLR”) is the Indian equivalent to LIBOR. Asset backed borrowings are secured by fixed and floating charges over certain Group assets.

 

Analysis of short-term borrowings

 

   Nominal   As at March 31 
   interest rate (%)   2014   2013 
       (in thousands) 
Asset backed borrowings               
                
                
Export credit & overdraft   BPLR+1-3.5%   $15,695   $25,600 
Export credit & overdraft   LIBOR+3.5%    23,997    13,997 
Short term loan   LIBOR+2.75%    5,500     
Short term loan   BPLR+2.75%        4,605 
        $45,192   $44,202 
Unsecured borrowings               
Commercial paper   10.65% –12.97%    13,320    16,579 
Export credit and overdraft   BPLR+3.9%    6,735     
Short term loan   BPLR+3.5%    2,775     
Installments due within one year on long-term borrowings        24,857    19,121 
Short-term borrowings - at amortized cost       $92,879   $79,902 

 

Fair value of the long term borrowings as at March 31, 2014 is $179,106,000 (2013: $176,093,000). Carrying amount of short term borrowings approximates fair value. Fair values of long-term financial liabilities have been determined by calculating their present values at the reporting date, using fixed effective market interest rates available to the Companies within the Group.

 

23 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

   As of March 31 
   2014   2013 
   Current   Non-current   Current   Non-current 
   (in thousands) 
Derivative assets  $   $   $   $ 
Derivative liabilities  $   $(11,483)  $   $(16,660)

 

The above interest rate derivative instruments are not designated in a hedging relationship. They are carried at fair value through profit or loss account.

 

24 ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL

 

   Number of
Shares
   GBP 
       (in thousands) 
Authorized        
Ordinary shares of 10p each at March  31, 2013   200,000,000    20,000 
A ordinary shares of  30p each at March 31, 2014   57,778,113    17,333 
B ordinary shares of  30p each at March 31, 2014   25,555,220    7,667 

 

 C: 
F-31
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

   Number of Shares   USD 
               (in thousands) 
Allotted, called up and fully paid  A  Ordinary 
30p Shares
   B  Ordinary 
30p Shares
   Ordinary 
10p Shares
     
As at March 31, 2012            118,316,874    21,687 
Issue of shares on April 24,2012           6,000,493    966 
As at March 31, 2013           124,317,367    22,653 
Issue of shares on August 12, 2013           1,431,000    221 
Issue of shares on September 18, 2013           5,029,935    800 
Three-for-one stock split and conversion on  November 18, 2013   18,037,710    25,555,220    (130,778,302)   23,674 
Issue of shares on November 18, 2013   5,481,630            2,648 
As at March 31, 2014   23,519,340    25,555,220        26,322 

 

On April 24, 2012, shares were issued to the Company’s Employee Benefit Trust at GBP 2.64 ($12.77) a share based on the mid-market price per share pursuant to the JSOP.

 

On August 12, 2013 shares were issued for employee bonus/remuneration and contractual arrangements issued at $3.61 a share based on the mid-market price on August 12, 2013.

 

On September 18, 2013, shares were issued for employee bonus/remuneration and contractual arrangements issued at $4.02 a share based on the mid-market price on September 18, 2013.

 

On April 24, 2012, the shareholders approved resolutions effecting certain amendments to the authorized and issued share capital to effect a three-for-one split of the Company’s share capital pursuant to which each ordinary share of the Company was subdivided into 3 shares at a par value of GBP 0.30 per share on November 18, 2013. Immediately prior to the listing, all the outstanding ordinary shares were converted into 18,037,710 ‘A’ ordinary shares and 25,555,220 ‘B’ ordinary shares. ‘B’ ordinary shares are the shares held by the Founders Group (The “Founders Group” refers to Beech Investments Limited, Olympus Foundation, Arjan Lulla, Kishore Lulla, Vijay Ahuja and Sunil Lulla) ‘B’ ordinary shares are entitled to ten votes each and ‘A’ ordinary shares are entitled to one vote each on all matters upon which the ordinary shares are entitled to vote. All other rights of the A and B ordinary shares are the same.

 

On November 18, 2013, the Company completed the initial public offering of its ‘A’ ordinary shares on the NYSE, pursuant to which the Company issued and sold 5,000,000 ‘A’ ordinary shares at a price of $11.00 per share.

 

Upon listing, the Company issued 299,812 ‘A’ ordinary shares with a fair market value of $11.00 per share, to satisfy the Share awards given to certain eligible employees, and 181,818 ‘A’ ordinary shares with a fair market value of $11.00 per share, to satisfy certain contractual arrangements between the Company and a Director.

 

All share and per share amounts presented in the consolidated financial statements have been adjusted on a retroactive basis to reflect the effect of the share split.

 

25 SHARE BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

 

The compensation cost recognized with respect to all outstanding plans and by grant of shares, which are all equity settled instruments, is as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
JSOP  $1,075   $1,185   $ 
IPO India Plan   499    703    177 
Management Scheme (Staff Share Grant)   16,847        2,712 
   $18,421   $1,888   $2,889 

 

 C: 
F-32
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

This charge has been included in administrative costs in the Income statement. The fair value per share for each grant of options and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:

 

   IPO Plan   JSOP Plan   IPO India Plan 
Scheme  June 2006   April 2012   December 2009   August 2010   July 2012   October 2013 
                         
Option strike price   GBP 5.28    GBP 7.92    INR 117    INR 91    INR 75    INR 150 
Maturity (in years)   10    6    5.25    5.25    7.00    5.00 
Expected term (in years)   5    5    4    4    4    4.5 
Number of instruments granted   62,438    2,000,164    1,729,512    83,628    571,160    300,000 
                               
Share price   GBP 5.17    USD 11.00(1)   INR 175    INR 175    INR 175    INR 145 
Expected volatility   25%(2)   34%(3)   75%(2)   60%(2)   25%(4)   35%(4)
Risk free interest rate   4.78%    2.24% to 2.32%    6.3%    6.5%    6.27%    8.57% 
Expected dividend yield   0%    0%    0%    0%    0%    0% 
Average fair value of the granted options at the grant date(5)   GBP 0.63    GBP 0.65    INR 89    INR 78    INR 106    INR 55 
                               
Range of fair values of the granted options at the grant date   GBP 0.58-0.68    GBP 0.61-0.78    INR 75-100    INR 66-85    INR 106    INR 55 

_______________ 

(1)Following the initial public offering of its ‘A’ ordinary shares on the NYSE, the strike price of the JSOP Plan shares have been rebased to $11.00 as per the deeds governing these shares.
(2)The expected volatility in respect of the IPO Plan June 2006 in relation to Eros International Plc and Eros International Media Limited in respect of the IPO India Plan December 2009, and August 2010 have been arrived at by taking the weighted average share price movements of three peer companies as neither of these entities’ shares were listed at the date of grant.
(3)The expected volatility has been arrived at by the reviewing the implied volatilities of comparable companies to Eros International Plc and the observable historic volatility of these companies.
(4)The expected volatility in respect of the Eros International Media Limited in respect of the IPO India Plan July 2012 and October 2013 are based on the Company’s historic volatility.
(5)The fair value of options under the JSOP Plan April 2012 were measured using a Monte-Carlo simulation models. Fair values of options granted under all other schemes are measured using a Black Scholes model.

 

The IPO Plan

 

The IPO Plan was provided to grant options to certain senior management involved with the initial public offering of the Company’s shares on the AIM. The performance sole criterion attached to the options was met when the Company’s shares were accepted for trading on AIM. The options vested annually in one fifth tranches from June 27, 2007.

 

The table below summarizes the IPO Plan.

 

   2014   2013   2012 
   Number of
shares
   Weighted
average
exercise
price
   Number of
shares
   Weighted
average
exercise
price
   Number of
shares
   Weighted
average
exercise
price
 
Outstanding on April 1   62,438    GBP 5.28    62,438    GBP 5.28    62,438    GBP 5.28 
Lapsed               GBP 5.28        GBP 5.28 
Forfeited by the option holder                        
Outstanding at March 31   62,438    GBP 5.28    62,438    GBP 5.28    62,438    GBP 5.28 
Exercisable on March 31   62,438    GBP 5.28    62,438    GBP 5.28    62,438    GBP 5.28 

 

The options outstanding at March 31, 2014 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of two years.

 

 C: 
F-33
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The JSOP Plan

 

On March 29, 2012, our board of directors approved a joint share ownership program, or JSOP, pursuant to which certain employees and executive Directors of Eros International Limited may acquire shares jointly with the trustee of our Employee Benefit Trust upon receiving a grant by our board of directors to do so.

 

On April 18, 2012, the Company issued 6,000,493 ordinary shares at an initial value set forth in the deeds governing these shares to the Company’s Employee Benefit Trust. Under the deeds governing these shares, each participant will be required to pay a nominal amount to acquire shares and the trustee will be required to pay the Company the remaining market value of such shares, as defined in the relevant deed, at time of acquisition. The consideration for these shares was funded by a loan from the Company to the Employee Benefit Trust, which will be repaid upon demand by the Company, by all cash held by the Employee Benefit Trust within seven days of receipt of such demand and by cash received upon sale of any shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust, within seven days of such sales. These shares are subject to three different vesting and performance conditions set out in separate JSOP deeds. Under two of these deeds, our board of directors may permit up to 20% of the applicable shares in the aggregate to vest after May 31, 2014 subject only to certain share price conditions. On June 5, 2014 our board of directors vested such shares. After May 31, 2015, some or all of the remaining shares under these two deeds will vest automatically only if a specified level of total shareholder return or earnings per share, as applicable, has been met. The shares covered by the third deed automatically vest in their entirety after May 31, 2015, if the specified level of total shareholder return has been met. Until a participant’s rights in these shares vest and any share price condition is met, the rights to vote and receive dividends associated with such unvested shares will remain with the trustee. The level of shareholders’ return is calculated as a percentage movement in the market price of the shares of Eros from the grant date to vesting date.  Level of earnings per share is calculated as a percentage movement in the earnings per share from as at March 31, 2012 to March 31, 2015.  These specified levels are agreed for each employee and vary between the employees.

 

The table below summarizes the JSOP Plan.

 

   2014   2013 
   Number of
shares
   Exercise
price
   Number of
shares
   Exercise
price
 
Outstanding on April 1   2,000,164   $11.00    2,000,164    GBP 7.92 
Granted                
Outstanding at March 31   2,000,164   $11.00    2,000,164    GBP 7.92 
                     
Exercisable on March 31                

 

The options outstanding at March 31, 2014 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of eight years.

 

The IPO India Plan

 

The Company’s subsidiary Eros International Media Limited has instituted an employee share option scheme ‘ESOP 2009’ (the “IPO India Plan”) and eligible to employees and administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Eros International Media Limited. The terms and condition of the IPO India Plan is as follows:

 

   2014   2013 
   Number of
shares of Eros
International
Media Ltd.
   Weighted
average
exercise
price
   Number of
shares of Eros
International
Media Ltd.
   Weighted
average
exercise
price
 
Outstanding at April 1   1,176,568   $2.06    811,861   $2.80 
Granted during the year   300,000    2.55    571,160    1.38 
Lapsed   (27,036)   2.97    (21,970)   2.96 
Exercised   (51,850)   1.66    (184,483)   2.14 
Outstanding at March 31   1,397,682   $1.99    1,176,568   $2.06 
Exercisable at March 31   646,474   $2.26    312,687   $1.87 
                     

 

 C: 
F-34
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The exercise price of the options for an employee is based on factors such as seniority, tenure, criticality and performance of the employee, based on the above, the exercise price would be calculated at a discount of 0-50% on what management believes to be the fair share price, based on, among other things, a valuation by an independent valuer, and will vest:

·20% of the Options shall vest on the completion of 12 months from the grant date
·20% of the Options shall vest on the completion of 24 months from the grant date
·30% of the Options shall vest on the completion of 36 months from the grant date
·30% of the Options shall vest on the completion of 48 months from the grant date

 

The weighted average share price of Eros International Media Limited options at the dates the options were exercised in the year ended March 31, 2014 were $1.66. The options outstanding at March 31, 2014 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 6 months and a range of exercise prices from $1.25 to $2.90 (weighted average exercise price $1.99).

 

Management Scheme (Staff Share Grant)

 

The Management Scheme (Staff Share Grant) cost of $ 16,847,000 represents the cost of shares granted to employees less any amounts paid in respect of the shares issued on August 12, 2013, September 18, 2013 and November 18, 2013.

On August 12, 2013, 1,431,000 unrestricted shares were issued to employees at $3.61 per share based on the mid-market price. These shares had no vesting conditions.

On September 18, 2013, 5,029,935 shares were issued to our CEO and Managing Director at $4.02 per share based on the mid-market price. These shares are restricted and vest over a period of three years on a pro-rata basis and the fair value is being expensed through the income statement over three years from the date of grant.

On November 18, 2013, 299,812 A ordinary shares were granted to eligible employees at $ nil per share. These shares had no vesting conditions. Fair value is measured on the basis of market value as at the date of grant.

As per the contractual terms of the remuneration agreement with our CEO and Managing Director, 181,818 shares worth $ 2,000,000 were issued on November 18, 2013 upon completion of the Company’s NYSE listing. Fair value is determined as our share price as at the date of our NYSE listing and is being expensed through the income statement immediately.

The Option Awards

 

On March 29, 2012, our board of directors approved to grant options for A ordinary shares, or the Option Awards, to employees and Directors of the Company and certain of our subsidiaries. The aggregate number of Option Awards, together with any A ordinary shares issued pursuant to the JSOP, will not exceed 8% of our issued share capital following the offering. On April 17, 2012, we approved to grant to our employees 807,648 ordinary share options with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share. These options will be subject to three different vesting and performance conditions, similar to those described above for the shares issued under the JSOP on April 18, 2012. Our Board of Directors may permit up to 10% of the applicable options to vest after May 31, 2013, and up to an aggregate of 20% of the applicable options to vest after May 31, 2014. After May 31, 2015, the remaining options subject to these vesting and performance conditions will vest automatically if a specified level of total shareholder return or earnings per share, as applicable, has been met. The third group of options will automatically vest in their entirety after May 31, 2015, if the specified level of total shareholder return has been met. Although approved by the Board, no shares/options have been granted so far.

 

26 JOINT SHARE OWNERSHIP RESERVE

 

   (in thousands) 
Balance at April 1, 2013  $(25,505)
Acquired in the year    
      
Balance at March 31, 2014  $(25,505)

 

The joint share ownership reserve represents the cost of shares issued by Eros International Plc and held by the Eros International Employee Benefit trust to satisfy the requirements of the Joint Share Ownership Plan (see Note 24). The number of shares held by the Eros International Employee Benefit Trust at March 31, 2014 was 2,000,164 ‘A’ ordinary shares (2013: 6,000,493 Ordinary 10p shares).

 

 C: 
F-35
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

27 OTHER COMPONENTS OF EQUITY

 

   As at March 31
(in thousands)
 
   2014   2013   2012 
Movement in Hedging reserve:               
Opening balance  $(4,020)  $(4,020)  $(4,578)
Loss/(gain) reclassified to profit/loss   1,233        4,405 
Loss/(gain) recognized on cash flow hedge           (3,847)
Closing balance  $(2,787)  $(4,020)  $(4,020)
                
Movement in revaluation reserve:               
Opening balance  $1,528   $233   $233 
Gain recognized on revaluation of property, plant and equipment       1,295     
Closing balance  $1,528   $1,528   $233 
                
Movement in Available for sale fair value reserve:               
Opening balance  $5,802   $5,802   $(1,864)
Profit/loss recognized on revaluation of available for sale investment (net), where applicable           6,436 
Loss reclassified to profit or loss on sale of available for sale investment (net)           1,230 
Closing balance  $5,802   $5,802   $5,802 
                
Movement in Foreign Currency Translation Reserves               
Opening balance  $(32,742)  $(20,534)  $102 
Other comprehensive income/ (loss) due to foreign currency Translation   (11,116)   (12,208)   (20,636)
Closing balance  $(43,858)  $(32,742)  $(20,534)
                
Total Other Components of Equity  $(39,315)  $(29,432)  $(18,519)

 

28 SIGNIFICANT NON-CASH EXPENSES

 

Significant non-cash expenses were as follows, except loss on sale of assets, share based compensation, depreciation, derivative interest and amortization.

 

   As at March 31 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 
Net (profit)/loss on held for trading financial liabilities  $(5,177)  $5,667   $4,264 
Reclassification adjustment relating to available-for-sale financial assets           1,300 
Content advance impairment   4,081    2,442     
Others   788    (2,447)   (53)
   $(308)  $5,662   $5,511 

 

29 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

 

The Group has established objectives concerning the holding and use of financial instruments. The underlying basis of these objectives is to manage the financial risks faced by the Group.

 

Formal policies and guidelines have been set to achieve these objectives. The Group does not enter into speculative arrangements or trade in financial instruments and it is the Group’s policy not to enter into complex financial instruments unless there are specific identified risks for which such instruments help mitigate uncertainties.

 

 C: 
F-36
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Management of Capital Risk and Financial Risk

 

The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximizing the return to shareholders through the optimization of the debt and equity balance. The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes the borrowings, cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable to equity holders of Eros, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in the consolidated statement of changes in equity and in Notes 20 and 22.

 

The gearing ratio at the end of the reporting period was as follows

 

   As at March 31 
   2014   2013 
   (in thousands) 
Debt (net of debt issuance cost of $1,716,000 (2013: $2,767,000))  $258,133   $245,800 
Cash and bank balances   145,449    107,642 
Net debt   112,684    138,158 
Equity   578,041    486,176 
Net debt to equity ratio   19.5%    28.4% 

 

The net debt to equity ratio decrease as at March 31, 2014 as compared to March 31, 2013 reflects the additional equity issued during the year offset by the continued investment in film content during the year and working capital fluctuation as well as the impact of foreign exchange movements on the equity base.

 

Debt is defined as long and short-term borrowings (excluding derivatives). Equity includes all capital and reserves of the Group that are managed as capital.

 

Categories of financial instruments

 

   2014   2013 
   (in thousands) 
Financial assets          
           
Available-for-sale investments  $30,340   $30,385 
Loans and receivables excluding prepaid charges and including cash and bank balances   267,634    195,076 
   $297,974   $225,461 
Financial liabilities          
Trade payables excluding value added tax and other tax payables  $29,827   $26,658 
Borrowings   258,133    245,800 
Financial Liabilities at fair value through profit or loss          
Derivatives at fair value through profit or loss - held for trading   11,483    16,660 
   $299,443   $289,118 

 

Financial risk management objectives

 

Based on the operations of the Group throughout the world the Directors consider that the key financial risks that it faces are credit risk, currency risk, liquidity risk and interest rate risk. The objectives under each of these risks are as follows:

·credit risk: minimize the risk of default and concentration.
·currency risk: reduce exposure to foreign exchange movements principally between U.S. dollar, Indian Rupee and GBP.
·liquidity risk: ensure adequate funding to support working capital and future capital expenditure requirements.
·interest rate risk: mitigate risk of significant change in market rates on the cash flow of issued variable rate debt.

 

 C: 
F-37
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Credit Risk

 

The Group credit risk is principally attributable to its trade receivables, advances and cash balances. As a number of the Group’s trading activities require third parties to report revenues due to the Group this risk is not limited to the initial agreed sale or advance amounts. The amounts shown within the statement of financial position sheet in respect of trade receivables and advances are net of allowances for doubtful debts based upon objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due. Trading credit risk is managed on a country by country basis by the use of credit checks on new clients and individual credit limits, where appropriate, together with regular updates on any changes in the trading partner’s situation. In a number of cases trading partners will be required to make advance payments or minimum guarantee payments before delivery of any goods. The Group reviews reports received from third parties and as a matter of course reserve the right within the contracts it enters into to request an independent third party audit of the revenue reporting.

 

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies.

 

The Group from time to time will have significant concentration of credit risk in relation to individual theatrical releases, television syndication deals or music licenses. This risk is mitigated by contractual terms which seek to stagger receipts and/or the release or airing of content. As at March 31, 2014, 31% (2013: 33%) of trade account receivables were represented by the top five debtors. The maximum exposure to credit risk is that shown within the statement of financial position.

 

The Group does not hold any collateral or other credit enhancements to cover its credit risks associated with its financial assets.

 

Currency Risk

 

The Group operates throughout the world with significant operations in India, the British Isles, the United States of America and the United Arab Emirates. As a result it faces both translation and transaction currency risks which are principally mitigated by matching foreign currency revenues and costs wherever possible.

 

The Group’s major revenues are denominated in U.S. Dollars, Indian Rupees and British pounds sterling which are matched where possible to its costs so that these act as an automatic hedge against foreign currency exchange movements.

 

The Group has identified that it will need to utilize hedge transactions to mitigate any risks in movements between the U.S. Dollar and the Indian Rupee and has adopted an agreed set of principles that will be used when entering into any such transactions. No such transactions have been entered into to date and the Group has managed foreign currency exposure to date by seeking to match foreign currency inflows and outflows as much as possible. Details of the foreign currency borrowings that the Group uses to mitigate risk are shown within Interest Risk disclosures.

 

As at the statement of financial position date there were no outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts. The Group adopts a policy of borrowing where appropriate in the local currency as a hedge against translation risk. The table below shows the Group’s net foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities position in the main foreign currencies as at the year-end:

 

    Net Balance  
    GBP   INR   Other  
    (in thousands)  
As at March 31, 2014   9,588   (36,586)   327  
As at March 31, 2013   8,336   (20,993)   269  

 

A uniform decrease of 10% in exchange rates against all foreign currencies in position as of March 31, 2014 would have decrease in the Company’s net income before tax by approximately $3,623,000 (2013: $1,236,000, 2012: $1,668,000) on net income and on equity. An equal and opposite impact would be experienced in the event of an increase by a similar percentage.

 

Our sensitivity to foreign currency has increased during the year ended March 31, 2014 as a result of an increase in the percentage of liabilities denominated in foreign currency over the comparative period. In Management’s opinion, the sensitivity analysis is unrepresentative of the inherent foreign exchange risk because the exposure at the end of the reporting period does not reflect the exposure during the year.

 

 C: 
F-38
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Liquidity Risk

 

The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves and agreed committed banking facilities. Management of working capital takes account of film release dates and payment terms agreed with customers.

 

An analysis of short-term and long-term borrowings is set out in Note 22. Set out below is a maturity analysis for non-derivative and derivative financial liabilities. The amounts disclosed are based on contractual undiscounted cash flows. The table includes both interest and principal cash flows. To the extent that interest flows are floating rate, the undiscounted amount is derived from interest rates as at March 31, in each year.

 

   Total   Less than
1 year
   1-3
years
   3-5
years
 
   (in thousands) 
As at March 31, 2014                
Borrowing principal payments  $258,133   $92,879   $158,872   $6,382 
Borrowing interest payments   22,217    11,054    10,547    616 
Derivative financial instruments   11,483            11,483 
Trade payables   31,611    31, 611         

 

   Total   Less than
1 year
   1-3
years
   3-5
years
 
   (in thousands) 
As at March 31, 2013                    
Borrowing principal payments  $248,567   $79,902   $47,800   $120,865 
Borrowing interest payments   32,125    10,109    17,920    4,096 
Derivative financial instruments   16,660            16,660 
Trade payables   28,979    28,979         

 

At March 31, 2014, the Group had facilities available of $277,891,000 (2013: $250,053,000) and therefore had net undrawn amounts of $19,757,000 (2013: $4,253,000) available.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk because entities in the Group borrow funds at both fixed and floating interest rates. The risk is managed by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed, capped and floating rate borrowings, and by the use of interest rate swap contracts and forward interest rate contracts. Hedging activities are evaluated to align with interest rate views to ensure the most cost effective hedging strategies are applied.

 C: 
F-39
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Currency, Maturity and Nature of Interest Rate of the Nominal Value of Borrowings

 

   As at March 31 
   2014   %   2013   % 
   (in thousands, except percentages) 
Currency                    
U.S. Dollar  $195,238    76%   $191,342    78 
Indian Rupees   62,895    24%    54,458    22 
Total  $258,133    100%   $245,800    100 
                     
Maturity                    
Due before one year  $92,879    36%   $79,902    33 
Due between one and three years   158,872    62%    46,740    19 
Due between four and five years   6,382    2%    119,158    48 
   $258,133    100%   $245,800    100 
Nature of rates                    
Fixed interest rate  $80,165    31%   $100,969    41 
Floating rate   177,968    69%    144,831    59 
Total  $258,133    100%   $245,800    100 

 

During the current year, the interest exposure was managed through an interest cap on $100 million entered into in 2012. Two written floor contracts each with $100 million notional value were also entered into in 2012.

 

The effect of these instruments in combination is that the maximum cash outflow is 6% although the written floors mean that should market rates fall below the floor rate, then the interest charged would be twice the floor rate, although never exceeding 6%. Hence $100 million is classified as floating interest rate borrowings as on March 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

The sensitivity analysis assumes a parallel shift of 100 basis points interest rate across all yield curves. This calculation also assumes that the change occurs at the statement of financial position date and has been calculated based on risk exposures outstanding as at that date. The period end balances are not necessarily representative of the average debt outstanding during the period.

 

At 1% increase in underlying bank rates would lead to decrease in the Company’s net income before tax by $7,518,000 for the year ended March 31, 2014 (2013: $1,448,000) on net income and equity. An equal and opposite impact would be felt if rates fell by 1%.

 

This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant.

 

Under the interest swap contracts, we have agreed to exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on an agreed notional principal amount. Such contracts enable us to mitigate the risk of changing interest rates on the cash flow of issued variable rate debt. The fair value of interest rate derivatives which comprise derivatives at fair value through profit and loss is determined as the present value of future cash flows estimated and discounted based on the applicable yield curves derived from quoted interest rates.

 

Financial instruments — disclosure of fair value measurement level

 

Disclosures of fair value measurements are grouped into the following levels:

·Level 1 fair value measurements derived from unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
·Level 2 fair value measurements derived from inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and
·Level 3 fair value measurements derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

 

 C: 
F-40
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The table below presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, they are all category level 2:

 

Description of type of financial assets   Gross amount of
recognized financial assets
  Gross amount of recognized
financial liabilities offset in the
statement of financial position
  Net amounts financial assets
presented in the statement
of financial position
Derivative assets   1,853   (1,853)  
Total   1,853   (1,853)  
             
Description of type of financial liabilities   Gross amount of
recognized financial liabilities
  Gross amount of recognized
financial assets offset in the
statement of financial position
  Net amounts financial liabilities
presented in the statement
of financial position
Derivative liabilities   (13,336)   1,853   (11,483)
Total   (13,336)   1,853   (11,483)

 

Financial assets and liabilities subject to offsetting enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements as at March 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

   Average
contract rate
   Notional
principal
amount
   Fair value of
derivative
instrument
2014
   Fair value of
derivative
instrument
2013
 
       (in thousands) 
2012 Interest Rate Cap   6%    100,000    (1,853)   (2,200)
2012 Interest Rate Floor   0.5% - 3%    100,000    6,668    9,430 
2012 Interest Rate Collar   0.5% - 3%    100,000    6,668    9,430 
Total            $11,483   $16,660 

 

None of the above derivative instruments is designated in a hedging relationship. A profit of $5,177,000 (2013: $5,667,000 loss) in respect of the above derivative instruments has been taken to the income statement within other gains and losses. In case of interest rate derivatives involving interest rate options, the fair value has been derived using an appropriate option pricing model.

 

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets

 

    Available
for – sale of
financial assets
 
    (in thousands)  
         
At March 31, 2014   $ 30,340  
         
At March 31, 2013   $ 30,385  

 

The total gains and losses include an impairment of available-for-sale of financial assets in the year ended March 31, 2014: $Nil (2013: $Nil; 2012: $1,230,000) of assets still held at the end of the period. All gains and losses included in other comprehensive income related to equity share investments held at the end of each reporting period and are shown as changes of other reserves and translation reserves.

 

There were no transfers between any Levels in any of the years.

 

 C: 
F-41
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

30 CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS

 

Eros’ material contractual obligations are made up of contracts related to content commitments. Operating lease commitments are disclosed in Note 21.

 

   Total   1 Year   2 to 5 Years 
   (in thousands) 
As at March 31, 2014  $180,050   $69,999   $110,051 
As at March 31, 2013  $235,935   $92,773   $143,162 

 

The Group also has certain contractual arrangements in relation to certain contractual content commitments that would require the Group to make payments or provide funding if certain circumstances occur (“contingent guarantees”). The Group expects that these contingent guarantees totaling at March 31, 2014 $94,518,000 (2013: $88,276,000), which are included within the contractual content commitments above, will fall due within the timeframe above.

 

31 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

There were no material ongoing litigations at March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013.

 

32 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

       As at
March 31,2014
   As at
March 31,2013
 
   Details of   (in thousands) 
   transaction   Liability   Asset   Liability   Asset 
Red Bridge Ltd.   President fees   $27   $   $   $50 
550 County Avenue   Rent/Deposit    241    135    390    135 
Line Cross Limited   Rent/Deposit        92    364     
NextGen Films Pvt Ltd.   Purchase/Sale        16,823        2,196 
Everest Entertainment Pvt. Ltd   Purchase/Sale        539    8    604 
Lulla Family   Rent/Deposit    65    422    50    509 

 

Pursuant to a lease agreement that expires on February 28, 2015, Eros International Media Limited leases apartments for studio use at Kailash Plaza, 3rd Floor, Opp. Laxmi Industrial Estate, Andheri (W), Mumbai, from Manjula K. Lulla, the wife of Kishore Lulla. Beginning in August 2010, the lease requires Eros International Media Limited to pay $5,000 each month under this lease. Pursuant to a lease that expires in September 30 2015, Eros International Media Limited leases for use as executive accommodations the property Aumkar Bungalow, Gandhi Gram Road, Juhu, Mumbai, from Sunil Lulla (see deposits in the table above).

 

Pursuant to a lease agreement that expires on March 31, 2015, the Group leases for U.S. corporate offices, the real property at 550 County Avenue, Secaucus, New Jersey, from 550 County Avenue Property Corp, a Delaware corporation owned by Beech Investments and of which our President of Americas Operations Ken Naz serves as a Director. The current lease commenced on April 1, 2010, and requires the Group to pay $11,000 each month.

 

Pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in March 2018, including renewal periods, the Group leases for U.K. corporate offices, the real property at 13 Manchester Square, London from Linecross Limited, a U.K. company owned indirectly by a discretionary trust of which Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla are potential beneficiaries. The current lease commenced on November 19, 2009 and requires us to pay $158,000 each quarter.

 

Pursuant to an agreement the Group entered into with Redbridge Group Ltd. on June 27, 2006, the Group agreed to pay an annual fee set each year by its Board of Directors of $339,000, $322,000 and $321,000 in the year ended March 31, 2014, the year ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended March 2012 respectively, for the services of Arjan Lulla, the father of Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla, uncle of Vijay Ahuja and Surender Sadhwani and an employee of Redbridge Group Ltd. The agreement makes Arjan Lulla honorary life president and provides for services including attendance at Board meetings, entrepreneurial leadership and assistance in setting the Group’s strategy. Redbridge Group Ltd. is an entity owned indirectly by a discretionary trust of which Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla are potential beneficiaries.

 

 C: 
F-42
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Group has engaged in transactions with NextGen Films Pvt. Ltd., an entity owned by the husband of Puja Rajani, sister of Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla, each of which involved the purchase and sale of film rights. NextGen Films Pvt. Ltd. sold film rights $22,205,000, $23,613,000 and $12,483,000 to the Group in the year ended March 31, 2012, in the year ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended March 31, 2014 respectively. NextGen Films Pvt. Ltd. purchased film rights, including production services of $3,923,000 in March 31, 2014, $3,859,000 from the Group in the year ended March 31, 2013 and Nil in the year ended March 31, 2012.

 

The Group also engaged in transactions with Everest Entertainment Pvt. Ltd. entity owned by the brother of Manjula K. Lulla, wife of Kishore Lulla, each of which involved the purchase and sale of film rights. Everest Entertainment Pvt. Ltd. sold film rights of $18,000, $16,000 and $700 to the Group in the year ended March 31, 2012, in the year ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended March 31, 2014 respectively, and purchased from the Group film rights, $6,000 in the year ended March 31, 2012., $Nil in the year ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

 

During the year the Group has made charitable donations to the Lulla Foundation of $Nil (2013: $21,000, 2012: $2,536,000), (UK registered charity number 1131141) of which Kishore Lulla is a trustee. The Lulla Foundation’s aims are to provide a high quality learning and teaching support for targeted communities currently caught in cycles of poverty so that they can have real opportunities to change their personal futures and their communities.

 

All of the amounts outstanding are unsecured and will be settled in cash. As at March 31, 2014 Eros India has provided a corporate guarantee to a bank for $26,306,000 (2013: $Nil) in connection with borrowings by NextGen Films Pvt. Ltd in respect of certain film content capital commitments. The Company did not earn any fees to provide financial guarantee. Such guarantee is for a period of up to two years.

 

33 MAJOR CONSOLIDATED ENTITIES

 

    Date   Country of
Incorporation
  % of voting
rights held
 
Eros Network Limited   June 06   U.K.   100  
Eros International Limited   June 06   U.K.   100  
Eros International USA Inc   June 06   U.S.   100  
Eros Music Publishing Limited   June 06   U.K.   100  
Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC   June 06   UAE   100  
Eros International Media Limited   June 06   India   74.83  
Eros International Films Pvt. Limited   June 06   India   100  
Eros Pacific Limited   June 06   Fiji   100  
Eros Australia Pty Limited   June 06   Australia   100  
Big Screen Entertainment Pvt. Limited   January 07   India   64  
Copsale Limited   June 06   BVI   100  
Ayngaran International Limited   October 07   IOM   51  
Ayngaran International UK Limited   October 07   U.K.   51  
Ayngaran International Media Pvt. Limited   October 07   India   51  
Acacia Investments Holdings Limited   April 08   IOM   100  
EyeQube Studios Pvt. Limited   January 08   India   99.99  
Belvedere Holdings Pte. Ltd.   March 2010   Singapore   100  
Eros International Pte Ltd.   August 2010   Singapore   100  
Digicine Pte. Limited   March 2012   Singapore   100  
Ayngaran Anak Media Pvt. Limited   October 08   India   51  

 

All of the companies were involved with the distribution of film content and associated media. All the companies are indirectly owned with the exception of Eros Network Limited, Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC and Eros International Pte Ltd.

 

The Group shareholdings of Eros International Media Ltd (EIML) reduced to 77.98 % on October 14, 2011 from 78.11%, then 77.83% on February 24, 2012 and then 77.80% on April 3, 2012 by the exercise of ESOP by the employees. On December 20, 2012 the Group disposed of 2.8% of the shares it held reducing the ownership to 74.99% and then 74.95% on December 27, 2012 and then 74.88% on February 1, 2013 by the exercise of ESOP by the employees. On January 13, 2014 the Group’s shareholdings reduced to 74.83% by the exercise of ESOP by the employees.

 

In addition to the above the Eros International Plc Employee Benefit Trust, a Jersey based Trust has been consolidated as it is a fully controlled Trust.

 C: 
F-43
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

34 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

 

Estimates and judgments are evaluated on a regular basis and are based on historical experience and other factors, such as expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the present circumstances.

 

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. These estimates, by definition, will rarely equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the financial year are highlighted below:

 

34.1. Goodwill

 

The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered impairment, in accordance with its accounting policy. The recoverable amount of cash-generating units has been determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations require estimates to be made over revenue growth, margin stability and discount rates which are based on management assumptions however in the event that there is an unforeseen event which materially affects these assumptions it could lead to a write down of goodwill.

 

34.2. Basis of Consolidation

 

The Group evaluates arrangements with special purpose vehicles in accordance with of IFRS 10 – Consolidated Financial Statements to establish how transactions with such entities should be accounted for. This requires a judgment over control such that it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns and can influence the returns attached to the arrangements.

 

34.3. Intangible Assets

 

The Group is required to identify and assess the useful life of intangible assets and determine their income generating life. Judgment is required in determining this and then providing an amortization rate to match this life as well as considering the recoverability or conversion of advances made in respect of securing film content or the services of talent associated with film production.

 

Accounting for the film content requires Management’s judgment as it relates to total revenues to be received and costs to be incurred throughout the life of each film or its license period, whichever is the shorter. These judgments are used to determine the amortization of capitalized film content costs. The Group uses a stepped method of amortization on first release film content writing off more in year one which recognizes initial income flows and then the balance over a period of up to nine years. In the case of film content that is acquired by the Group after its initial exploitation, commonly referred to as Library, amortization is spread evenly over the lesser of 10 years or the license period. Management’s policy is based upon factors such as historical performance of similar films, the star power of the lead actors and actresses and once released actual results of each film. Management regularly reviews, and revises when necessary, its estimates, which may result in a change in the rate of amortization and/or a write down of the asset to the recoverable amount.

 

The Trade Name is associated with the ‘Eros International’ and other Eros logos, and is considered to have an indefinite useful life, which view is supported by the intention of the Management to retain the trade name within the business indefinitely.

 

The Group tests annually whether intangible assets have suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy. These calculations require judgments and estimates to be made, and, as with Goodwill, in the event of an unforeseen event these judgments and assumptions would need to be revised and the value of the intangible assets could be affected. There may be instances where the useful life of an asset is shortened to reflect the uncertainty of its estimated income generating life. This is particularly the case when acquiring assets in markets that the Group has not previously exploited.

 

34.4. Valuation of Available-for-Sale Financial Assets

 

The Group follows the guidance of IAS 39 to determine, where possible, the fair value of its available-for-sale financial assets. This determination requires significant judgment. In making this judgment, the Group evaluates, among other factors, the duration and extent to which the fair value of an investment is less or more than its cost; the financial health of and near-term business outlook for the investee, including factors such as industry and sector performance, changes in technology and operational and financing cash flow.

 

 C: 
F-44
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

34.5. Income Taxes and Deferred Taxation

 

The Group is subject to income taxes in various jurisdictions. Judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. During the normal course of business there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain.

 

Judgment is also used when determining whether the Group should recognize a deferred tax asset, based on whether Management considers there is sufficient certainty in future earnings to justify the carry forward of assets created by tax losses and tax credits.

 

Judgment is also used when determining whether the Group should recognize a deferred tax liability on undistributed earnings of subsidiaries.

 

Where the ultimate outcome is different than that which was initially recorded there will be an impact on the income tax and deferred tax provisions.

 

34.6. Share Based Payments

 

The Group is required to evaluate the terms to determine whether share based payment is equity settled or cash settled. Judgment is required to do this evaluation. Further, the Group is required to measure the fair value of equity settled transactions with employees at the grant date of the equity instruments. The fair value is determined principally by using the Black Scholes model and/or Monte Carlo Simulation Models which require assumptions regarding interest free rates, share price volatility, the expected life of an employee equity instrument and other variables. The basis and assumptions used in these calculations are disclosed within Note 25.

 

35 ADOPTION OF NEW AND REVISED STANDARDS

 

35.1. Standards affecting the financial statements

 

The Group has applied standards IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’, IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’ and IFRS 13 ‘ Fair Value Measurements’ effective April 1, 2013. The effect of applying these standards has not resulted in any impact on the classification or accounting treatment of any items within the financial statements, but has led to certain enhanced disclosures.

 

The Group has applied IFRS 12 “Disclosure of Interest in Other Entities” (“IFRS 12”), a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose vehicles and other off balance sheet vehicles. The standard includes disclosure requirements for entities covered under IFRS 10 and IFRS 11.

 

Further, in June 2012, IASB published “Consolidated Financial Statements, Joint Arrangements and Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities: Transition Guidance” as amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12. These amendments are intended to provide additional transition relief by limiting the requirement to provide adjusted comparative information to only the preceding comparative period. These pronouncements were effective for the annual period beginning on or after January 1, 2013.

 

The Group has applied IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurements which provides a single IFRS framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosure about fair value measurements

 

35.2. Standards not affecting the reported results nor the financial position

 

The Group has applied the amendments to IAS 27, “Separate Financial Statements”, now contains accounting and disclosure requirements for investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates only when an entity prepares separate financial statements and is therefore not applicable in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

35.3. Standards, Interpretations and Amendments to Published Standards that are not yet effective

 

At the date of authorization of these financial statements, the following Standards and Interpretations, which have not been applied in these financial statements, were in issue but not yet effective.

 

 C: 
F-45
 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In November 2009, the IASB issued IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” (“IFRS 9”), “Classification and Measurement”. This standard introduces certain new requirements for classifying and measuring financial assets and liabilities and divides all financial assets that are currently in the scope of IAS 39 into two classifications, those measured at amortized cost and those measured at fair value. In October 2010, the IASB issued a revised version of IFRS 9.

 

The revised standard adds guidance on the classification and measurement of financial liabilities. IFRS 9 requires entities with financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss to recognize changes in the fair value due to changes in the liability’s credit risk in other comprehensive income. However, if recognizing these changes in other comprehensive income creates an accounting mismatch, an entity would present the entire change in fair value within profit or loss. There is no subsequent recycling of the amounts recorded in other comprehensive income to profit or loss, but accumulated gains or losses may be transferred within equity. In November 2013, IASB finalized the new hedge accounting guidance which forms part of IFRS 9. There have been significant changes to the types of transactions eligible for hedge accounting. In addition, the ineffectiveness test was overhauled and replaced with the principle of an ‘economic relationship’.

 

The mandatory effective date for IFRS 9 is removed temporarily and IASB will determine a new mandatory effective date when it has finalized the requirements for all the other phases of the project to replace IAS 39. Earlier application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this new standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2013, the IASB issued an amendment to IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets” to reduce the circumstances in which the recoverable amount of assets or cash-generating units is required to be disclosed, clarify the disclosures required, and to introduce an explicit requirement to disclose the discount rate used in determining impairment (or reversals) where recoverable amount (based on fair value less costs of disposal) is determined using a present value technique. This Amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014.

 

We have evaluated the requirements of the above amendment and do not believe that the adoption of this amendment will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2014, the IASB issued two amendments with respect to IAS 16 “Property, Plant and Equipment” (“IAS 16”) and IAS 38 “Intangible Assets” (“IAS 38”) dealing with acceptable methods of depreciation and amortization.

 

The amended IAS 16 prohibits entities from using a revenue based depreciation method for items of property, plant and equipment. Further the amendment under IAS 38 introduces a rebuttable presumption that revenue is not an appropriate basis for amortization of an intangible assets. However this presumption can only be rebutted in two limited circumstances;

 

a)the intangible is expressed as a measure of revenue i.e. when the predominant limiting factor inherent in an intangible asset is the achievement of a contractually specified revenue threshold; or

 

b)it can be demonstrated that revenue and the consumption of economic benefits of the intangible assets are highly correlated. In these circumstances, revenue expected to be generated from the intangible assets can be an appropriate basis for amortization of the intangible asset.

 

The amendments apply prospectively and are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016, with earlier application permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this amendment to IAS 16 and IAS 38 will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contract with Customers” (“IFRS 15”). IFRS 15 replaces the IAS 11 “Construction Contracts, IAS 18 “Revenue”, IFRIC 13 “Customer Loyalty Program”, IFRIC 15 “Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate”, IFRIC 18 “Transfers of Assets from Customers and SIC-31 Revenue - Barter Transactions Involving Advertising Services”. The Standard applies to an entity’s first annual IFRS financial statements for a period beginning on or after January 1, 2017. Early adoption is permitted.

 

This Standard introduces the requirement to identify performance obligation in customer contracts and to recognize revenue when an entity satisfies the performance obligations in the contract. The Standard permits entities to transition following either a full retrospective approach or a modified retrospective approach.

 

We are currently evaluating the impact that this standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

36. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On June 9, 2014, Eros International Media Limited (“EIML”) executed a term sheet to acquire controlling stake in Universal Power Systems Private Limited , trading by the name Techzone, a company in mobile Value Added Services within India that has billing integration in place with major telecom operators in India.  It is expected that the transaction will conclude within 90 days of execution of the term sheet subject to conditions precedent, and finalisation of the percentage of holdings along with the purchase consideration.

 

 C: 
F-46
 

 

 

 C: 
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

7,000,000 Shares

 

 Eros International Plc

 

Eros International Plc
A Ordinary Shares

 


 

PROSPECTUS

 


 

Joint Book Running Managers

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

 

Jefferies

 

Wells Fargo Securities

 

Macquarie Capital

 

Co-Manager

 

EM Securities

 


 

       , 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 C: 
 
 

 

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

ITEM 6. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Subject to any contrary provision in a company’s articles, section 112 of the 2006 Act allows an Isle of Man company to indemnify its directors against all expenses and against all judgments, if such director acted honestly and in good faith and in what he believed to be in the best interests of the company, or where he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. The articles of association will not contain any contradictory provisions to section 112 of the Act. Provided that the conditions contained under section 112 of the 2006 Act and our articles of association are satisfied, the Act and our articles of association provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify such person against all expenses and judgments arising under the Securities Act.

Our formation documents provide for indemnification of our officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent and under the circumstances permitted under Isle of Man law.

In addition to the indemnification to be provided by our formation documents, we have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements, subject to certain exceptions, require us to, among other things, indemnify these directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorney fees, witness fees and expenses, expenses of accountants and other advisors, and the premium, security for and other costs relating to any bond, arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer of us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

The Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us, our directors and officers and by us of the underwriters, for some liabilities arising under the Securities Act, and affords some rights of contribution with respect thereto.

ITEM 7. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

 

With the exception of our shares traded on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange and on the New York Stock Exchange, in the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.

·On October 3, 2011, we issued 691,780 ordinary shares to employees and directors as bonus/remuneration issued at $9.99 per share based on the mid-market price on the grant date.
·On April 18, 2012, we issued 2,000,164 ordinary shares to the Company’s Employee Benefits Trust Pursuant to the JSOP at $12.77 per share based on the mid-market price on the grant date.
·On August 12, 2013, we issued 477,000 ordinary shares for employee bonus/remuneration issued at $10.83 per share based on the mid-market price on the grant date.
·Ms. Deshpande was issued 1,676,645 shares of the Company on September 18, 2013 pursuant to her employment contract.
·On November 18, 2013, the Company completed the initial public offering of its ‘A’ ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), pursuant to which the Company issued and sold 5,000,000 ‘A’ ordinary shares at a price of $11.00 per share.
·On November 18, 2013, the Company issued 299,812 A ordinary shares with a fair market value of $11.00 per share, to satisfy the Share awards given to certain eligible employees, and 181,818 A ordinary shares with a fair market value of $11.00 per share, to satisfy certain contractual arrangements between the Company and a Director.

 

The sales of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation.

 

 C: 
II-1
 

 

ITEM 8. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Title

 

Reference

  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement   (g)
  3.1   Memorandum of Association   (f)
  3.2   Articles of Association   (f)
  4.1   Form of A Share Certificate   (d)
  5.1   Opinion of Cains Advocates Limited   (a)
10.1   Relationship Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2009, between Eros International Media Limited, Eros International Plc, and Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC   (b)
10.2   Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2007, between Eros Multimedia Private Limited and The Group and Big Screen Entertainment Private Limited   (b)
10.3   Shareholder Agreement, dated July 11, 2007, for Ayngaran International Limited   (b)
10.4   Employment Agreement of Sunil Lulla as Executive Vice Chairman of Eros International Media Limited, dated September 29, 2009   (b)
10.5   Service Agreement of Andrew Heffernan as Chief Financial Officer, dated June 27, 2006   (b)
10.6   Services Agreement of Kishore Lulla as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, dated June 27, 2006   (b)
10.7   Service Agreement of Vijay Ahuja as Vice Chairman and President (International), dated June 27, 2006   (b)
10.8   Rules of the Eros International Plc Bonus Share Plan Unapproved Option Scheme 2006, dated May 17, 2006   (b)
10.9   Credit Facility, dated January 5, 2012, between Eros International Plc, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, Lloyds TSB Bank Plc and the Royal Bank of Scotland Plc, with Lloyds TSB Bank Plc as Facility Agent, in the original principal amount of $125 million   (b)
10.10   Increase Confirmation, dated January 27, 2012, from UBS AG, Singapore Branch, to Lloyds TSB Bank Plc as Facility Agent and Eros International Plc   (b)
10.11   IPO Plan Form of Option Agreement   (d)
10.12   Eros International Media Pvt. Ltd. ESOP 2009   (c)
10.13   Form of Joint Share Ownership Deed Measured By Total Share Return   (c)
10.14   Form of Joint Share Ownership Deed Measured By Super Total Share Return   (c)
10.15   Form of Joint Share Ownership Deed Measured By Earnings Per Share   (c)
10.16   Employee Benefit Trust Deed   (c)
10.17   Form of Option Agreement for Option Awards Approved April 17, 2012   (d)
10.18   Service Agreement of Jyoti Deshpande as Group Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Eros International Plc, dated September 5, 2013   (e)
10.19   Employment Agreement of Jyoti Deshpande as Executive Director of Eros International Media Limited, dated August 29, 2013   (d)
10.20   Service Agreement of Jyoti Deshpande as Chief Executive Officer of Eros International Limited, dated September 1, 2013   (d)
10.21   Service Agreement of Vijay Ahuja as Executive Director of Eros International Pte Ltd, dated April 1, 2013   (d)

 

 C: 
II-2
 
10.22   Service Agreement of Pranab Kapadia as President - Europe & Africa of Eros International Ltd., dated December 1, 2007.   (d)
10.23   Form of Increase Confirmation, dated July 31, 2013, from HSBC Bank Plc to Lloyds TSB Bank Plc as Facility Agent and Eros International Plc   (d)
21.1   Subsidiaries of Eros International Plc   (f)
23.1   Consent of Cains Advocates Limited (included in Exhibit 5.1)   (a)
23.2   Consent of Grant Thornton UK LLP   (a)
23.3   Consent of Grant Thornton India LLP   (a)
23.4   Consent to Use of Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry - KPMG Indian Media and Entertainment Industry Reports   (f)

____________________

(a) Filed herewith
(b) Previously filed on March 30, 2012 as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-180469) and incorporated herein by reference.
(c) Previously filed on April 24, 2012 as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-180469) and incorporated herein by reference.
(d) Previously filed on October 29, 2013 as an exhibit to Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-180469) and incorporated herein by reference.
(e) Previously filed on November 5, 2013 as an exhibit to Amendment No. 6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-180469) and incorporated herein by reference.
(f) Previously filed on June 17, 2014 as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated herein by reference.
(g) Previously filed on July 1 , 2014 as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-196857) and incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

 C: 
II-3
 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of London, England, on July 7 , 2014.

 

 
EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC
   
By:   /s/ Jyoti Deshpande   
    Jyoti Deshpande
Group Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the following persons have signed this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

/s/ Kishore Lulla         
Kishore Lulla   Chairman   July 7 2014
     
 /s/ Jyoti Deshpande        
Jyoti Deshpande   Group Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  July 7 2014
     
/s/ Andrew Heffernan         
Andrew Heffernan   Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  July 7 2014
     
 *        
Vijay Ahuja   Director   July 7 2014
     
*        
Naresh Chandra   Director   July 7 2014
     
*        
Dilip Thakkar   Director   July 7 2014
     
*        
Sunil Lulla   Director   July 7 2014
     
*        
Michael Kirkwood   Director   July 7 2014
     
*        
Ken Naz   President of Americas Operations
(Authorized Representative in the U.S.).
  July 7 2014

 

*By:   Kishore Lulla    

Kishore Lulla

Attorney-in-Fact

 

 C: 
II-4
 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Title

 

Reference

  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement   (g)
  3.1   Memorandum of Association   (f)
  3.2   Articles of Association   (f)
  4.1   Form of A Share Certificate   (d)
  5.1   Opinion of Cains Advocates Limited   (a)
10.1   Relationship Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2009, between Eros International Media Limited, Eros International Plc, and Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC   (b)
10.2   Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2007, between Eros Multimedia Private Limited and The Group and Big Screen Entertainment Private Limited   (b)
10.3   Shareholder Agreement, dated July 11, 2007, for Ayngaran International Limited   (b)
10.4   Employment Agreement of Sunil Lulla as Executive Vice Chairman of Eros International Media Limited, dated September 29, 2009   (b)
10.5   Service Agreement of Andrew Heffernan as Chief Financial Officer, dated June 27, 2006   (b)
10.6   Services Agreement of Kishore Lulla as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, dated June 27, 2006   (b)
10.7   Service Agreement of Vijay Ahuja as Vice Chairman and President (International), dated June 27, 2006   (b)
10.8   Rules of the Eros International Plc Bonus Share Plan Unapproved Option Scheme 2006, dated May 17, 2006   (b)
10.9   Credit Facility, dated January 5, 2012, between Eros International Plc, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, Lloyds TSB Bank Plc and the Royal Bank of Scotland Plc, with Lloyds TSB Bank Plc as Facility Agent, in the original principal amount of $125 million   (b)
10.10   Increase Confirmation, dated January 27, 2012, from UBS AG, Singapore Branch, to Lloyds TSB Bank Plc as Facility Agent and Eros International Plc   (b)
10.11   IPO Plan Form of Option Agreement   (d)
10.12   Eros International Media Pvt. Ltd. ESOP 2009   (c)
10.13   Form of Joint Share Ownership Deed Measured By Total Share Return   (c)
10.14   Form of Joint Share Ownership Deed Measured By Super Total Share Return   (c)
10.15   Form of Joint Share Ownership Deed Measured By Earnings Per Share   (c)
10.16   Employee Benefit Trust Deed   (c)
10.17   Form of Option Agreement for Option Awards Approved April 17, 2012   (d)
10.18   Service Agreement of Jyoti Deshpande as Group Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Eros International Plc, dated September 5, 2013   (e)
10.19   Employment Agreement of Jyoti Deshpande as Executive Director of Eros International Media Limited, dated August 29, 2013   (d)
10.20   Service Agreement of Jyoti Deshpande as Chief Executive Officer of Eros International Limited, dated September 1, 2013   (d)
10.21   Service Agreement of Vijay Ahuja as Executive Director of Eros International Pte Ltd, dated April 1, 2013   (d)

 

 C: 
II-5
 

10.22   Service Agreement of Pranab Kapadia as President - Europe & Africa of Eros International Ltd., dated December 1, 2007.   (d)
10.23   Form of Increase Confirmation, dated July 31, 2013, from HSBC Bank Plc to Lloyds TSB Bank Plc as Facility Agent and Eros International Plc   (d)
21.1   Subsidiaries of Eros International Plc   (f)
23.1   Consent of Cains Advocates Limited (included in Exhibit 5.1)   (a)
23.2   Consent of Grant Thornton UK LLP   (a)
23.3   Consent of Grant Thornton India LLP   (a)
23.4   Consent to Use of Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry - KPMG Indian Media and Entertainment Industry Reports   (f)

____________________

(a) Filed herewith
(b) Previously filed on March 30, 2012 as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-180469) and incorporated herein by reference.
(c) Previously filed on April 24, 2012 as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-180469) and incorporated herein by reference.
(d) Previously filed on October 29, 2013 as an exhibit to Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-180469) and incorporated herein by reference.
(e) Previously filed on November 5, 2013 as an exhibit to Amendment No. 6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-180469) and incorporated herein by reference.
(f) Previously filed on June 17, 2014 as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated herein by reference.
(g) Previously filed on July 1 , 2014 as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-196857) and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 C: 
II-6


Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘F-1/A’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
1/1/17
9/1/16
1/1/16
9/30/156-K
6/6/15
5/31/15
3/31/1520-F,  20-F/A
2/28/15
12/31/146-K
10/31/146-K
10/1/14
Filed on:7/7/146-K,  CORRESP
6/30/146-K
6/27/14
6/19/14SC 13G
6/17/1420-F
6/16/14
6/13/14
6/12/146-K,  6-K/A
6/9/14
6/6/14
6/5/14
5/31/14
5/30/14
4/30/14
3/31/1420-F,  20-F/A
2/28/14
1/31/14
1/13/14
1/1/14
12/31/136-K
12/30/13
11/18/13
11/13/13EFFECT,  FWP
11/12/13EFFECT,  FWP,  POS AM
11/5/138-A12B,  F-1/A
10/29/13F-1/A
9/30/13
9/18/13
9/5/13
9/1/13
8/30/13
8/29/13
8/12/13
7/31/13
7/16/13
7/1/13
6/30/13
5/31/13
5/10/13
4/1/13
3/31/13
2/1/13
1/1/13
12/31/12
12/27/12
12/20/12
11/13/12
11/12/12
9/30/12
7/12/12
6/30/12
6/22/12
4/24/12F-1/A
4/18/12
4/17/12
4/3/12
4/1/12
3/31/12
3/30/12F-1
3/29/12
2/24/12
2/1/12
1/27/12
1/5/12
12/29/11
11/11/11
10/22/11
10/21/11
10/14/11
10/6/11
10/3/11
9/29/11
6/1/11
5/31/11
5/5/11
4/1/11
3/31/11
4/1/10
3/31/10
12/16/09
11/19/09
9/29/09
3/31/09
12/1/07
7/11/07
6/27/07
1/13/07
6/27/06
5/17/06
3/31/06
6/8/02
5/14/01
5/10/98
 List all Filings 
Top
Filing Submission 0001171520-14-000489   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Sat., Apr. 27, 2:39:19.2pm ET